N0VITATE8 ZOOLOGICAE. Vol. XXXVIII, 1932-33. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE H ^ouvnal of ZooioQ^ IN CONNECTION WITH THE TRING MUSEUM. iujiA^ ».»*:!>^ EDITED BY LORD ROTHSCHILD, F.R.S., Ph.D., Dr. ERNST HARTERT, and Dr. K. JORDAN, F.R.S. Vol. XXXVIII, 1932-33. (WITH TWO PLATES.) Issued at the Zoologicai, Museum, Trino. PRINTED BY HAZEM., WAT.SON & VINEY, Ltd., LONDON AND AYI.ESBUHY 1932-1933 CONTENTS OF VOLUME XXXVIII (1932-33). GENERAL SUBJECTS. PAGES 1. Journey to Algeria and Marocco in 1929. Ernst Hahtekt . . . 331 — 335 2. Crossing the Great Atlas in Marocco ill 1 930. Eknst Haeteet . . 336 — 338 AVES 1. The Birds of Tristan da Cunha. G. M. Mathews and J. G. Gordon . 13 — 48 2. Ornithologische Ergebnisse der Expedition Stein, 1931-32. Lord Roths- child, E. Steese.m.ann and K. Palud.an ..... 127 — 247 LEPIDOPTERA 1. The Lepidopterous Genus Nobilia (Geometridae Subfam. Sterrhinae). L. B. Prout ......... . . ] — 6 2. Some new .species of Thyrididae. R. J. West ..... 7 — 10 3. On the Geometridae of the Expedition of Ch. AUuaiid and R. Jeaniiel to Central Africa. L. B. Prout ....... U — 12 4. The LjTiiantriidae of the Malay Peninsula (Plates I and II). C. L. Collenette .......... 49 — 102 5. New exotic Geometridae. L. B. Prout ...... 103 — 126 6. On some new Eupterotidae . Lord Rothschild ..... 250 — 252 7. Spolia Mentawiensia : Geometridae. L. B. Prout . . . . 314 8. On a collection of Lepidoptera from Spanish Morocco. Lord Rothschild 315 — 330 9. Two new species of Mazuca. an African genus of Agaristidae (Lepidopteral Karl Jordan .......... 339 — 341 10. A new Sphingid from Madagascar (Lepidoptera). K.arl Jordan . . 342 ANTHRIBIDAE. 1. Some new African Antliribidae. Karl Jordan ..... 295 — 300 2. Further records of Aiithribidao from Java. Karl Jordan . . . 301 — 304 3. New Oriental Anthribidae. Karl Jordan ...... 305 — 313 4. Now Oriental Anthribidae (Colcoptcra). Karl Jordan .... 362 — 383 vi CONTENTS OF VOLUME XXXVIII (1932-33). SIPHONAPTERA 1. Tuttga bondari eine neue Art der Sandflohe. J. Wagner 2. Siphonaptera collected by Mr. Harry S. Swarth at At I in in British Columbia. Kakl Jordan ........ 3. Siphonaptera collected by Mr. J. L. 0. Jfuster.s in Norway on the I-emniing. Karl Jordan .......... 4. Siphonaptera collected by Mr. C. Elton in Lapland. K.arl Jordan 5. Siphonaptera collected by Herr Georg Stein in the High Tatra. Karl Jordan ........... 6. A new Xenopsylla from Hawaii. Karl Jordan ..... 7. New Oriental Flea's. K.arl Jord.^n ....... 8. Siphonaptera collected by Harold Stevens on the Kelley-Roosevelt Expedition in Ymuian and Szechuan. Karl Jord.\n 9. Notes on Siphonaptera. K.\rl Jordan ...... 10. Fotir new Fleas collected by Professor F. Spillman in Ecuador. Karl Jord.\n ........... 11. Two new species of Ctcnophthalmus from Tropical Africa (Siphonaptera). Karl Jordan .......... 12. Fleas collected by Dr. Max Bartels in Java. Karl Jordan . 13. Two new South American Bird-fleas. Ivarl Jordan .... PAGES 248—249 253- -255 256- -257 258- -260 261- -263 264- -266 267- -275 276- -290 291- -294 343- -348 349- -351 352- -357 358- -361 INDEX 385-404 PLATES IN VOLUME XXXVIII. PLATES I-II. Malayan Lymantriidse. ERRATA. Pp. 25C to 258 reatl Lcmmus le.mmus instead of Lemnus lemnus. P. 292, line 1 from below read Aphropsylla instead of Archaeopsylla. P. 326, line 11 from below read Acontia instead of Acoutia. P. 334, line 16 from below read Carduelis instead of Cardaelis. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE. H Journal of Zoology EDITED BT LORD ROTHSCHILD, F.R.S., Ph.D., De. ERNST HARTERT, and Dr. K. JORDAN, F.R.S. XOL. XXXVIII. No. 1. Paqbs 1-314. lesiTED December 30th, 1932, at the Zoological Museum, Tring. PKINTED BY HAZELL, WATSON & VINEV. Ltd., LONDON AND AYLESBURV. 1932. Vol. XXXVIII. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE. BDITBD BT LORD ROTHSCHILD, ERNST HABTERT, and KARL JORDAN. F.R.S. CONTENTS OF NO. I. 1. THE LEPIDOPTEROUS GENUS NOBILIA (GEOMETRIDAE subfam. STERRHINAE) 2. SOME NEW SPECIES OF THYRIDIDAE 3. ON THE GEOMETRIDAE OF THE EXPEDI- TION OF CH. ALLUAUD AND R. JEANNEL TO CENTRAL AFRICA .... 4. THE BIRDS OF TRISTAN DA CUNHA 5. THE LYMANTRIIDAE OF THE MALAY PENINSULA (PLATES I AND II) 6. NEW EXOTIC GEOMETRIDAE . 7. 0RNITH0L06ISCHE ERGEBNISSE DER EXPEDITION STEIN 1931-32 . 8. TUNG A BONDARI, EINE NEUE ART DER SANDFLOHE 9. ON SOME NEW EUPTEROTIDAE 10. SIPHONAPTERA COLLECTED BY MR. HARRY S. SWARTH AT ATLIN IN BRITISH COLUMBIA 11. SIPHONAPTERA COLLECTED BY MR. J. L. C. MUSTERS IN NORWAY ON THE LEMMING 12. SIPHONAPTERA COLLECTED BY MR. C. ELTON IN LAPLAND .... 13. SIPHONAPTERA COLLECTED BY HERR GEORG STEIN IN THE HIGH TATRA . 14. A l^EW XENOPSYLLA FROM HAWAII 15. NEW ORIENTAL FLEAS .... 16. SIPHONAPTERA COLLECTED BY HAROLD STEVENS ON THE KELLEY-ROOSEVELT EXPEDITION IN YUNNAN AND SZECHUAN 17. NOTES ON SIPHONAPTERA 18. SOME NEW AFRICAN ANTHRIBIDAE 19. FURTHER RECORDS OF ANTHRIBIDAE FROM JAVA 20. NEW ORIENTAL ANTHRIBIDAE 21. SPOLIA MENTAWIENSIA : GEOMETRIDAE L. B. Prcmt R. J. West L. B. Primt . G. M. Mathews and J. G. Gordon C. L. Collenette L. B. Prout . . . Lord Rothschild, E. Stresemann and K. Paludan J. Wagner Lord Rothschild Karl Jordan Karl Jordan Karl Jordan Karl Jordan Karl Jordan Karl Jordan Karl Jordan Karl Jordan Karl Jordan Karl Jordan Karl Jordan L. B. Prout 1—6 7—10 11—12 13^8 49—102 103—126 127—247 248—249 250—252 253—255 256—257 258—260 261—263 264—266 267—275 276—290 291—294 295—300 301—304 305—313 314 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE Vol. XXXVin. DECEMBER 1932. No. 1. THE LEPIDOPTEROUS GENUS NOBILIA (GEOMETRIDAE subfam. STERRHINAE). By LOUIS B. PROUT. XT' ROM the year 1897, when Warren described his nebulosa and obliterata, -*- until 1922, when Lord Rothschild (Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1922, p. cxxxii) commented on the wide divergences in the genitalia of the forms passing as turbata Walk., very little attention appears to have been paid to the genus Nobilia Walk. It was tacitly assumed tliat there were four species, and four only ; a brief note which I published in 1917 (Nov. ZooL. xxiv, p. 307) is, so far as I am aware, the only intermediate reference in the literature, and this pays no attention to the morphology. Naturally Lord Rothschild's observations excited my interest and a desire to subject the so-caUed turbata forms to a more searchmg analysis ; but until a few months ago my preoccupation with other studies equally or still more urgent has frustrated my intentions. Now that I have carried them out, I take the opjjortunity to offer a revision of this small but interestuig genus. I have to acknowledge with gratitude the ready help of Mr. W. H. T. Tams in making preparations of the genitalia of a number of specimens in the British Museum. Nobilia Walk. {List Lep. Ins. xxiv, p. 1098, 1862), which is clearly one of the outliers of Scopida (Acidaliinae of Pierce), was treated by Hampson in his " Fauna of British India, Moths," as Sect. II B of Somatina, another outlier of the same group. His sectional characterization (ui, p. 465) runs : " Hind tibia of male shortened, and with the tuft from its base short ; the first joint of tarsus long, dilated, and with a fold containing a tuft of hair." The genus Somatina itself is distinguished in the Key to the Genera of the " Acidaliuiae " [Sterrhinae] in the same work by the non-elongate terminal joint of palpus, origin of vein 5 of both wings before the middle of the discocellulars, double areole of forewing and non-stalking of veins 6 and 7 of hindwmg. This classification affords a good frame-work, but leaves Somatina as a sort of supergenus, of almost world-wide distribution and susceptible of much further subdivision. The principal characters of Nobilia are the following. Palpus with 2nd joint extending somewhat beyond the face, with densely compact scaling, 3rd joint in ^^ short ; $ with both these joints slightly longer than in ^. Antenna of cJ with dense fascicles of long cilia, usually arising from small triangular teeth ; intermediate fascicles much shorter and sUghter. Antenna of $ minutely ciliate. Hindtibia of ^ short and broad, spurless, with a dense hair-tuft from femoro- 1 2 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. tibial joint, hindtarsus of j' with 1st joint densely tufted ; $ with 4 spurs. Fore- wing with apex pointed, termen smooth, rather straight anteriorly, more curved posteriorly ; cell rather less than J, DC short, DC curved anteriorly (often rather sharply) ; areole double, with SC arising from stalk of SC'^*, R^ rather extremely placed, M^ well separate. Hindwing with termen slightly waved, bent (sometimes slightly toothed) at R", tornus well expressed ; cell rather short (f or less) ; C anastomosing with cell, usually at slightly more than a point, or at first not rapidly diverging, SC^ about connate, or quite shortly stalked, R^ scarcely before middle of DC, M' separate. Genitalia of (J complicated, highly fused, more or less asymmetrical ; uncus slight or obsolete, socii developed, valves specialized into strongly chitinized arms, dorsal and ventral, 8th sternite with an irregular plate, aedoeagus strongly chitinized. Apart from the genitalia, Nobilia differs from Somatina in shape and facies, more extreme position of R* of the forewing, details of hindleg structure, etc. ; from most of the allies (Craspediopsis, Orthoserica, Lissoblemina, Ignobilia) also in the non-pectinate ^ antenna, Craspediopsis, which is nearest to it in R" and in the angled hindwing, is farthest away in the scaling and pattern and is, according to these criteria, as well as the genitalia, much nearer to Scopula. KEY TO THE SPECIES. 1. Wings beneath not more ochreous than above . . 2 Wmgs beneath bright ochreous .... 3 2. Wings above without white subterminal line . .1. obliterala Warr. Wings above with white subterminal line . . .2. cupreata Pagenst. 3. Forewing with median area concolorous with costal . 4 Forewing with median area concolorous with distal . 7. strigata Warr. 4. Prevailing tone cinnamon to hazel ; (^ socii apjjroxi- mated ........ 3. sp.n. (India). PrevaiUng tone darker ; cJ socii remote ... 5 5. Larger (48 mm.), rather brighter, aedoeagus large . 5. sp.n. (Celebes). Smaller, generally darker, aedoeagus normal . . 6 6. Hindwing scarcely toothed at R^ ; left socius not conspicuously the larger ; Malayan . . .4. turbata Walk. Hindwing well toothed at R' ; left socius conspicuously the larger ; Papuan . . . . . .6. sp.n. 1. Nobilia obliterata \\'arr. No'.ilia ohlitemla Warr., Nov. Zool. iv. 220 (1897) (Borneo). The simplest species in markings. Forewing with apex scarcely at all produced, termen scarcely waved, the hindwing with the bend at R' weak, the termen very little waved. Rather uniform pinkish cinnamon (nearly 15" c of Ridgway), with very fine, almost regularly spaced whitish strigulae ; costal edge of forewing dark, not succeeded by the pale or drab area which characterizes all the other species except cupreata ; the wings otherwise marked nearly alike, with black cell-dot (that of forewing minute), faint pinkish cinnamon median shade, and fine, sinuous greyish postmedian, somewhat accentuated by blacker teeth outward on the veins. Underside sUghtly more pmkish, smooth and uniform, only with posterior region pale. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 3 Genitalia of ^J : posterior edge of dorsal plate even less prominent centrally than in No. 3 ; socii approximated, rather long, the left very decidedly longer than the right, down-curved, valve with the dorsal arm considerably longer than the ventral ; ventral plate posteriorly with two broad lobes, somewhat asym- metrical, but lacking the projecting thorn of No. 3. Borneo and Perak. 2. Nobilia cupreata (Pagenst.). Plulodes cupreata Pagenst., J. B. Nass. Ver. Nat. xli. 178 (1888) (Amboiiia). No'iilia ne'jvlosa Warr.. Nov. Zool. iv. 58 (1897) (Amboina). In shape and colour rather similar to obliterata. Hindwing with the bend at R' still slighter. Forewing with costal edge less darkened, except at the base, the succeeding area with a suggestion of the pale streak of the rest of the species ; cell-spot small and weak ; proximal and distal areas — the latter also on hindwing — suffused with a slightly deeper, more coppery shade ; both wings with a fine white subtermmal line, slightly nearer termen than in turbata, some bluish-white admixture beyond it ; cell-mark of hmdwing nearly as in turbata. Underside as in obliterata. Genitalia of ^ : distinguishable at once from all the others by having the dorsal plate produced centrally into a long, fine (pseudo-)uncus ; socii remote ; plate of 8th sternite with posterior arms long and slender, almost symmetrical. (Examination without dissection.) Amboina. This must be a rare species. I have seen only Warren's type cj, while Pagenstecher also described from a single cJ. Excepting the implications mvolved in his entuely erroneous generic location, the description by the latter author is good ; no doubt Warren's failure to recognize it and his consequent creation of a synonym are attributable to this erroneous location. 3. Nobilia avellanea sp.n. {J$, 42-45 mm. Closely similar to turbata, but distinguishable by the tone of colour and nearly always by the postmedian line of the forewing. Very pale buff, very closely strigulated and reticulated with orange-cinnamon (general aspect vinaceous-cinnamon to hazel), admixture of dark scaling slight. Forewin-g with posterior patch rather broad, cut off rather suddenly at M, reap- pearing as a small spot or triangle in cell near the discal lunule ; discal lunule not broad, almost always well separated from postmedian line ; postmedian forming an acute angle at M^ ; extreme terminal area, excepting the costal streak, concolorous with rest of extra-postmedian region. Hindwing with extreme distal area almost concolorous with the rest at least to behind R-.^ Underside orange-buff or slightly deeper, the forewing suffused with flesh-ochre about the fold and narrowly at costa and termen. Genitaha of (^ : Socii approximated, almost parallel, fairly long, straightish, only slightly asymmetrical. Valves (as in all the examined Nobilia) small, highly cliitinous, apparently rather strongly fused to the anellus ; costal arm slender, curved, ventral arm long, strong, arising from the innerside of the " sacculus." Plate of 8th sternite remarkably asymmetrical, its posterior edge quite irregularly tapering, not two-armed, a strong rose -thorn -shaped prong rising from its left-hand side near the end. 4 NoVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1932. N. India : Darjiling and Assam, the type ^ from Cherrapmiji in coll. Tring Mus. Also known from Burma, Tonkin, Selangor, Penang, Singapore, Sumatra (Korintji) and Borneo. This is the " Indian " Sobilia of Rothschild (loc. cit.) and is certainly com- moner there than elsewhere, but its range overlaps with that of turbata. • 4. Nobilia turbata Walk. Nohilia turbata Walk., List Lep. Ins. xxiv. 1098 (1862) (Sarawak). Plutodes strigvlaria Snell. in Veth, Midilen-Suiiuilm iv. : 1 (2) 57 (1880) (Central Sumatra). Plutodes (Omiza) strignluria Pagenst., Jahrh. Nass. Ver. Xat. xli. 178 (1888). Smnalina turbata Hmpsn. (part.), Faun. Inrl. Moths, iii. 465 (1895). Walnut brown largely suffused with Hay's brown, the general tone inclining to cameo brown or chocolate. Forewing with posterior patch behind M generally less broad than in ai'dlanea, not broken except by M itself, but with its continuation in front thereof more isabelline or light brownish olive, the dark spot near cell-mark wanting or reduced to a dot ; cell-mark rather broad, some- what reniform, its hinder edge commonly touching the postmedian ; postmedian less acutely angled at M= than in avellanea ; extreme terminal area generally paler, at least posteriorly. Hindiving with extreme distal border almost concolorous with the rest at apex, but soon (at least from cellule 6) becoming pale. Underside with the flesh-ochre suffusions broader than m avellanea. Genitalia of (J : " Socii " extremely sundered (forming terminal jirocesses to the lateral flanges of the 10th tergite), asymmetrically curved, the right short, the left less so ; valve with costal arm much more highly developed than in avellanea, though still slender, ventral arm rather shorter than costal, broader. Plate of 8th sternite with long arms anteriorly (i.e. cephalad), also strongly emarginate posteriorly, though here with the arms less long than in No. 2 and No. 6. E. Pegu, Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, Borneo and Mindanao. By the genitalia, there will almost certainly be some differentiable races, but more material and more study will be required before they can be estab- lished ; the more striking thing, and the first to demonstrate, is the general homogeneity, together with the great structural difference from avellanea. This (turbata vera) is the " Malayan " Nobilia of Rothschild, loc. cit. It should be added that the discovery that the two closely similar species occur on Sumatra has raised some doubts as to my earlier synonymy, here pro- visionally retained. Snellen's type, a S from Silago, was described as " rust- brown," which would rather speak for avellanea, but tlie " narrow " grey median area and the confluence of the cell-mark with the distal area would favour turbata and it is obviously better, until the type can be studied, to keep the name sunk than to resuscitate it hazardously for the jireceding species. 5. Nobilia erotica sp.n. (J, 48 mm. Larger than the other species, more cinnamon than in most turbata, though more dark-mixed than avellanea, some of the pale strigulae on the outer area of the forewing apparently stronger than in any other Nobilia. Forewing with postmedian line almost as acutely angled as in avellanea, the discal NOVITATES ZoOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 5 lunule similarly removed from it. Hindwing with termen apparently slightly more crenulate than in fiirhata ; terminal area between the radials more clouded with the ground-colour than in typical turbata. Genitalia of ^J : similar to those of iurbata ; anal cone (in dried specimen) so strong as to be easily mistaken for an uncus ; " socii " nearly symmetrical, decumlient, rather slender and recurved, their edges appreciably serrate ; plate of 8th sternite less deejily emarginate at posterior edge than in lurhnia ; costal arm of valve strong, strongly curved ; aedoeagus much stouter than m the other species. Celebes : Tondano (Weigall), 1 q in Mus. Tring (unfortunately worn, especially the right wings). 6. Nobilia aphrodite sp.n. cj$, 42-48 mm. Very varialsle, sometimes extremely similar to turbata, though distinguishable by the shape of the hindwing. The pale parts nearly always with a more decided tinge of brown, the hindwing very generally with an appreciably pale band between the median and postmedian lines, though this is never so clear as the corresponding part of the forewing. Foreiving with the ceU-spot and often the postmedian line more as in avellanea than in turbata, the terminal area as in turbata or on an average even paler ; the dark parts in the (J commonly more clouded with black than in turbata, in the less clouded forms with the brown seen to be slightly less reddish ; $ more cinnamon, occa- sionally even much Uke avellanea. Hindwinrj termen with well-defined tooth at R' ; terminal pale admixture generally as in turbata. Genitalia of (^ : Dorsal plate (0th tergite) produced to an almost uncus-hke point (though less acute and much less long than that of c.upreata) ; "socii " widely sundered, the left-hand one the larger and less decumbent ; plate of 8th sternite almost H-shaped in the length of the arms both anteriorly and posteriorly. Valve with the arms not very unequal, perhaps more so m thickness than m length, the ventral broad and fairly long. New Gumea, the type from Upper Aroa River m Mus. Tring ; also from Ron, the d'Entrecasteaux, Dampier, Vulcan and apparently throughout the Bismarck Archipelago. A rather striking aberration, which may possibly prove a separate species, has the wings strongly suffused with violet-grey. 7. Nobilia strigata Warr. Nobilia strigata Warr., Nov. Zool. iii. 112 (1896) (Borneo). In its purplish colour very distinct from all the other species, nearest to the colour of the last-mentioned aberration, but much more freckled and with the median and terminal areas of the forewing scarcely any paler than the rest. Forewin,g with broad pale costal streak, otherwise not strongly marked, the scheme as m the turbata group, but with the jjostmedian broad and sinuous, the pale subterminal weak or subobsolete ; discal lunule moderate. Hindwing with termen rather strongly toothed at R^ apex slightly less pronounced than in the turbata group ; almost unicolorous, except for the white, black-tipped cell- mark and the rather weak postmedian. 6 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. Genitalia of ^ : Dorsal plate with posterior edge not very convex ; left " socius " produced into a slender downward-curved claw. Plate of 8th sternite elongate, roughly jjarallel -sided, irregularly and asymmetrically tapered poster- iorly, but not two-pronged, a rose-thorn-shaped process rising from its right-hand side near the end, preceded anteriorly on the same edge by some small serration. Valves fairly similar to those of turbata. Borneo, the Malay Peninsula and S. Java, apparently pretty constant. It is a curious coincidence, though it would be rash to give it any special significance, that the two otherwise very dissimilar species avellanea and strigata should have a very simOar " rose-thorn " on the plate of the 8th sternite, in the one case on the left side, in the other on the right. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII, 1932. SOME NEW SPECIES OF THYRIDIDAE. By R. J. WEST. {Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Miiseum.) 1. Striglina synethes sp.n. cJ. Palpus sayal brown. Antenrui minutely ciliate. Head : frons and vertex sayal brown. Thorax: patagium and tegula sayal brown. Abdomen sayal brown, venter light buff tinged with sayal brown. Pectus light buff. Legs sayal brown, fuscous on tibia and tarsus of foreleg. Forewing sayal brown, strigulate with fuscous, a small fuscous spot on discocellulars, an oblique, fuscous line from vein 6 subtermLnally to inner margin medially. Hindwing concolorous with forewing, an oblique line forming continuation of that on forewing ; subter- minally, a fuscous spot between veins 5 and 6. Und,erside similar to upperside with fuscous spots more prominent. Expanse 28 mm. (tip to tip 25 mm.). Holotype S : 28.xii.1912, paratype ^ : 30. vi. 1913, Philippine Is., Luzon I., subprov. Benguet, Palali, 2,000 ft. Nearest ally : 8. divisata Warr. 2. Betousa penestica sp.n. $. Palpus light buff. Antenna minutely ciliate. Head : frons and vertex light buff. Thorax : patagium and tegula light buff. Abdomen light buil tinged with livid brown, venter light buff. Pectus and legs light buff. Forewing glossy, light buff, faintly strigulate with warm blackish brown, a prominent blackish brown spot in apical area. Hindwing similar in colour and markings to forewing, but having a tinge of hvid brown on inner margin. Underside similar to upperside, with markings more strongly defined ; a thickly scaled, warm buff streak through upper half of cell and just beyond on the forewing. Expanse 21 mm. (tip to tip 20 mm.). Holotype 9 : 2.vii.l9I3, Philippine Is., Luzon I., subprov. Benguet, Palali, 2,000 ft. Nearest ally : B. subrosealis Leech. 3. Brixia hyphaema sp.n. (J. Palpus light buff. Antenna ciliate. Head : frons and vertex light buff. Thorax : patagium and tegula light buff. Abdomen light buff above and beneath. Pectus and legs light buff. Forewing light buff tinged with fuscous on proximal half up to postmedial ; postmedial fascia consisting of a fuscous band obliquely incurved from costa to base of vein 6, straight to vein 2, then inwardly oblique to inner margin ; subterminal fascia consisting of a short fuscous band, obUquely excurved from end of postmedial on costa to termen at vein 5, below this band two wavy streaks, the lower one finishing at tornus. Hitulwing concolorous with forewing, an oblique fascia across middle of wing forming continuation 8 NOVITATES ZoOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. of postmedial on forewing. Underside similar to upperside, markings more defined. Expanse 20 mm. [tip to tip 19 mm.). $. Similar to (J. Expanse 23 mm. (tip to tip 21 mm.). Holotype ^ : 14.viii.l896, Japan, Shikoku, prov. lyo, Komatsu ; allotype $: 8.viii.l895, Kyushu, prov. Satsuma, Kure ; paratypes \ q : 3.vii.lS95, 1 $ : 3.ix.l895, Kyushu, prov. Osumi, Tarumiza. Nearest ally : B. emblicalis Moore. 4. Brixia phaula sp.n. cj. Palpus avellaneous. Antenna apparently simple. Head : Irons and vertex aveUaneous. Thorax : patagium and tegula avellaneous. Abdomen light buff suffused with aveUaneous, venter light buff. Pectus light buff. Legs light buff suffused with avellaneous, tarsi avellaneous, light buff at joints. Fore- wing glossy, light buff covered with a network of aveUaneous and fuscous lines, avellaneous along costa ; subbasal fascia consistmg of an aveUaneous Ime shghtly excurved ; antemedial fascia consisting of an avellaneous Une slightly incurved from costa to median nervitre, angled, then slightly incurved to mner margin ; postmedial fascia consisting of an inwardly obUque, fuscous Ime. Hindwing concolorous with forewing, antemedial fascia fuscous, inwardly obUque ; post- medial fascia obliquely incurved from costa to vein 3 near termen, then mwardly oblique and wavy to inner margin near tornus. Underside similar to upperside, with hnes in a suffusion of russet. Expianse 28 mm. (tip to tip 26 mm.). Holotype ^ : 8.iv.l912, Philippine Is., Luzon I., subprov. Benguet, Klondyke, 800 ft. Nearest aUy : B. ypsilon Warr. 5. Brixia erythroides sp.n. cj. Palpus ochraceous-tawny, suffused with fuscous. Antenna minutely ciUate. Head : frons and vertex ochraceous-tawny. Thorax : patagium and tegula cartridge-buff suffused with fuscous. Abdomen cartridge-buff above and beneath, with lateral suffusion of fuscous to Brazil red, anal tuft ochraceous- tawny mixed with Brazil red. Pectus cartridge-buff. Legs cartridge-buff hghtly suffused with fuscous, tarsi suffused with fuscous, cartridge-buff at joints. Fore- wing BrazU red on proximal half diffusing into ochraceous-tawny on distal haff, cartridge-buff on costa, a fuscous suffusion from base dividing into two streaks, one along subcosta, the other along median nervure, frmge fuscous edged with cartridge-buff. Hindwing Brazil red, frmge fuscous edged with cartridge-buff. Underside : fore- and hindwings, ground colour similar to upperside, irrorated with metaUic pale blue scales forming transverse bands defined by fuscous, more prominent on hmdwing. Expanse 28 mm. (tip to tip 26 mm.). Holotype (^ : 2.vii.l913; paratype q : 3. vii. 1913, Philippine Is., Luzon I., subprov. Benguet, Palali, 2,000 ft. Nearest ally : B. uniformis Hmpsn. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 9 6. Brixia plinthochroa sp.n. (^. Palpus first segment white, second segment army brown mi.xed with white, third segment army brown. Antenna minutely eiliate. Head : frons and vertex ferruginous suffused with army brown. Thorax : patagium and tegula ferruginous suffused with army browii. Abdomen ferruginous lightly suffused with army brown, venter cartridge-buff. Pectus cartridge-buff. Legs ferruginous suffused with army brown. Forewing ferruginous tinged with fuscous, cartridge-buff patches on costa, covered with faint, wavy, fuscous, transverse lines, interneiu'al fuscous-black spots on termen. Hindwing similar to forewing, with a prominent fuscous-black spot on discocellulars. Underside : forewing ferruginous, with transverse series of army brown patches ; a patch of fuscous-black and whitish raised scales in cell, three fuscous-black streaks from discocellulars along veins 6, 7, and 8, strigulate with fuscous-black in subterminal area ; hindwing light buff with transverse series of ferruginous patches, strigulate with fuscous-black. Expanse 32 mm. (tip to tip 30 mm.). HolotypeS'- 30. v. 1914; piaratypes \ ^ : 15.v., 1 ^ : 29. v. 1914, Philip- pine Is., Mindanao I., subprov. Lanao, Kolambugan (plains). Nearest ally : B. uniformis Hmpsn. 7. Brixia lipara sp.n. (J. Palpus bay. Anterma, minutely eiliate. Head : frons and vertex ochraceous-buff suffused with bay. Thorax : patagium and tegula ochraceous- buff suffused with bay. Abdomen ochraceous-buff above and beneath. Pectus ochraceous-buff. Legs ochraceous-buff suffused with bay. Forewing ochraceous- buff with a number of fine, transverse, wavy, bay lines ; a streak of white on costa densely irrorated with bay (mcreasing in width toward apex) in which is a wide, bay, V-shaped mark above discocellulars, the point reaching to below vein 6, a bay patch at apex. Hindwing concolorous with forewing, but lightly suffused with bay on distal half. Underside sunilar to ujiperside, but markings more defined. Expanse 34 mm. (ti2) to tip 32 mm.). ?. Similar to (J. Expanse 38 mm. (tip to tip 36 mm.). Holotype ^ : 21.xii.l911; allotype^: 17.iv. 1912, Philippme Is., Luzon I., subprov. Benguet, Klondyke, 800 ft. Nearest ally : B. atripunclalis Wlk. 8. Brixia allocota sp.n. (J. Palpus white, fuscous above. Antenna minutely ciHate. Head : frons white, a triangular fuscous patch on upper haff, vertex white, fuscous patch in middle. Thorax : patagium and tegula white. Abdomen white above and beneath. Pectus white. Legs white, with fuscous patches. Forevnng glossy, white, a series of fuscous lunules on costa, three fuscous spots on inner margin, the proximal one small, the next a little larger, the distal one, large, oval, and placed obUquely, interneural spots on termen. Hind-wing concolorous with 10 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. forewing, interneural spots on termen, a spot on inner margin at one half. Underside : fore- and hindwings, glossy, white. Expanse 38 mm. {tip to tip 36 mm.). Hololype (^ : lO.vi. 1913, Philippine Is., Luzon I., subprov. Benguet, Baguio, 5,000 ft. Nearest ally : B. pudicola Guen. i). Brixia polyterpes sp.n. S- Palpus fuscous, white inwardly and at joints. Antenna minutely eiliate. Head : frons and vertex fuscous tinged with old rose. Thorax : patagium fuscous, tegula fuscous, white posteriorly, rest of thorax white. Abdomen white above and beneath, some old rose spots laterally. Pectus white. Legs : coxae, femora and tibiae white with patches of old rose, tarsi fuscous, white at joints. Forewing glossy, white, faintly strigulate with old rose, a sufiusion of fuscous on proximal third of costa. Hindwing glossy, white, subbasal fascia consisting of an obUque old rose line ; postmedial fascia consisting of an old rose band formed by a number of interlaced, old rose lines. Underside : forewing white, suffused over the greater part with ochraceous-buff , veins old rose ; irrorated with old rose below costa on proximal half, cell filled with raised scales irrorated with fuscous-black and metallic white ; hindwing similar to upperside. Expanse 30 mm. {tip to tip 28 mm.). Holotype cJ : 2.vii.l913, Philippine Is., Luzon I., subprov. Benguet, Palali, 2,000 ft. Nearest ally : B. separata Warr. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 11 ON THE GEOMETRIDAE OF THE EXPEDITION OF CH. ALLUAUD AND R. JEANNEL TO CENTRAL AFRICA. By LOUIS B. PROUT. TDY an unfortunate accident, due to a rearrangement of my manuscript, the '-^ Sterrhinae of the Traminda group were dropped out of my report on the above collection {Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr. xxix, pp. 375-512, 1932). As this in- cludes a new race of which the Paris Museum has been credited with the type, it is necessary to make good the omission ; in any case, it is desirable that the intention of giving a complete survey of the very valuable collection should not be frustrated. The following are the species in question. SuBFAM. STERRfflNAE Meyr. Chlorerythra rubriplaga extenuata n.subsp. Type : a 5 from Taveta in Mus. Paris. Smaller than r. rubriplaga Warr. (Nov. Zool. ii, j). 91, S. Africa), more weakly marked, the forewmg beneath with the rosy costal shading more re- stricted, generally leaving the cell as well as the posterior part of the wing whitish. Kenya Colont : Taveta (alt. 7,500 m.), st. 65, 16-21 March 1912, 1 $ ; Serengheti Desert : Landjoro (alt. 900 m.), st. 64, March 1912, 1 $ ; Mbujnini (alt. 1,150 m.), St. 63, March 1912, 1 $. Also from Kibwezi (Kenya Colony) and Kongwa (Tanganyika Territory) in Mus. Tring. Probably the specimens which I have recorded from SomaUland (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1916, p. 148) likewise belong here, but I cannot now compare them. Traminda acuta pallida Warr. T. (?) pallida Warr., Nov. Zool. vi, p. 296 (1899) (Kenya Colony : Kiboko River). Kenya Colony : Taveta (alt. 750 m.), st. 65, March 1912, 1 ^, 1 ?; Serengheti Desert: Mbuyuni (alt. 1,150 m.), st. 63, March 1912, 1 $; Voi, September 1909, 1 $ (Ch. Allttatjd). Known from the White Nile, the Uelle district, Kenya and Tanganyika Territory, I think also from British SomaUland. Traminda atroviridaria (Mab.). Thalera atroinriduria Mab., C.B. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxiii, p. xxii (1891) (" Madagascar"). Traminda ocellain Warr., Kon. Zool. ii, p. 100 (189.5) (S. Africa). Tratninda riifa Warr., Mop. Zool. iv, p. 65 (1897) (ah.) (Natal : Weenen). Uganda : Unyoro, East Albert Nyanza, 1909, 1 $ (Ch. Alluaud). Widely distributed ; already known from Unyoro, Rhodesia, Transvaal, Natal and Cape Colony. I have never seen it from Madagascar and suspect a 12 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXX\aiI. 1932. mistake as regards the type locality. The Alluatjd specimen Ls of the green form. Traminda neptunaria (Guen.). Thnandra neptunaria Guen., Spec. Gen. Lip. x, p. 3, t. xviii, f. 5 (1858) (Abyssinia). Gna7nptolo-ma nepliiruiria Warr., Nov. Zool. ii, p. 95 (1895). Traminda neptunaria Swinh., Tr. Ent. Soc. Lonil. 1904, p. 562 (1904) (Dar-es-Salaam). Timandra neptunaria Hmpsn., Pror. Zool. Soc. Land. 1910, p. 477 (1910) (N.E. Rhodesia ; Portuguese E. Africa). Traminda neptunaria Prout, Proc. Zool. Sor. Land. 1916, p. 148 (1916) (British Somaliland). Kenya Colony : Serengheti Desert : Landjoro (alt. 900 m.), st. 64, March -Voi (alt. 600 m.), st. 60, March 1912, 1 $. Occurs almost throughout tropical Africa, and even reaches Natal. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 13 THE BIRDS OF TRISTAN DA CUNHA. By GREGORY M. MATHEWS, with Notes by J. G. GORDON. 'X'RISTAN DA CUNHA is the general name for a group of three small volcanic ■'■ islands belonging to Great Britain, situated in the South Atlantic ; the summit of the largest being in 37° 5' 50" South by 12° 16' 40" West. They were discovered in 1 506 by the Portuguese admiral, Tristan (or TrLstao) da Cunlia (1460-1540), who was nominated first Viceroy of Portuguese India in 1504, but owing to temporary blindness was unable to serve ; he was, however, placed in command of a fleet which operated on the east coast of Africa. After discovering the Lslands which now bear his name, he visited Madagascar, Mozam- bique, Brava and Sokotra. Dutch vessels brought back reports on the islands in 1643 ; and in 1656 Van Riebeck, the founder of Cape Town, sent a ship from Table Bay to Tristan to see if it was suitable for a military station. Later in the seventeenth century ships were sent from St. Helena by the English East India Company, with the idea of forming a settlement. A British naval officer visited the group in 1760 and named Nightmgale Island. John Patten and his crew lived on Tristan from August 1790 to April 1791. The first permanent inhabitant, however, was Thomas Currie, who landed there in 1810. Later an American named Lambert and another man named Williams made Tristan their home, till they were drowned in May 1812. During the war between the United States and Great Britain, the islands were largely used as a base by American cruisers, sent to prey on British merchant ships. This and other considerations urged by Lord Charles Somerset, Governor of Cape Colony, caused the islands to be taken possession of as a dejjendency of the Cape. The formal proclamation of amie.xation was made on August 14th, 1816. A mihtary detachment consisting of about fifty men, with a captain, two subalterns and a medical officer, left the Cape in the s.s. Fahnouth on November 2nd, 1816, with the necessary equipment of cattle and agricultural implements. Owing to adverse winds they did not arrive on Tristan till the 28th of the month. This small garrison was maintained there tiU November 1817. At their own request WUliam Glass, a corporal of the Royal Artillery, with his wife and two children and two masons, were left Ijehind, and these began the present settlement. In 1827 five coloured women from St. Helena were mduced to migrate to Tristan to become the wives of the five bachelors. Later, coloured women from Cape Colony married residents on the island. Other settlers are of Dutch, Italian and Asiatic origin. The settlement was on the plain on the north- west of the island of Tristan da Cunha. Over the commimity Glass (1817-53) ruled in patriarchal fashion. After Glass came Cotton, who was succeeded by Green. They now manage their own affairs without any written laws, the project once entertained of providing them with a formal constitution being deemed unnecessary. Gough Island, or Diego Alvarez, discovered by the Portuguese in the sixteenth 14 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. century, has been claimed as a British possession since the annexation of Tristan. It lies 250 miles S.S.E. of this group. It was called by its present name after Captain Gough, the commander of a British ship which visited it in 1731. The birds of Gough Island were worked up by Clark in the Ibis for 1905, p. 247 ei seq., and, of course, are not included m this article. The Tristan group he in lat. 37° 2' 48" South ; long. 12° 18' 20" West. From the Cape of Good Hope they lie westward 1,550 miles and about one-third farther from Cape Horn, lying nearly on a line drawn between the two capes. They lie 1,320 miles south of St. Helena. In October 1873 the islands were care- fully surveyed by the Challenger. The islands rise from the submarine elevation which runs down the middle of the Atlantic. The depth between the islands is m some places over 1,000 fathoms. Tristan, the largest and northernmost island, has an area of 16 sq. miles, is nearly circular in form, about 7 miles in diameter, and has a volcanic cone (7,640 ft.), usually capjjed with snow, m the centre. Precipitous cliffs, 1,000 to 2,000 ft., rise from the ocean on all sides, except the north-west, where there is an irregular plateau of about 12 sq. miles, 100 ft. above the sea. A stream crosses the northern end of the plateau, faUing over the clifi in a fine cascade. The crater of the central cone contains a fresh-water lake about 150 yards in diameter. This and other crater lakes are said never to be frozen over. Inaccessible Island, the westernmost of the group, is about 20 miles from Tristan. It is quadrilateral in form, the sides being about 2 miles long, with cUSs about 1,000 ft. Its highest pomt (1,840) is on the west. At the base of the cliffs in some places are narrow frmges of beach. Nightingale Island, the smallest and most southern of the group, is 10 miles from Inaccessible Island. Its area is not more than 1 sq. mile. Its coasts, imlike those of the other two islands, are surrounded by low cliffs, from which there is a gentle slope up to two peaks (1,100 ft. and 900 ft. high). There are two small islets, Stoltenhoff (325 ft.), called after two brothers of this name, marooned on Inaccessible Island, and Middle (150 ft.), and several rocks adjacent to the coast. The rocks of Tristan da Cmiha are basalt, porphyritic basalt, dolerite, augite- andesite, palagonite, volcanic tuff and ashes. A block of gneiss in the crater indicates a continental foundation of the island. The caves m Nightingale Island mdicate that it has been elevated several feet. On almost all sides the islands are surrounded by a broad belt of kelp {Macrocystis pyrifera), through which a boat may approach the rocky shores even in stormy weather. There is no good anchorage in rough weather. The prevailing winds are westerly. December to March is the fine season. The cUmate is mUd and on the whole healthy, the temperature averagmg 68° Fahr. in summer, 55° in wmter, sometimes faUing to 40°. Rain is frequent ; hail and snow fall occasionally on the lower ground. The sky is usually cloudy. The islands have a cold and barren appearance. The tide rises and falls about 4 ft. The greatest known depth of the ocean is midway between the islands of the Tristan group and the mouth of the Rio de la Plata. The bottom was here reached at a depth of 46,236 ft., or 8J miles, exceeding by more than 17,000 ft. the height of Mt. Everest. NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 16 The first published account of the natural productions of this group appears in the Trans. Linn. Soc. {Land.), vol. xii, p. 483 et seq., 1818. The paper was read before the Society on December 16th, 1817, by Captain Dugald Carmichael. This naturalist went with the expedition in November of 1816 and stayed tUl March 30th, 1817. He explored Tristan and gave an excellent description of the formation, etc. On January 4th, 1818, he, together with Dr. Evers and their servants and a guide, ascended the peak. On their return they encounted Iomi species of Albatross which breed on the island, viz. Diomedea spadicea,^ exulans, chlororynchos and fuliginosa. This author is the first to describe the nesting of Phoebetria fusca. He also described the nest of TJialassarche chlororhynchus. Of this latter bird he says that " it builds its solitary nest in some sheltered corner, selecting in particular the small drains that draw the water off the land into the ravines. There it runs up its nest to the height of ten or twelve inches, of a cylindrical form, with a small ditch round the base. A curious circumstance with regard to this bird is, that when irritated the feathers of its cheeks are separated so as to display a beautiful stripe of naked orange skin,- running from the corners of the mouth towards the back of the head. " They nourish their young by disgorging the contents of their stomach. We could not help admiring the utter unconsciousness of danger displayed by them on oiu' approach. Their plumage is in the finest order, copious and without the slightest stam. They find great difficulty in getting on wing and must run twenty or thirty yards along the ground with expanded wings before they can get fairly under way." Of Phoebetria fusca he says they are " at this season (January) gregarious, building their nests close to each other. In the area of half an acre I counted upwards of a hundred. They are constructed of mud raised five or six inches, and slightly depressed at the top. At the time we passed, the young birds were more than half grown, and covered with a whitish down. There was something extremely grotesque in the appearance of these birds standing on their respective hillocks motionless like so many statues, untU we approached close to them, when they set up the strangest clattering with their beaks, and if we touched them squirted on us a deluge of foetid oily fluid from the stomach." He mentioned a species of Thrush, Turdus guianensis { = Nesocichla ereniita), a Bunting, Emberiza brasiliensis ( = Nesospiza acunhae) and a Moor-hen, Fulica cMorojyiis ( = Porphyriornis). These birds have spread over the whole island, and are found on the tableland as well as on the low ground. The Fulica con- ceals itself in the wood, where it is occasionally run down by the dogs ; the others fly amongst the cantonment. He also mentioned that there are six species of ProceUaria, but only names Macronectes giganteus, Adamasior cinereus and Pachyptila vittata [keyteli). He increased his list by adding Catfiaracta antarctica, Sterna vittata ( = varies very little from S. hirundo) and Anous stolidus, and he brings his total up to fourteen by the inclusion of Aptenodytes chry.wcoma ( = Eudyptes cristatus moseleyi). Thus a list of the birds of Tristan containing fourteen species was started in 1818. * Can spadicea be meant for vielanophrts ? 2 At the Natural History Museum on the 29th April, Mr. E. F. Stead, of New Zealand, told me that this exposed orange skin was a continuation of the gape, and that these birds could open their bill as wide as at an angle o£ 90 degrees. 16 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. The Challenger surveyed the group in 1873, and the birds collected then and during the famous cruise were worked up by Sclater, in the Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. for 1878, and this was again printed and many birds figured in part viii, Report on the Birds of the Challenger, 1881. The two land birds depicted are Nesocichla eremila, pi. xxiii, and a figure of the biU, foot and wing given on p. Ill; and Nesospiza acunhae, on pi. xxiv, and a cut of the head, foot and wing given on p. 112. In the Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1861, p. 260, pi. xxx, Sclater had added the Tristan coot, Gallinula nesiotis. To the list of fourteen the Gallinula was added, and M egalo pier its (as Anows melanogenys), Pelagodroma tnarina and Oestrelata mollis, making now a total of eighteen. The only Penguin from Tristan was figured on pi. xxx and worked up on p. 128. Moseley, Notes by a Naturalist, 1892, p. 115, adds that Daption capensis and Macronectes breed on Tristan, and that Procellaria glacialoides was also obtamed (= Priocella antarctica). Total twenty. From Inaccessible Island, Moseley writes of Eudyptes : " All night the penguins were to be heard screaming on shore and about the ship, and as parties of them passed by, they left vivid phosphorescent tracks behind them as they dived through the water alongside." He comments on the action of these birds in the water : " they showed black above and white beneath, and came along in a shoal of fifty or more from seawards towards the shore at a rapid pace, by a series of successive leaps out of the water, and splashing into it again, describing short curves in the air, taking headers out of the water and headers into it again, splash, splash went this marvellous shoal of animals, till they went splash through the surf on to the black stony beach and there struggled and jumped up amongst the boulders and revealed themselves as wet and diipping penguins. " In penguin rookeries the grass covers wide tracts with a dense growth like that of a field of standing corn, but denser and higher, the grass reaching high over one's head. The millions of pengums sheltering and nesting amongst the grass saturate the soil on which it grows with the strongest maniu'e, and the grass, thus stimulated, grows high and thick and shelters the birds from wind, rain and enemies, such as the i^redatory gidLs. " The sulphur ])lumes lie close to the head when the bud is swimming or diving, but they are erected when it is on shore, and seem then almo.st by their varied posture to be used in the expression of emotion, such as inquisitiveness and anger. " The bill is bright red and very strong and sharp at the point ; the iris is also red. The iris is remarkably sensitive to Ught ; they feed at sea at night as well as in the daytime. " Most of the droves of penguins make for one landing-place, where the beach was covered with a coating of dirt from their feet, forming a broad track, leading to a lane in the tall grass about a yard wide at the bottom, and quite bare, with a smoothly beaten black roadway ; this was the entrance to the main street of this part of the ' rookery.' " Other smaller roads led at intervals into the rookery to the nests near its border, but the main street was used by the majority of birds. It is called ' rock- NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 17 hopper,' from its curious mode of progression. The birds hop from rock to lock with both feet placed together. " Naturally going through this horde of nesting birds was very difficult, as owing to the high grass one cannot see far and the ' roads ' join and bifurcate in all directions. The stench is overpowering and the yelling of the birds perfectly terrifying. The nests are placed so thickly together that you cannot help treaduig on eggs and young birds at almost every step. "'A parent bird sits on each nest with its sharp beak erect and open ready to bite, yelling savagely 'caa-caa-urr-urr,' its red eye gleaming and its plumes at haK-cock, and quivering with rage. No sooner are your legs within reach than they are furiously bitten, often by two or three birds at once. Naturally your progress is slow and painful. The air is close in the rookery and the sun hot above. " These penguins make a nest which is simply a shallow depression in the black dirt, scantily hned with a few bits of grass or not lined at all. " They lay two greenish-white eggs, and both male and female incubate, in October, when eggs and young are found. The breeding season is probably September to November. " One of the most remarkable facts about the penguins Ls that they are migratory ; they leave Inaccessible Island in the middle of April after moulting, and leturn, the males in the last week in July, the females about August 12th." Moseley, loc. cit., on p. 105, from Inaccessible Island comments on the extreme tameness of the Thrush (Nesocichla) and the Finch (Nesospiza). The Thrushes could be knocked over with a stick, but they were not so tame as those on Tristan. The Finch seems to be extinct on Tristan. Of the Porphyriorriis on Inaccessible Island, he says that it is much smaller than the Tristan form, with finer legs and a longer beak. This is true, as the bird is Atlantisia roger.si Lowe. " On this island also the noddies, Megalopterus, were sitting on the tree-tops with the thrushes. These noddies breed also in St. Paul's Rocks in the Atlantic in August, when young and eggs were found. The nests were made of green seaweed {Caulerpia davifera), which grows on the bottom in the bay and around the rocks, and which, getting loosened by the surf, floats and is picked up by the birds on the surface. The weed is cemented together by the birds' dung, and the nests, havnig been used for ages, are now soUd masses, with a circular platform at the sunnnit, beneath which hang down a number of tails of dried seaweed. The older nests project from the cliffs on the sheltered side of the rocks, Uke brackets, having been originally commenced, as may be seen by the complete graduations existing, by a pair of birds laying an egg (always single) on a small projecting ledge of rock and adding a few stalks of weed. " It is only the stronger and more vigorous noddies that are able to occupy and hold possession of a nest of this description. ' ' Prions and other sea birds have riddled the peaty ground underneath the trees in the Phylica wood in all directions with their holes. The burrows are about the size of large rats' holes and they traverse the ground everywhere, twisting and turning and undermining the grovmd, so that it gives way at almost every step." Still on Inaccessible Island he says that Catharacla antarctica were plentiful. "These predatory gulls were quarrelling and fighting ovej- the dead bodies of 2 18 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. penguins. They quarter the ground when hunting, and when there is a kill assemble in numbers in the same curious way as vultures. They steal eggs, but their chief food is the prions, which they sometimes even draw from their burrows. " On Nightingale Island the penguins were nesting in the tall grass, very much in the same way as those on Inaccessible Island. This island is the only one where there are caves ; these are so numerous as to form a striking feature. " Here the Yellow-billed MoUymawk (chlororhynchus) made numerous nests amid the thousands of penguins' nests in the long grass. The ground of the rookery is bored in all directions by the holes of prions and petrels, which thus live under the penguins. Their holes are not so numerous in the rookery at Inaccessible Island as here. The holes add immensely to the difficulties of traversing a rookery, since when the ground gives way a fall into the black filthy mud amongst a host of furious birds, which have then full chance at one's eyes and face, is far from pleasant. One or two skuas also nested in the rookery. Truly a medley of birds. The skuas lay two eggs. There are about 400,000 penguins on Nightingale Island." Wilkins [4] says that he collected between May 28th and June 1st, 1922, the eggs of Thalassarche chlorhynchus, Ardenna gravis, Eitdyptes cristatit^ and Catharacta antarctica. He also reports that Diomedea exulans, which used to breed on Tristan, is now only rarely found on Inaccessible Island. Phoebetria fusca nests in August and young birds leave the nest in April. P. palpebrata were hatched on January 15th at South Greorgia. TJmlassarche chlororhynchus nests in August ; young leave the nest in April. T. chrysostoma were hatched on January 1st, at South Georgia. Pterodroma macroptera moults in May and lays in July. Pterodroma brevirostris ? lays in November. Pachyptila vittaia keyteli lays in September. Catharacta antarctica lays in September. Sterna vittata lays in November. Anoiis stolidu-s arrives in September and lays in November, but goes away for the winter. Eiidyptes crislatus moults in March and leaves the island and comes again in August and lays its eggs in September. Lowe [5] describes some new forms from this group, and on p. 522 gives a drawing of the head and wings of two Nesospiza. He also discussed the genus Nesocichla and gives text figures on pp. 526-7. Apart from the foregoing works, the following should be consulted, as they bear upon the ornithology of the South Atlantic. 1. Clarke, Ibis, 1905 (April), pp. 247-68. " On the Birds of Gough Island." 2. Clarke, Ibis, 1 906 (January), pp. 145-87. " On the Birds of the South Orkney Islands." 3. Clarke, Ibis, 1907 (April), pp. 325-49. " On the Birds of the Weddell and Adjacent Seas, Antarctic Ocean." 4. Wilkins, Ibis, 1923 (April), pp. 474-511. "Report on the Birds collected during the Voyage of the Q2iest " (pp. 495-501). 5. Lowe, Ibis, 1923 (April), pp. 511-29. " Notes on Some Land Birds of the Tristan da Cunha Group, collected by the Quest Expedition " (pp. 519-29). NOVITATES ZOOLOCICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 19 6. Lowe, Ibis, 1928 (January), jjp. 99-1.31. "A monograph on Atlantisia rogersi : The Flightless Tristan RaU." 7. Lowe and Kinnear, British Antarctic {Terra Nova) Expedition, 1910. Zoology, vol. iv, no. 5, pp. 103-93, " Birds, September 1930." 8. Stenhouse, Scottish Naturalis, 1924, pp. 93-6, " Notes on Rare Land Birds from Tristan d' Acunha in the Royal Scottish Museum, Nesospiza acimhae." 9. Oliver, New Zealand Birds, 1930. 10. Kinghorn and Cayley, Emu, vol. xxii, pp. 81-96, October 1922. 11. Bent, Life Histories, North American Petrels, etc., 1922. 12. Rogers, The Lonely Island, 1926. The following is a list of the birds made by P. C. Keytel on Tristan da Cunha, kindly sent me from the South African Museum by the Director, Dr. E. L. Gill. They are now in the South African Museum. Eudyptes cristatus (with eggs). Diomedea exidans (with egg). Thalassarche chlororhynchus (with egg and photograph of bird on nest). Phoebetria fusca (with egg). Pterodroma macroptera. Ardenna gravis. Pachyptila viltatus (broad-billed) (with egg). Catharacta antarctica (with egg). Sterna vittata (with eggs), adult and juvenile. Anous stolidus (with egg). Porphyriornis nesiotis, adult and juvenile. Nesospiza acunhae. Nesocichla eremifa, adult and juvenile. Atlantisia rogersi — not in Keytel's collection, but two specimens obtained by South African Museum in 1932. Also FregeUornis grallaria. Note. — I hear that about fifteen specimens of this Rail have been sent to different museums in America. It is sincerely to be hoped that the bird will not be exterminated by any evil-disposed person for the sake of money. UP-TO-DATE LLST OP THE BIRDS OF TRISTAN DA CUNHA. The page numbers represent the page in Syst. Av. Aethiop. Sclater. *-f Eudyptes cristatus moseleyi — Rock Hopper Penguin. Oceanites oceanica oceanica — The Yellow- webbed Storm Petrel. *Pelagodroma marina 7tmrina — The White-faced Storm Petrel. ? [Garrodia nereis chubbi — Falkland Island Grey Storm Petrel.] ? [Fregetta melanogaster — Black-bellied Storm Petrel.] *-\Fregettornis grallaria — White-fringed Storm Petrel. Fregettornis melanoleuca — Black and White Storm Petrel. *'\Puffinus assimilis elegans — Gough Island Shearwater. *-\ Ardenna gravis — Greater Shearwater. Priocella antarctica — Silver-grey Petrel. *?f Adamastor cinereus — Great Grey Shearwater. * Tristan breeding birds. f Gordon collection. P. 3. p. 5. p. 6. p. 6. p. 7. p. 8. p. 9. p. 10. p. 12, p. 13. p. 14 p. 15 20 NOVHTATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. P. 11. 1 [Procellaria aequinoctialis — Cape Hen.] *^Pterodroma macroptera — Long-winged Petrel. *'\Pterodroma incerta — Atlantic Petrel. ■fPterodroma externa — Juan Fernandez Petrel. *fPterodroma mollis — Soft-plumaged Petrel. ? [Pterodroma brevirostris — Kerguelen Petrel.] Daption capensis — Cape Pigeon. *'\Pachyptila vittata keyteli — Tristan Broad-billed Prion. Macronectes giganteus — Giant Petrel. *Pelecanoides urinatrix dacunhae — Tristan Diving Petrel. *'\Diomedea exidans exulans — Wandering Albatross. P. 16. ■\Thalassarche melanophris — Black-browed MoUymawk. *'\Thalassarche chlororhynchus — Yellow-nosed Mollymawk. P. 17. *'fPhoebetriafusca — Sooty Albatross. P. 104. *'fAtlantisia rogersi — Tristan Rail. P. 109. *Porphyriornis nesiotis — Tristan Coot (extinct ?). P. 144. *?t Larus dominicanus — Southern Black-backed Gull. P. 147. *-fCatharacta antarctica — Antarctic Skua. P. 149. *1[ Sterna vittata — Kerguelen Tern. P. 154. *-fAnous stolidu-s — Atlantic Noddy. P. 155. *Megalopterus mimitus atlanticus — Atlantic White-capped Noddy. P. 447. *'\Nesocichla eremita eremita — Tristan Thrush. *'\Nesocichla eremita gordoni — Inaccessible Island Thrush. P. 833. *Nesospiza acunhae acunhae — Tristan and Inaccessible Island Bunting. *Nesospiza acunhae questi — Nightingale Island Bunting. *Nesospiza wilkinsi — Large-billed Bunting (Nightingale Island). P. 844. ^lonornis martinica — American Purple Gallinule. Total thirty-six, of which twenty-two at least breed in the group. In the following compilation I have endeavoured to bring together the main items of interest in the life history of those birds which have been recorded from this group of islands, together with the history of the discovery of the islands and subsequent occupation, taken from the published accounts. Mr. Jack G. Gordon's notes are m square brackets. [At all times, but especially when the potato crop fails, and suppUes rim low, the islanders dejiend largely on the various sea-birds and their eggs for food. All the species frequenting the islands, with the exception of Skuas and Penguins, are eaten, as are all eggs, those of the Penguin and Yellow-nosed Albatross easily outnumbermg all the rest put together. Unfortmiately the people are careless, and take no thought or care to conserve this very valuable source of supply, so several species have become scarce or have left the island. Both Mrs. Barrow and Mrs. Rogers give several instances of wholesale destruction, no less than 6,939 " Mollyhawks " being killed durmg March and April in one year " and 25,200 Penguins' eggs being taken in one season." On the 12th January, 1909, Mrs. Barrow writes: "Six men who had been to Inaccessible returned, and I am sorry to say that one of them purposely set fire to the tussac grass, which has been burning for three days. The fire can be seen from here 25 miles away. The men say that thousands of birds must have been destroyed, • Tristan breeding birds. | Gordon collection. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1!»32. 21 as it is their nesting time. It is horrible to thinly of." She adds that it was still burning a month later ! Acts like this should be severely punished. At that time several men of a bad type came from Cape Town and caused much trouble in the generally peaceful community. Also a great many dogs were kept, some families having as many as four, most of which had to find their own living, and the birds suffered in consequence. But this has been remedied. Until 1882 there were no rats on Tristan, but that year half a dozen managed to get ashore from the wreck of the Henry B. Page. Mr. Dodson, the missionary then, urged the men to kill them, pointing out what troulile they would cause. But they thought a few rats wouldn't hurt, and did nothing ! In later years these rats wrought great havoc among the crops, and were probably the cause ot all the land birds becoming extinct on the island. Seemingly there are no rats yet on either Inaccessible or Nightingale Islands, and long may it continue so . I had wished to get into touch with Tristan, and learn something of its birds. But it is well named " the lonely isle," for my first letter, written in 1910 and addressed simply to "the Chief man, Tristan da Cunha, S. Atlantic " took five years to get there ! and three more for an answer to reach me ! There were then letters from three " Chiefmen " and one " Chiefwoman." I have since received occasionally rough skins, and eggs (mostly broken), but many seem to go astray on the long journey. All are of great interest, several being first records for the group. The chief difficulty has been to get any data with the specimens. Though I have sent out scores of data cards, some already written up as guides, it seems impossible for them to do it correctly, and some of their efforts are very quaint. Here are some samples. " Mollyhawk egg, from Franks HiU, North West Point of Tristan da Cunha. We name this hill after a man by the name of Frank who got lost on the mountain and he made his h^^use on the mountain and slept there, and we call it Franks Hill." Nothing about the bird, nest or any- thing ! " The Peho egg, a blackliird with yellow on the beak. This bird make the nest near the edge of cliffs and it is very dangerous to get at their nests at times." This is a bit better. " These 6 eggs shell are call the ' Seahen,' we got them on the 14th of October 1920, and my boy had to go 9 miles for them and my boy's name is William and he is thirteen years of age and we got them the placewe call Sandypoint." Too much William and not "Seahen " about this effort! Almost aU the skins are now in the Royal Scottish Museum, Edinburgh, and were verified by W. Eagle Clarke and Surgeon-Admiral T. H. Stenhouse. Gregory M. Mathews has also examined some of them. I am greatly indebted to the books on the island, by Mrs. Barrow and Mrs. Rogers, for much urPormation regarding the birds and islands.] 1. EUDYPTES CRISTATUS MOSELEYI M. & I. The Rock-hopper Penguin (Penguin).' Eudypies serresianus nwseleyi Mathews and Iredale, Man. Birds Aicstr. vol. i, p. 11, March 9th, 1921. Inaccessible Island, Tristan da Cunha Group. This species has a very wide range, extending from Prince Edward, Marion, Crozets, Kerguelen and Gough Islands : Tristan da Cunha to the Austro-New Zealand Region. ^ The second name given in a few instances is tlie name by which the Tristan islanders call the bird. 22 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. The typical form is from the Falkland Islands (figured in Cim. Phys. pi. 49). It is represented by this subspecies in the Tristan Group, which is figured in Yoy. Chall. pi. 30, 1881, and on Kerguelen by interjectus ; while the Austro- New Zealand subspecies must be called filholi, which I have figured and described in my Bird/i of Norfolk and Lord Howe Islatuli, pi. 32, 1928. The older-used name was chrysocome, but this is now considered indeterminable by up-to-date workers. It spends a lot of its time at sea, only coming ashore to breed. It moults in March, then goes to sea in the middle of AprU, returning again in July or August. Mates, and commences nesting in September. In October eggs and young are found, and by November all or most of the eggs have been hatched. The Austro-New Zealand form leaves Macquarie Island early in May, after moulting in AprU, and returns about the middle of October, and its breeding season is October to December. They nest in colonies, in the long grass, making a nest which is just a depression, sometimes Ihied. The eggs consist of two to the clutch, and are bluish white to greenish white, ovoid in shape and with a smooth surface, but pitted, and measure 65-5 by 56-5 mm. (Macquarie Island) and 70 by 57-5 (Campbell Island) (Oliver 9). The breeding season is September to November. [They are very numerous in the group, and at Tristan there are large rookeries, at " Stony Beach," " Trypot," " Seal Bay," " Sandy Point," etc., where they nest close to the sea, as a rule. Last year young come in to moult in December, and Mrs. Barrow writes in January 1908 : " The poor penguins that land on this shore (i.e. near the settle- ment) have but a short Hfe, as the dogs hunt them out at once. While moulting they need no other food than that which Nature has provided in a store of oil from which they can dra^. They hide in holes, small caves, etc., during the time they are helpless." The eggs are a great asset in hard times, but Mrs. Rogers states that the birds themselves are not eaten by the people. On the 24th September, 1906, Mrs. Barrow writes : " The men again went to Sandy Point for eggs. I wish they did not take them in such a wholesale way. They brought back shoals ! " While on the 19th September, 1907, she says : " The men went to the Penguin rookery to-day. Each man carries a box on his back holding 150 eggs, no light load ! When the birds are up for laying, the pairs keep together, the hen on the nest, and the cock standing by. They make a tremendous noise day and night. While in 1924 Mrs. Rogers records that Penguin eggs are used in great quantities in September and October, and that 25,200 were said to have been used that year, 7,200 being collected by the boats in a day round the island. While on the 21st September, 1925, 5,000 were collected. Little, if any, nest is made, and two eggs are the usual clutch, but they will lay several if the first are taken when fresh. The eggs are white, with a tinge of blue, and rather spherical in shape, and are often much stained, when the rookery is in peaty or damp ground. They vary greatly in size. My two largest sets taken 14/9/17 and 8/9/20 measure 72 x 57-5 and 71-5 X 55-5, and 72-5 x 57 and 70 X 55. While the smallest taken 8/9/20 is only 58-5 x 48 and 57-5 x 47. One egg taken 5/9/20 and " first egg the Penguin lay" measures 63-5 x 44 and is unlike a Penguin's in shape, bemg elongate and pointed. Of Nightmgale Island the Rev. H. M. Rogers says, 31st January, 1924 : " The NOVITATES ZooLoaiCAE XXXVIII. 1932. 23 1,000's of Penguins in their rookeries are a truly remarkable sight. Though moulting, they were fat and lively, but we noticed many dead young, and numbers of spoiled eggs. They nest right up, far ashore, here in the Tussac, which grows taDer than a man. Nothing molests them — men, rats, cats and dogs are all absent." There are large rookeries, too, on the small adjacent islets — " Alec's," " White," '■ Stoltenhoff , " and " Old Man." I have received several skins at various times.] GARRODIA NEREIS CHUBBI Mathews. Falkland Grey-backed Storm Petrel. This bird flies the southern oceans. It is figured by Godman in his Monograph, pi. 14, 1907. It is represented in the South Indian Ocean by the Kerguelen form, couesi, and the typical form occurs in the Soiith Pacific Ocean in the Austro-New Zealand region. This latter bird is figured by Gould, vol. vii, pi. 64, 1845, and by myself in vol. ii, pi. 69, 1912. PELAGODROMA MARINA MARINA (Lath.). White-faced Storm Petrel. This bird was originally described from the mouth of the Rio de la Plata, where it was collected, and a drawing made by Sidney Parkinson. It breeds on Nightingale Island. There are four or five forms, the above being the typical subspecies ; it is represented by hypoleuca breeding on the Great Salvage, Canary and Cape Verde Islands. The Australian form is dulciae, figured in my Birds Austr., vol. ii, pi. 70, 1912, and the New Zealand bird maoriana, figured by Godman in his Monograph, pi. 15, 1907. The nest is placed at the end of a burrow. The clutch is one ; variable in size and shape. Sometimes pure white, at others the larger end is thickly speckled with minute rusty spots and others sparsely all over. Elongately oval to subrotundately oval. The measurements are 35-41 mm. x 25-28. Bent [11] gives the average of the typical form as 36-20 x 22-03. Breeding season November to January. [In the Systema Aefhiopica, vol. I, 1924, this petrel is described as breeding at Nightingale Island. While Alexander's Birds of the Ocean, 1928, also records it from Tristan. I have not received any Tristan skins, nor have I had any in- formation from the natives regarding this kind. But they easily overlook species at all similar. Eggs of the typical form are lacking ui my collection, but two from Mud Island, Victoria, of P. m. dulciae, the Australian form, measure 38-9 X 25 and 37 X 27-5. They are rather oval, and white with fine pale-red dots. Nest in a small burrow.] OCEANITES OCEANICUS OCEANICUS (Kuhl.). YeUow-webbed Storm Petrel. The bird breeds on Kerguelen and other islands in the Southern Ocean, such as the South Orkneys. Wanders north to Africa and Queensland in Australia. Europe. The typical form was collected off the mouth of the Rio de la Plata, in South America. It was figured by Gould in vol. vii, pi. 65, 1846 ; Godman, in his 24 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXV'III. 1932. Monograph, pi. 12, 1907, and I figured the Austro-New Zealand subspecies, in my Birds of Australia, vol. ii, jil. 68, 1912. It nests (Clarke 2) on Laurie Island, in the South Orkneys, in the chfEs. A photo is given on pi. x, where on December 1 1th the first egg was obtamed. " There was no attempt at nest making ; the egg was simply laid in a hollow in the earth in narrow clefts and fissures in the face of the cliff, under boulders and sometimes luider stones, on the screes sloping from the foot of the precipice at heights varying from 20 to 300 ft. above sea-level. Sometimes the egg was placed very far in. The searcher could hear the low hoUow whistle uttered every few seconds by the sitting bird. When caught on the egg the birds brought up a reddish fluid, which issued both from the mouth and nostrils. " In addition to the low whistle, these Petrels had a harsh screaming chuckle. These noises they kept up almost continuously after dark, especially on still nights. " They appear to return year after year to the same nesting places, for both eggs and dead young birds of previous seasons were numerous in the tenanted holes contaming the fresh egg. " The eggs are elongated ovals, dull white, peppered with tiny dots of reddish- brown and underlying ones of hlac, mostly accumulated round one end, but occasionally sprinkled all over the surface. Eight eggs average 33'7 X 24 mm. The largest 36 x 24, and the smallest 32 x 23. Bent (11) gives the average as 32-2 X 23-2." The Austro-New Zealand from exa^speratiis breeds at Cape Adare in January, where it forms a tunnel, at the end of which is an enlarged chamber, lined with feathers. The clutch is one, elongated, dull white, sparingly dotted with reddish spots, and sometimes these spots form a ring round the larger end. They measure 33 X 23 mm. Lowe and Kinnear (7) give a text-figure and say that these birds fly very close to and along the contour of every little wave, with outsjjread wings, very seldom flapping, but every now and again dropping the feet to touch the water and then picking up some small crustacean (?) from the surface. The feet, when the bird is on the wing, project about three-quarters of an inch beyond the taU, giving the tail a cuneate form which it does not reaUy possess, the taU being cut across more or less square. Dr. Wilson was impressed with the resemblance of this Petrel to a house martin. [This species was observed near the group by the Quest Expedition in May 1922. But on questioning the people they were told that this Petrel was rarely seen at the islands. I have only a single egg taken at Jason Island, Falkland Isles, on the 12th December, 1928, nest a few feathers imder a boulder. It measures 34 x 23, and is duU white, with a ring of tiny reddish spots.] FREGETTORNIS GRALLARIA TRISTANENSIS. The Atlantic White-fringed Storm Petrel (or Storm Pigeon). Mathew,s, Bull. B.O.C Hi, p. 123, April 5tli, lii:i2. liiaec;i.',s,siljU- Island. This bird nests on Inaccessible Island, as reported by the Islanders, and this is the first record for the Atlantic Ocean. This and Pterodroma externa tristani NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 25 occur on the Tristan Group. The question arises, what is the connection between Juan Fernandez Island in the Eastern Pacific and the Tristan Group ? The species is figured as Fregetta grallaria in my Birds of Australia, vol. ii, pi. 72, 1912, and in my Birds of Norfolk and Lord Howe Islands, pLs. 6 and 10, 1928. In the American Museum Novilates no. 124, July 22nd, 1924, Dr. Robert C. Murphy proved that the type of grallaria did not come from Australia and re- stricted the type locality to the breeding form on Juan Fernandez Island. Now grallaria occurs commonly in the South Pacific Ocean, between Australia and South America, and we hav^three forms there. Wing of typical birds 153-9mm. ; innominatus, 160-8 ; titan, 181-6. In the same publication no. 322, July 14th, 1928, p. 4, Murphy named his large form, titun, when he had 17 males and 10 females ; he found the females slightly exceed the males in size ; in 63 skins measured from Juan Fernandez, the females also were slightly larger. It was the finding of this species in the Atlantic, so near the type locality of leucogaster, that caused all the workers to mix up the two forms. A bird with white fringes to the feathers of the uppersurf ace and an all-white undersurface was to most men typical leucogaster ; hence they called leucogaster short-toed, as this trisfanensis is. Some workers speak of the short-toed leucogaster {= tristanensis) and the long-toed. Writing of the typical form of grallaria, Bent (II), under leucogaslris, quotes Beck as saying that it breeds on Santa Clara Island, which lies about ten miles from the west end of Masatierra Island. " The nests were usually in rock piles inider a good-sized rock. The few nests examined were lined with straws or a few twigs from bushes. One nest with its downy occupant was plainly visible without moving the overshadowing rock. On January 19th, 1914, the date of my visit, I found more nests with young birds than with eggs. As with other species of petrels, the downy young is left alone during the day." Eggs. — Clutch one. The eggs vary in shape from oval to broad elliptical ovate. The shell is smooth, but without lustre, and the colour is dull white, more or less discoloured. One has a wreath of small purphsh-brown dots near the larger end, and in one these dots form a cap over the whole of that end ; the other has a larger cap of such dots with many minute dots scattered over the egg. The three measure 34-5 X 24 ; 34 x 25 ; 32-5 x 25 mm. (average 33-6 X 24-66). Breeding season December and January (Juan Fernandez Group). Juvenils. — The new plumage, which shows under the quaker drab-coloured down, is much like the adult plumage, except that the scapulars and the wing- coverts, particularly the latter, are broadly edged with white. An interesting characteristic of this bird is the manner in which it strikes the water with one foot. In a breeze or wind it was always the leeward leg that was used, the windward one being stretched out behind. As our schooner was always on the wind, the Petrels usually had but little use for the leg on the south- ern side of the body. When the birds flew directly into the wind either one or the other or both legs might be used. [Local name " Storm Pigeon." This species is well known to the people and is not uncommon in the islands. Two skins have been sent me, one of which is labelled " Inaccessible Island, 28th April, 1923." I do not know if it ever breeds on Tristan itself, but it is said to do so on either Inaccessible or Nightingale, or possibly both, though no eggs have been sent as yet. 26 NOVITATES ZooLOCilCAE XXXVIII. 1932. The egg is described as measuring 33-5 x 25, dull white in colour, slightly spotted with reddish brown at the larger end, while the nest is of dry grass in a burrow 18 in. long.] FREGETTORNIS MELANOLEUCA. Black and White Storm Petrel. This bird was said by Salvadoii to be from Tristan da Cunha. So far it remains unique. Its equUateral-shaped foot shows it to be a Fregettornis, but the size of the foot prevents it being any known form other than itself. As we have no material on which to form an opinion, we must leave it as it is, and estabUsh it as a species, as I pointed out in my Birds of Norfolk and Lord Howe Inlands, p. 9, October 16th, 1928. FREGETTA TROPICA MELANOGASTER (Gould). Black-beUied Storm Petrel. This subspecies was described by Gould, from the South Indian Ocean, and figured by him, vol. vii, pi. 62, 1847, and in my Birds Austr. vol. ii, pi. 71, 1912, and by Godman on pi. 17, 1907, from the South Indian Ocean, breeding on Kerguelen and the Crozets : and the Austro-New Zealand bird is australis breed- ing on the Auckland Islands off New Zealand. It breeds on Laurie Island in the South Orkney Islands, in December (Clarke 2), in a crevice in a rock, placed about 15 ft. above the sea-level. The female was sitting. The eggs measured 36 x 25-5 mm. The Kerguelen egg (clutch one) is duU white sparingly dotted all over with small pink dots and measures 37 x 27 mm. The Austro-New Zealand form constructs a small burrow in the bare earth, about 18 in. long, at the end of which is an enlarged chamber, Hned with a good handful of dried grass. The clutch is one egg, which is elliptic, blunt at each end ; white with a pinkish tinge and a broad ring of maroon speckles in or above middle. The measurements are 38-5 by 27 mm. (OUver 9) ; 37 by 27 (Stead, June 13th, 1932). Breeding season January and February, Auckland Island. Lowe and Kinnear (7), pp. 126-8, go fully into the species, and doubt if melanogaster can be separated from tropica. PUFFINUS ASSIMILIS ELEGANS G. and S. Gough Island Shearwater. In my Birds of Australia, vol. ii, pp. 50-71, pi. 73, 1912, 1 gave the full history of this species, and for the first time showing clearly the differences between assimilis and Iherminieri, which up to then had been mixed up by all workers ; later Dr. Murphy, in the Artier. Mus. Novit. No. 276, September 8th, 1927, also discussed these forms. Godman, in his Monograph, pi. 36, 1908, figured the type skin of elegans, which had already been figured by Salvin in Rowley's Miscell.. pi. 34, in 1876. The type came from S. Lat. 43° 54' ; E. Long. 9° 20'. It was found breeding (Clarke 1) on Gough Island. The nesting burrows were deep and situated on the steep grass-covered bank flanking the side of the ravine. The locality was honeycombed with their holes. The typical bird's egg (the clutch is single) is white, oval in shape, smooth and without gloss, and the average measurements are 50 x 35 mm. NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 27 [This form wa.s found breeding on Gougli Island by the Scotia Expedition. It seems little known in the Tristan Group, however, but a single skin was found in the collection sent in 1919, which is possibly the first record for the island. With it was an egg said to be of the same species, taken from a burrow, but with no data. It is oval and white and measures 51 x 35-8. I have two eggs of the typical form taken at Lord Howe Island on the 30th July, 1929. They are smooth, pure white and rather oval, and measure 50 X 35-3 and 48 x 33 ; while two of the form P. a. kermadecensis from the Ker- madecs are 50-8 x 33-2 and 49-8 x 35-8.] [PUFFINUS Lri^RMINIERI. Brown-backed Little Shearwater. Bent (11), under Iherminieri of Lesson, says that the birds breed in colonies in holes or crevices of the rocks, but seldom more than a foot from the surface. The single egg is laid on the rock or in a loosely constructed nest of twigs or dried grass. The egg is white, fragile and not highly jjolished. The average measurements are 62-5 x 36-2 mm. The four extremes measure 57-3 x 40-8, 49-2 x 35-2, 50 X 34 mm. The breeding season on the Bahama Islands is April. Incubation is carried on by both parents, and before the egg is laid both occupy the hole together. The parent does not brood the young, but merely sits beside it duruig the first day or two of its existence, after which it is left alone during the daytime. This species does not occiu' in Tristan, but is added for comparison.] ARDENNA GRAVIS (O'Reilly). Greater Shearwater (Petrel). This bird is figured by Godman in his Monograph, pi. 25, 1908. It flies the Atlantic Ocean from Greenland to South Africa and South America. On Night mgale Island Wilkins (4) says that many burrows of this bird were dug out, but m May they showed no sign of mating. They breed on both Nightingale and Inaccessible Islands m November, where at night they flock in by the hundreds. A few were caught in their burrows. Bent (11) says that this bird is called the hag, hagdon or hagdown by sailors. He quotes Jomdain, who describes the eggs (the clutch is single) as white, with no trace of markings, though slightly stained by the soil. The shape is a pointed oval ; and they are entirely devoid of gloss. The smooth surface, being covered closely with minute granulations. The average measurement of eight eggs is 77-7 X 48-6 mm., and the breeding season given me by this latter contributor is May on Tristan Group, March on Nightmgale Island, September on Inaccessible Island ; surely a varied season. " The flight of the Greater Shearwater is extremely graceful and very characteristic. With long, sharply pointed, sUghtly decurved whigs they scale along close to the waves, sailmg into the teeth of the wind by skilfully taking advantage of the air currents deflected upwards from the surges. Now they turn on their side with one wing just grazing the water, the other high in the air. Again they take a few quick whig strokes and land themselves just above a breaker, but so close that one expects to see them overwhelmed in the foam. 28 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1032. One cannot help noticing the shape of their bodies, cylindrical and tapering posteriorly, a cigar-shape well adapted for rapid passage through the air without ' dragging.' " Owing to the great length of their wings, Shearwaters need a strong wind to rise from the surface of the water, and even then they often make the surface foam as they climb uji the waves paddling vigorously with alternate feet. In perfect calms the advent of a swift-moving steamer in the midst of a flock becomes for these birds a matter of serious concern. They flap along the siu-face heavily, using both feet and wings, and as they struggle they ' lighten ship ' by vomiting up the contents of their crops and stomachs. Some, unable to rise above the water, endeavour to hide themselves below the surface by vigorous actions of both wings and feet, but in this, as in the case of the proverbial ostrich in the sand, they are only partially successful. Like Petrels, the Shearwaters occasionally skip along the surface of the water on their feet, using their wings to balance and support them. " The Greater Shearwater is on occasions an active diver, and is able to swim well under water. It dives from the surface of the water on which it first alights. " Two that had been caught walked as well as ducks and made no pretence of sitting on their rumps. . . . When set at liberty they launched towards the water, dived several yards obliquely, and on coming to the surface splashed and washed themselves for several minutes before they took to wing. " The vocal performances of the Greater Shearwater are limited to harsh cries and screams which they emit when eager for food. " The eagerness of these birds for food is so great that they seem to be devoid of all fear of man and recklessly approach close to the boat from which the food supply comes. " The cylindrical, tapering body, the long curved and pointed wmgs and gracefid flight make the recognition of this Shearwater an easy one. The black biU, white breast and belly, the greyish -brown back and dark head, the white patch at the base of the tafl, and the dark bars on the sides and flanks are all points to be noticed in its recognition." The eggs vary in measurements, the largest being 81-7 x 47-4 from Inacces- sible Island, September, and the smallest 70-3 < 46-9 ; the widest is 80-2 X 52, Nightingale Island (March), the narrowest 71-6 x 44-3, Inaccessible Island. It seems unlikely that this bird breeds on the same group in March, May, September and November. Perhaps the islanders who collect these eggs get the dates wrong. I suggest the breeding season as September to November. [Local name. " Petrel." This is the correct local name among the Tristan people, and not " Pediunker," as has been stated elsewhere, the latter name referring to Adamastor cineretis. About a dozen skins have been sent me at different times, two from Inaccessible being dated 26th April, 1923. The Great Shearwater is plentiful round Tristan, Nicol stating, on the 17th January, 1906, that " it was seen in some abundance, and nearly always two together, so probably breeds there. But it does not appear to nest on this island, though it does so in large numbers on both Inaccessible and Nightingale. The Quest E.xpedition records that on the 21st May, 1922, " many burrows of this species were found on the hillsides on both islands, but that between 10 a.m. and 5 p.m. very few were occupied. And although many were dug up, there was no trace of a nest, nor did the few birds captured, betrayed by their grmiting, show any sign of NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 29 being near the mating period. At night they seemed to flock in by the hundred. The Tristan Group is, curiously enough, the only known breeding place of this common Shearwater, though the eggs in some older collections come from some weird and unlikely places, as Greenland ! Seemmgly the first authentic eggs were four or five obtained with skins by P. C. Keytel on Inaccessible in November, 1908. (It is stated by Mrs. Barrow, in her book, page 174, that the Rev. J. G. Barrow and a boat's crew from Tristan visited Inaccessible from 5th to 11th November, 1907, and "were able to get a few 'Petrels'' eggs, but digging these out of the nest holes was wet and muddy work.") The first egg I obtained was collected by John Class at Inaccessible on the 11th November, 1917, and was taken from a burrow on a hillside there. It is a small egg measuring only 70-3 x 46-9. The Rev. H. M. Rogers most kindly sent me a dozen eggs all taken at Inaccessible on the 14th November, 1924. The nests were made of a little dry grass at the end of a long burrow in hiUsides, and several of the birds were caught at home. Unfortunately most of these eggs arrived smashed, but I have been able to measure ten which average 77 x 49. The 1917 egg is slightly the smallest, while one long pomted egg measures 84-5 X 50.] PRIOCELLA ANTARCTICA (Stephens). SUver-grey Petrel. This bird was observed on Laurie Island m November and December, and it was considered highly probable that a few pairs were nesting there (Clarke 2). It was said (Clarke 3) to nest at Cape Roquemaurel, on the west coast of Louis Philippe Land. The maxilla and mandible are tipped with black, the middle portion of the bill pale flesh coloured and the base and nares pale cobalt-blue. Feet pale flesh, the webs washed with yellow, claws black. Iris dark brown and the pupil blue- black. It was recorded by Moseley ; and Wilkins (Ibis, 1923, p. 497) from Tristan. Lowe and Kinnear (7) say the bird moults in March, and reports it common at sea. The bird is figured by Gould, vol. vii, jjI. 48, 1848, and in Godman's Mono- graph, pi. 43, 1908, and in my Birds of Austr. vol. ii, pi. 82, 1912. It breeds at Penguin Point, Haswell Island, and Stillwell Point, Adelie Land, in December [and January ?]. The biu-rows may be formed in firm snow or in niches among the boulders or ensconced in bowers excavated beneath the snow. The clutch is one, white, dull f*id lustreless ; oval to pointed oval ; the shell is fine grained, with numerous irregularly shaped pittings over the surface. They measure 70, 75 and 84 x 46-5 mm., 48 and 49. Average of three, 76-3 X 47-6 (North). ADAMASTOR CINEREUS (Gm.). Great Grey Petrel (Pediunker). This bird has a vast distribution, breedmg on Gough Island in the Atlantic and Round Island near Mauritius and Kerguelen Island ; also Macquarie Island, off New Zealand. It occurs around the Antarctic Circle. This bird was discovered on Cook's voyage, off New Zealand, and beautifully described by Solander as Procellaria ■pallipes. It is figured by Gould, vol. vii, pi. 47, 1848, Godman's Monogr., pi. 41, 1908, and in my Birds of Austr., vol. ii, pi. 81, 1912. 30 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. In life from Gough Island the maxilla is dull pea-green ; the nostrils, culmen and unguis are black ; the mandible with apical i)late and cutting edge is black, the lower plate pea -green. Tarsus and toes pinkish grey, darker or blackish at the joints, the webs yellowish (Clarke 1). Lowe and Kinnear (7) give a cut of the bill, showing a different coloured bill for the Austro-New Zealand bird, and say that it dives into the water after the garbage thrown overboard, with its wings haK outspread from a position as if it was just about to settle on the water. WUkins (4) found them in burrows on the hillside about 1,800 ft. up on Gough Island, between May 28th and June 1st, 1922. The Austro-New Zealand bird differs from the Gough Island form in the colour of its bill. The Austro-New Zealand bird has the tips of both mandibles horn-colour ; the apical plate pale horn-colour, not black ; the lower plate dull white, not pea-green. It nests in a burrow on the mountain of Tristan da Cunha in April. The white eggs measure 79-85 x 57-58 mm. [Local name, " Pedimiker " or " Paddyunker," which is the correct Tristan name for this species, and does not refer to the Great Shearwater, which Ls locally known as " Petrel." In the Appendices to Mrs. Barrow's book the following rather mixed account appears, which from the breeding date, etc., undoubtedly refers to this bird, and not to the Great Shearwater, which nests in November. " 10 The Pediunker lays in May and June ; it is Uke a Petrel. We think it must be the Shearwater [Priofimis cinerems] of which we were told at the South African Museum, Cajie Town, that it frequents Scotland and that its nesting- place was unknown until Mr. Keytel brought a specimen of it and its eggs from Tristan in 1909." I received one skin from Tristan in 1919, and two labelled " Paddyiuiker," " Inaccessible," 26th April, 1923. Three eggs have also been sent me, one said to be from a burrow with the first skin. One data reads, " ' Paddyunker ' eggs from burrows from the side of the moiuitain, Tristan da Cunha, 6th April, 1923." These eggs measure 85 x 58, 81 x 53 and 79 x 57. They are dull white, without gloss, the ends being rounded. One is considerably earth-stained. Colonel R. Sparrow has also three Tristan taken eggs which measure 85-2 X 55, 84 x 56-5 and 83-5 X 57-5, but they are without date. [Are these the eggs of Procellaria ? See next species. — G. M. M.] Although this species has been recorded as breeding at Gough Island, there is, I believe, no record m hterature of its occurrence in the Tristan Group. If these are correct, there is something seriously wrong with the eggs recorded previously. Eggs accompanied by a skin of the bird were collected on Macquarie Island in the latter part of November 1896 by Joseph Burton. A. J. Campbell gives the average of seven of these eggs as only 70-6 X 51-4, the largest being 71-5 X 51-4, and describes them as either roundish or broad oval ; texture of shell close, but coarse, surface very sUghtly glossy, and colour pure white, but become nest-stained.] PROCELLARIA AEQUINOCTLALIS AEQUINOCTIALIS (L.). Cape Hen or White-chinned Petrel. There is another well-known Petrel to the early travellers. It occurs off the Cape, the Falklands and the Southern Ocean, up to South America and New Zealand. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 31 Godman figured it in his Monograph, pi. 44, 1908, from Valparaiso — this is brabo2irnei ; and I figured the Austro-New Zealand form steadi in my Supplement to the Birds of Norfolk and, Lord Howe Islands. The typical form breeds on the Falklands or South Georgia, while mixta breeds on Kerguelen and the Crozets. In my Birds of A ustralia, vol. ii, p. 111,1912,1 give a text figure of mixta, showmg the white extending down the tliroat, and on p. 112 the very small chin spot of the Austro-New Zealand bird. Gould, in vol. vii, pi. 46, 1848, figured the form known as conspicillata, and so did I, in vol. ii, pi. 79, 1912, of which the type locality is Cape Seas, where the bird I figured was caught at sea by Mr. Richard H. W. Leach, somewhere about 1863, on his voyage to Australia. In spite of what Gould says, this form does not occur off the Australian-New Zealand waters, and must be removed from the list. " On Kerguelen they nest in burrows on the sloping sides of a hill, frequently with an inch or two of water at the entrance. The nesting chamber is spherical in shape and rather large ; the nest is composed of mud and pieces of plants arranged m the form of an m verted saucer, three or four inches high, sUghtly hoUowed out on the top, a space bemg left between its base and the sides of the chamber." Egg. — Clutch one, white, nearly equally pointed at both ends, and measures 81 X 52 mm. Breeding season, December. " Both sexes sit on the egg, the males by day. Duruig the period previous to nesting, the birds make an extraordinary cackling in the burrow at night. When dug out of their nests, if handled the birds utter a high-pitched cry and frequently inflict a severe wound with their beak and claws. They make no attempt to fly, unless chased, but waddle back to their burrows." On Antipodes Islands the burrows are the same, the egg is laid in December and the young fully hatched m May. " On Auckland they nest in January and February. Nests consisting of a considerable accumulation of dry grass, placed in an enlarged termmal chamber, at the end of a bm'row about three feet long. In the wet peaty bank, the upward sloping burrow opened at its inner end into a chamber about a foot and a half in diameter. The mud from the floor of this chamber had been raked up into a heap in the centre of it, leavmg a perfectly formed dram all round, from which the water trickled out down the burrow. The nest was built of grass, as before, and placed in a shallow depression in the central heap, two or three mches above the water in the smrouncUng drain. I later ascertained that the birds build those heaps by standing knee deep in mud in the middle of the nest chamber and raking the mud mwards with their bills (Stead in OUver 9)." Egg. — Clutch one, white and ovoid, 80-83 x 53-5-55 mm. Breeding season, December to February. Young fully fledged in May (Oliver 9). Lowe and Kinnear (7) tell us that when feeding they go completely mider water, with their feet and wings outspread, and come up again with the wings still spread, exactly as do the Shearwaters. [The Quest Expedition m May 1922 saw this species in the vicinity of the group, but the peoj)le, when questioned, said that they were seldom seen, and that they did not think they nest at the islands. I have had no skins, nor have the people mentioned it to me. I have no eggs of this bird myself, and the only description I can find of them 32 NoVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVllI. 1932. is that of the Rev. A. E. Eaton, who accompanied the Trartsit of Venus Expedition to Kerguelen I.sland. He describes the breeding season as from November to January, and the nest as a burrow on a slophig hillside with a spherical chamber at the end ; the egg as an elongated oval, coarse in texture, slightly glossj' and pure white in colour, measuring 86 x 52. This is much nearer the size and description of the eggs taken on the mountain in April and sent to Col. R. Sparrow and myself, the largest bemg 85 X 58 ; but the skins are certamly A. cinereus, and both skins and eggs are labelled " Paddyunker."] PTERODROMA MACROPTERA MACROPTERA (Smith). Great-winged Petrel (Black Eaglet). This bird breeds on Tristan da Cunha in June and July, not high upon the mountain-side, where it forms a burrow in the ground, at the end of which it lays its egg, oval in shape, white, with no gloss ; measurements 68-69 X 48-49 mm. It is figured by Godman in his Monograph, pi. 46, 1908, and I figure the New Zealand form gouldi in vol. ii, pi. 83, 1912, which breeds on the island north of New Zealand ; the eggs measurmg 65-5-67 >; 48-5-49 mm. The Western Australian form albaiii is found on Rabbit Island. Lowe and Kinnear (7) give a text figure showmg the bird in flight. Dr. R. C. Murphy suggests that " Eaglet " is a corruption of " Haglet," which is a common name for Petrels amongst American whalemen. [Local name, " Black Eaglet." This is a common Petrel at Tristan, and well known to aU the people. Mrs. Barrow states that it comes in to moult in May, and lays in the first week of July. But she also ^Tites on the 24th May, 1906 : '' Glass brought back some Eaglets' eggs from the ' Bluff,' they are about as big as a Duck's and white. We had them for supper, they have a sUghtly fishy taste." On the 13th June she continues : " Diu-ing a picnic to the ' Base ' some 2,000 ft. up my husband looked for Eaglets' eggs, but only found one. The hen was caught but liberated agaui, when unfoi'tunately the dogs got it." On the 22nd of that month she adds : " Rob the collie also learned to hunt for Eaglets, which nest in holes, but had to be restrained, as he killed the birds. We had scrambled Eaglets' eggs for break- fast to-day." But from the dates I fear that she must have had scrambled cliff- Petrels, as well as their eggs ! ! She also writes on the 7th October, 1906 : " The men, in their spare time just now, hunt for young Eaglets, which they are bringing in in large quantities." The only mention of them in Mrs. Rogers' book is, '■ Black Eaglets are got in June and July, and we foiuid them good eating." I have received several Tristan skins, one of which is labelled " Seal Bay, Tristan, 1st June, 1923." On Tristan they breed plentifully on the hillsides above the " Base," at an elevation of some 2,000 ft., making a sUght nest in a buirow. The egg is very white and smooth, without gloss, and rather oval in shape. Six eggs average about 68-8 x 48-2, my largest being 69 x 49. They also breed on Inaccessible and Nighthigale.] NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVTII. 1932. 33 PTERODROMA INCERTA (Sclilegel). Atlantic Petrel. This bird was obtained on Tristan da Cunha, and is figured by Godman in his Monograph, pi. 53, 1908, where he considered that it may be a brown phase of lessoni, as it has the blackish mark in front of and round the eye. It is prac- tically the same size. In my Birds of Australia, vol. ii, p. 148, 1912, I discuss Procellaria alba GmeUii (see also Ibis, 1913, p. 231). However, Loomis, in the Auk, 1920, p. 88, is quite satisfied that alba is the parvirostris of Peale = wortheni of Rothschild, and should be called by the older name. The Procellaria sandaliata of Solander, the description of which I reproduced on p. 1.51, Ls probably this bird, collected off the east coast of South America, at the mouth of the Rio de la Plata. As sandaliata was put as a sjaionym of arminjoniana in the Catalogue of Birds, vol. xxv, p. 413, 1896, it cannot be again used. [I do not know of any local name for this Petrel, and only one or two of the people recognize it ; though Nicoll states that on the 17th January, 1916, it was observed off Tristan, and possibly nests there also. He describes it as about the size of a large pigeon, dull brown on the back, with almost golden neck, and white underparts. I have only received one skin of this species, from Tristan, and a single egg said to have been taken from a burrow on a hillside at the " Bluff " in June 1918. This egg is dull white, bluntly oval, with a very thin shell, and measures 61-5 x 48.] [Is this the first description of the egg of this species ? — G. M. M.] PTERODROMA EXTERNA TRISTANI Mathews. Juan Fernandez Petrel. Pterodroma externa trislani Mathew.s, Bull. B.O.C. Hi, p. 63 (19.31). Tristan da Cunlia. This bird breeds on the Juan Fernandez Group. It is figured by Godman in his Monograph, pi. 62, 1908 ; it Ls replaced in the Kermadec Island Group by the subspecies cervicalis which breeds on Sunday Island. This subspecies is also figured by Godman on pi. 63 ; the Catalogue of Birds, vol. xxv, pi. 6, 1896, and by BuUer in his Supplement, pi. iv, 1905. The egg is j)ure white, broadly ovoid, and measures 64-68 x 57-48. The egg is laid at the end of a burrow in December and January, on Sunday Island. In November they are found in their burrows. The young leave the island in June (Oliver 9). The discovery of this bird on Tristan is most peculiar, as it is a Pacific Island form. Compare ante under Fregettornis grallaria. In working up the distribution of the Petrels, I find that latitude is most important. That is to say, that the birds in the same latitude resemble each other more closely, although sejiarated by many mUes, than do bu'ds separated by many degrees of longitude. PTERODROMA MOLLIS MOLLIS (Gould). Soft-plumed Petrel (White-breasted Black Eaglet). This bird was foimd breeding on Tristan da Cunha in November of 1917. This is the tirst time the eggs have been described (see Ibis, 1932, January, p. 165). The bird forms a burrow and lays a smgle egg at the end, which is enlarged into a chamber. The egg is white, duU with no gloss and measures 63-5 x 49-8 mm. It is represented by a subspecies feae, which breeds in Madeira and occurs at 3 34 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. the Desertas and Cape Verde Islands. The Rev. F. C. R. Jourdain writes me that the eggs of this subspecies measure 55-5 x 41-2 ; 52-7 ;< 40-2 ; 59 x 42 ; the average being 56-4 x 41-1 ; one weighed 2-45 g., another 2. -95 g. The typical form occurs in the South Atlantic and Indian Oceans, east to St. Paul's and Amsterdam Island, and on the west coast of Australia, where three occurrences have been recorded. It is figured by Gould in vol. vii, pi. 50, 1848, and Godman Monograph, pi. 54, 1908, and I figured a supposed Australia bird, vol. ii, pi. 86, 1912. The Challenger Expedition obtained two specimens on Nightingale Island on 17th October, 1873, and three examples were secured off Gough Island, and the egg obtained was believed to be of this bird (Clarke 1, p. 202) ; it measures 61 X 42 mm. It will be noted that this egg is smaller than the Tristan one and larger than those of feae. The average of the five eggs is 58-2 X 43-04 mm. Lowe and Kinnear (7) record one taken off Cape Town and one at sea N.W. of Tristan da Cimha, and on pi. vi give a coloured drawing of the head and leg. WOkins (4) found them in their burrows in the hillside near the beach on Gough Island, from 28th May to 1st June, 1922. Many others were observed coming inland in the late evening, and their croakuigs could be heard throughout the night. He also observed them at sea on the voyage from Gough Island to Tristan. [Local name. White-breasted Black Eaglet. All Mrs. Barrow says of this species is " that it lays in November." However, it seems to be quite well known to the Tristan people, though it was some years before we could make out for what species the above local name stood. However, in 1919 a skin arrived with this local name attached, which proved to be mollis. Unfortunately I have no information as to whether this species is jilentLfuI or not at Tristan, but believe that it is found on all three islands. Two eggs have been received at different times, one taken at Tristan in November 1917 and the other in November 1923. They are duU white with no gloss, rather spherical in shape and measure 64 x 49-6 and 63-5 x 49-8. The nests were at the end of burrows on a slope. Does it also breed at Gough Island ?] In the Bird Room of the Natural History Museum is a bird of the same size as mollis from South Lat. 36° 8' and East Long. 88° 55'. It is uniform dark grej'ish ; the chin and upper throat are mottled, like the lores and forehead. It can be called Pterodroma deceplornis. Type 43-7-14-34. The nearest land is New Amsterdam and St. Paul's Islands. PTERODROMA BREVIROSTRIS (Less.). Kerguelen Petrel. This bird breeds on Kerguelen Island. It is figured b}' Godman m his Mono- graph, pi. 60, 1908. The nest, placed at the end of a burrow of varying lengths, is in an enlarged chamber and composed of damp and decayed vegetable matter. The egg is single, white and measures 50 ■; 38 mm. The breeding season is from October to December. Young found in January. It was recorded from 69° 33' South and 15° 19' West (Clarke 3), and from Australia by Campbell from a specimen washed up in Western Australia on 6th June, 1926. I figured and described it in my Birds of Norfolk and Lord Howe Islands, p. 102, pi. 38, 1928. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. ■ 35 [Local name, " Night-hawk " ( ?). There is no mention of this Petrel in either Mrs. Barrows' or Mrs. Rogers' books. The people have not mentioned it in any of their lists, but then they have a habit of forgetting species that are quite common there. Nor have I received any skins in any of the collections sent. The Quest Expedition in May 1922, from questioning the people, include it with a query, as breeding there in November, but they did not see any themselves. W. B. Alexander, in Birds of the Ocean, 1928, says that it breeds at Tristan da Cunha and Kerguelen. On what authority I do not know. Among some eggs sent to Col. R. Sparrow from Tristan in 1929 by R. Glass, but with very scanty data, are .4. cinerea, P. gravis, P. macroptera, etc., and a single egg which Glass considers distinct, and named " Night-hawk." It is very white, oval and pointed and measures 69-5 x 53-5. I have no eggs of this Petrel myself for comparison.] [Are these the eggs of Adamastor ? — G. M. M.] DAPTION CAPENSIS (L.). Cape Pigeon or Spotted Petrel. It is also called the " Pmtado " bird, of which the genus name is an anagram. This widely distributed bird occurs in the Antarctic oceans and northward almo.st to the equator. It is figured by Gould, vol. vii, pi. 53, 1847 ; Godman, in his Monograph pi. 80, 1909 ; and in my Birds of Australia, vol. ii, pi. 90, 1912. The Austro-New Zealand subspecies probably breeds ofi New Zealand. The Pintado bird of the world's early navigators is probably the best known of all the Petrels to travellers. Its eggs, however, were not found tiU 2nd December, 1903, at the South Orkneys (Clarke 2). " The three nests from which eggs were obtained were placed on open exposed edges of cliffs on the west side of Uruguay Cove, Laurie Island, at heights of from twenty to one hundred feet above sea-level. " The nests were composed of a few small angular fragments of rocks and a little earth, and contained single eggs, which were quite fresh. " When approached, the sittmg birds ejected an evil-smelUng reddLsh fluid, of semi-digested crustaceans, with great precision for a distance of six or eight feet. They did not, however, leave their nests, and were captured while sitting. " They seemed of a sociable nature and nested together, but isolated nests were not uncommon. Both sexes were often found sittuig side by side, one on the nest and the mate close alongside, and cooing and clucking to each other. " Eggs were taken also in January. On the 18th of this month a chick five days old was taken, and others were still m down on 5th February. " The adult, before laymg its egg, sits close on the nest for about a month and then entirely disapjieared for some ten days, when it returned and laid its egg. " The eggs, which are pure white, vary from oval to elongate ovate in form. The former measure 56-5 X 43 mm. ; and the latter 67-2 x 43-3 ; the average being 62-35 by 43-11. The length varies from 56-5 to 67-2, and the breadth from 46-5 to 40-5. " The numerous nests fomid were placed either on ledges of cliffs, or, though these were few, in hoUows in the earth and among small stones on steep scree - slopes, and all were quite open. Whereas on Kerguelen they nest in burrows and grottoes. It is also thought to breed at South Georgia. About 20,000 birds of this species nest on Laurie Island. The chick in down, five days old, is slaty- grey above, and paler and sooty on the undersurface. 36 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. " A young bird has the head and body clad in down, with feathers developing on the wings and scapulars. The down on the uppersuiface is sooty, darker on the head and cheeks, and paler and greyish on the underparts. The wing-quiUs, the largest of which are two inches in length, are black, some of them with the inner webs white towards the base. The feathers of the scapulars are black and white. There are no signs of tail feathers. Wing eight inches. " They leave the breeding place in April, and the first of the spring migrants returned on 1st October, and became plentiful by the 23rd." Further notes were added by Clark (3) ; Lowe and Kinnear (7) do not admit a subspecies, and quote WUson's note : " I saw one dip entirely, with half -spread wings, to get a piece of garbage, and reappear with a splash like a Shearwater. To rise from the water it had to rim on the surface, four or five splashing steps. PACHYPTILA VTTTATA KEYTELI (Mathews). Tristan Broad-billed Prion (Nightbird). This bird lays its eggs on the stones at the back of a dark cave on Inaccessible Island in September (lOth, 1917) (c/. Ibis, 1932, January, p. 165). It is recorded for Gough Island (Clarke 1) with a wing of 220 mm. The lower plate of the mandible was pale blue and the remamder of the bill black ; tarsus and toes cobalt-blue, webs black. Wilkins (4) says it lays in September. He also dug them out of deep burrows on the hillside near the beach on Gough Island between 28th May and 1st Jime. [Local name, " Nightbird." This species, once common, seems to have become scarce at Tristan. Mrs. Barrow writes, 17th September, 1908: "Mr. Keytel, my husband and Rapetto went by boat to'visit Freshwater Cave in search of Nightbirds. The cave Ls about 100 yards in length. At the far end is a pebbly beach where the birds were supposed to be. Between it and the mouth was water which had to be crossed. They saw about a dozen Nightbiids and got seven eggs." Mrs. Rogers also visited this cave in 1923, and writes : "There is a shingly beach, and a small dark cave at the end at one time the haunt of Night- birds, but they seem now to have completely deserted it. Indeed, these birds seem to be leaving Tristan now. They used to be easily caught by the curious expedient of lightmg fires in the caves, which attracted them down. Their eggs are very good eating. Near by is ' Guano ' or ' Dry ' Cave, also about 100 yards long and fairly lofty. The floor is of sand mixed with guano, and quite dry. But the buds have now deserted it also." However, they stLU breed m some numbers on both Inaccessible and Nightingale. One skin was received from Tristan in 1919, and two obtained at Inaccessible on the 26th April, 1923. I have only two eggs, white and smooth and rather oval in shape. One taken at Fresli- water Cave on the 10th Sejitember, 1917, measures 52-5 x 35, and the other at the same place on the 20th September, 1922, is 51-5 x 35.] MACRONECTES GIGANTEUS (Gmel.). Giant Petrel. This large dimorphic, ugly-billed Petrel, the Nelly of sailors, has a bad repu- tation, as it catches and swallows whole, the Prion, on the wing. It is figured by Gould, vol. vii, pi. 45, 1848 ; Godman, in his Monograph, pi. 76, 1909 ; and in my Birds of Austr. vol. ii, pi. 89, 1912. If we consider giganteus to be the Staaten Land form, including the South NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 37 Orkneys, and breeding on Graham's Land ; and treat the Falkland Island form (solanderi) and the Kerguelen Island breeding bird (halli) as wandering in the off season up the we.stern coast of South America (forsteri), as sjnionynis, we must admit the Austro-New Zealand .subspecies alhus, with the Ross Sea bird (wilsoni) and the Australian form (dovei), as synonyms. This makes the Tristan breeding bird also giganteiis, which seems wrong ; perhaps solanderi would be more correct. This bird breeds on Gough Island (Clarke 1), where it lays its egg in the middle of September. It enters the Penguin rookeries and carries o£E the young ; and it pulls Petrels out of their holes. The egg is ovoid to elliptical, white, shell coarse and granulated and rough with no indication of gloss. " Breeding season, South Georgia, November, December and January ; Falkland Islands, October and November ; Gough Island, September. " Five thousand birds nest on Laurie Island, South Orkney Islands (Clarke 2). They nest in rookeries, and the nests consist of great piles of small angular stones and measiu-e two feet in diameter. The clutch is single, and the average (80 eggs) is 103-8 x 65-7. mm. " The bird had to be f)ushed off the nest to get the egg. They showed no fight, and usually sat down a yard away. They did not shoot oil from their nostrils, but vomited the contents of their stomachs, not as defence, but to lighten them- selves before taking to the wing." A photo appears of nest, egg and adult on pi. xi. Lowe and Kinnear (7) devote twelve pages to this bird, of which four and a half are measurements of tarsus and the length and depth of the bills. In all about a hundred birds are measured. They admit no subspecies, although two are indicated. They prove that the white phase starts life in white down and the dark phase in dark down. That is, age had nothing to do with colour ; this I have always thought to be the case. Young Diomedia exulans can always be distinguished from Macronectes by the fact that exulans at aU ages has the under- wing white, with a black tip and edging, whereas all dark phases of Macronectes have the under wing dark. Otherwise both are very dark on the ixpperparts and show no white. [It is stated in Sclater, Syst. Av. Aethiop. i, p. 15, 1924, that it breeds at Tristan. Alexander, in Birds of the Ocean, 1828, repeats this. However, no skins, or eggs, have been sent me by the jjcople as yet, nor has it been mentioned in any of their letters, and it seems strange that, if these large, conspicuous birds breed at all commonly at the islands, no one seems to know it. It breeds commonly at Gough Island, some 250 miles away. Two eggs of the M . g. solanderi, which is said to be the subspecies occurring m these seas, from the Falkland Islands measure 102-3 x 63 and 101 >; 65-2, and are very white and rough in texture ; while two eggs of the typical race from South Georgia are 106 x 65 and 100 x 66. The nest is just a hollow on the ground.] PELECANOroES URINATRIX DACUNHAE Nicoll. Tristan Diving Petrel (Flying Penguin). This form breeds on Tristan ; the Austro-New Zealand bird is figured by Gould, vol. vii, pi. 60, 1844 ; Godman figured a form in his Monograph, pi. S6, 38 NOVTTATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 1910, and the Kerguelen bird exsul, \)\. 87 ; and I figured the Chatham Island subspecies, vol. ii, pi. 94, 1912. There are about half a dozen forms. It is recorded from Gough Island (Clarke 1). It breeds on Nightingale Island in November ; the clutch is single, white, dull with no gloss, and oval in shape. 36-5 X 30 mm. ; 38 x 29. The egg is placed at the end of a burrow. [Local name, " Flying Penguin." This Diving Petrel is pecuhar to the Tristan group, and was first recognized by Nicoll on the 17th January, 1906, off Tristan, who remarks : " a new species, half a mile from the shore they were on all sides." However, since that date very little seems to have been recorded about this bird, and neither Mrs. Barrow nor Mrs. Rogers mention it in their books. No skins have been foimd in any of the collections received, nor have any of the natives mentioned it in their lists or notes of species found in the islands. Among the last eggs given me by the Rev. H. M. Rogers is one supposed to be that of this little Petrel. It is white, rather stained, and roundish in shape, and measures 38 x 29. It was taken from a small bvu-row hned with feathers, etc., at Inaccessible on the 14th November, 1924. In January 1930 Colonel R. Sparrow, who had obtained some eggs from Tristan (mostly broken), most generously gave me an egg of this bird taken by R. Glass at Nightingale in 1929. Unfortunately his data is very vague. All he says is, " No. 5 The Flying Penguin, one of the most important birds which lay on Nightingale Island, which I went especially across with my boat for to collect Seabirds' shells." This egg measures 36-5 x 30, and is much like the other but rather rounder and more stained.] DIOMEDEA EXULANS EXULANS L. Wandering Albatross (Gony). This bird formerly bred on Tristan da Cunha, now only on Inaccessible Island in this group. Gould figured it in vol. vii, pi. 38, 1844 ; and Godman, pi. 89, 1910 ; and I figured the Austro-New Zealand form in vol. ii, 95, 1912. It also breeds on Gough Island (Clarke 1) in December (end) and January. The young stay on the island till they are ten months old before they go to sea. Numbers are killed by the Nellies and Skuas, only about 5 per cent, reach maturity. Lowe and Kinnear (7) give a text figure showing a scarlet mark on the head behind the eyes, like a red collar. They give the plumage changes from nestling, through four changes, to adult, and consider chionoptera to be the Kerguelen Island subspecies. [Local name, "Gony." Mrs. Barrow writes, 9th February, 1907: " Yesterday the men went out in a boat to shoot Albatrosses, and got seven. Once they nested on the island, but now nests are not to be found nearer than Inaccessible Island." Mrs. Rogers also remarks in 1923 : " Albatrosses have entirely left the island." Four skins were received in 1919 from John Glass and Tom Rogers, but an egg they also sent, with others, never arrived ! However, the Rev. H. M. Rogers sent me a single egg taken on Inaccessible Island on the 1st November, 1924. with the remarks : " Nest cone-shaped, and over a foot high, among grass. Only a few breed here now." This egg, con- siderably stained and seemingly unmarked, measures 134 x 76 mm. How it NOVITATISS ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 39 arrived here unbroken is a marvel, as it was half out of the box when I received it from the postman ! !] THALASSARCHE MELANOPHRIS MELANOPHRIS (Tcmm.). Black-browed Mollyniawk. ThLs bird is found off South Africa and the Atlantic and Indian Oceans ; breeding at the Falkland and Kerguelen Islands. It includes belcheri from Kerguelen and richmondi from the west of South America as synonyms, and is replaced by impavida from the Australian waters. It is figured by Gould, vol. vii, pi. 43, 1844 ; and Godman, pi. 97, 1910 ; and I figured the Australian form in vol. ii, pi. 96, 1912. This bird was not found on Gough Island (Clarke 1), but was collected on Tristan. Lowe and Kinnear (7) give a coloured figure of the head, and say that this bird settles on the water when things are thrown overboard, and then from that position dives completely under after them if necessary. It dives into and under water with three-quarters expanded wings, coming up with the wmgs still half open. After examining and measuring a long series, they admit two sub- sjiecies as above. It appears not to breed on Tristan. [This species does not seem to have been recorded by any writer from the Tristan group, nor is it recognized by the inhabitants. But there is a single skin in the collection sent me by John Glass and Tom Rogers in 1919 which seems to be the first obtained there. However, the Quest Expedition state that it was seen at Gough Island, and also at the Tristan group in May 1922. So that it is not unlikely that it breeds unobserved on one of the islands. Eggs of the typical form from the Falkland Islands, where it breeds plenti- fully, are rather narrow as a rule, the spots and blotches being more liver-coloured than red. Eight eggs average 105 x 66 mm. It is interesting to note that the eggs of these three species can be separated in a series with fair certainty. Those of T. chlororhynchiis being the smallest, while P. f. fusca eggs are much wider, and those of T. melanophris average con- siderably longer.] THALASSARCHE CHLORORHYNCHUS CHLORORHYNCHUS (C!m.). YeUow- nosed MoUymawk (Mollyhawk). From the Cape all over the Southern Ocean, this bird is seen at some season of the year. It breeds on the Tristan Group, probably Nightingale Island, where it was found resting (Wilkins 4) on the grass in an open glade near the summit of that island. It was quite tame and allowed itself to be caught. • It is figured by Gould in vol. vii, pi. 42, 1844 ; by Godman, pi. 102, 1910 ; and by myself in vol. ii., pi. 98, 1912. The form carteri was also figured by Godman, pi. 102a, and myself, pi. 99. Lowe and Kinnear (7) consider that there are only two forms of this bird, and put eximiiis from Gough Island, and carteri, an acci- dental visitor to west coast of Australia, as synonyms. The Australian sub- species they call bassi, and give the reason for their decision. Australia. — Adult: head, entire neck and underparts pure white ; mantle greyish brown ; ocular streak and loral smudge famt. When freshly moulted a slight tinge of bluish grey suffuses the sides of the head, nape and hind neck. Tristan da Cunha. — Top of head white ; sides of face, nape and hind neck 40 NOVITATES ZooLoaiCAE XXXVIII. 1932. very distinctly washed with grey ; chin, throat and iinderparts white ; mantle greyish brown ; ocular streak and loral smudge of a darker and more decided tone. Moseley, writing of this MoUyma\^■k (chlororhynchus) from Nightingale Island, says that it is about the size of a goose, the bill is black with a yellow streak on the top and with a bright yellow edge to the gape, which extends right back under the ej^e. Carmichael says that when irritated the feathers of its cheeks are separated, so as to display a beautiful stripe of naked orange skin, rumiing from the corners of the mouth towards the back of the head, which is a continuation of the gape. It seems strange that well over a century has passed and stUl we have no drawing showing this yellow line. " The birds make a cjdindrical nest of tufts of grass, claj' and sedge, which stand up from the groimd. The nest is neat and round. There is a shallow con- cavity on the top for the bird to sit in, and the edge overhangs somewhat, the old bird imdermining it during incubation by pecking away the turf of which it is made. The nest is fourteen inches in diameter and ten niches high. The bird lays a single egg, elongate, with one end larger than the other, as are all albatross eggs. " The egg is held m a sort of pouch, whilst the bird is incubating. Thus the bird has to be driven right off the nest before it will drop the egg out of its pouch. " The birds, when approached, sit quietly on their nest or stand by them and never attempt to fly ; indeed, they seem, when thus bent on nesting, to have almost forgotten the use of their wings. " When bullied with a stick or handled on the nests, the birds snap their bills rapidly together with a defiant air, but they may be pushed or poked oS with great ease. Usually a pair is to be seen at each nest, and then by standing near a short time one may see a curious courtship gomg on. " The male stretches his neck out, erects his wings and feathers a bit, and utters a series of high-iiitched, rapidly repeated somids, not milike a shrill laugh ; as he does this he puts his head close up against that of the female. " Then the female stretches her neck straight up and, tm-ning up her beak, utters a similar sound, and rubs biUs with the male again. The same manoeuvre is constantly repeated. " Sometimes they nest right in the middle of a penguin road, or they take up their abode in separate pairs anywhere in the rookery, or under the trees where there are no pengums, which latter situation they seem to prefer." [Local names, "'Mollyhawk" or "Mollymawk." This appears to be the common Albatross in the group, and occurs in large numbers on all three islands ; and although Mrs. Rogers states that the flesh is very strong and mipleasant, many are eaten by the people. They are hunted from January to March, and in 1923, whUe 2,139 were taken in January, no less than 4,800 were killed in March. The Rev. H. M. Rogers tried to keep statistics of the various birds' eggs taken for food, etc., diu^ing his stay. They come to nest in August, lay during October, and leave again in April. The eggs are also used in large numbers for food, and on the 7th October, 1906, Mrs. Barrow writes : " Mollyhawk eggs are just in, and nearly every man has been out on the mountain after eggs. John Glass got 162. The men say that this bird never lays more than one egg each season. In time I fear that these beautiful birds will be driven from the island." NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 41 On the 6th February, 1 !)07, she also says : "While sitting on the cliffs at Sandy Point, a pair perched within a few feet of us. They are exceedingly handsome birds, for the most part white, their bUls black, with a bright yellow stripe down the middle. They have the most graceful movements, and this pair bowed, and clicked their bills together, and made love to each other in the most charming way. They cannot rise off flat ground unless there is wind, only from a hiU or cliff edge. On the 5th January near the ponds among bushes and fern," she con- tinues, " we came across a good many MoUyhawks sitting on their nests, which they seem to frequent after the young ones have flown. We also saw 1 or 2 of the young, which are covered with a fluffy blue down. While on the 24th of April, also near the ponds, we saw many young ones, sitting near their nests, and looking white in the undergrowth." There are several large breeding colonies on Tristan, the nests being cones of peat, etc., placed among the bushes and fern, specially near the ponds and above the base. The single egg is more or less dusted and freckled, or ringed with reddish spots at one end. Twenty eggs average 96-5 x 62-5. They also breed at Inaccessible. While at Nightingale Island the Rev. H. M. Rogers wrote, on the 31st January, 1924; '" The Mollymawks thrive here, both in the tussac and in the open valleys, as well as on the cliffs. I saw one rookery in a beautiful but swampy valley, containing over 500 of these handsome birds, right in the middle of the Island." Three skins have been sent me from Tristan.] [THALASSARCHE CHRYSOSTOMA Forster. Grey-headed MoUymawk. The eggs of this bird were found on South Georgia (Wilkins 4) for the first time. Not recorded from the Tristan Group. Young. — Just hatched. Light grey down, slightly darker on the wings, becoming darker with age. Bill dark horn-colour ; iris light brown ; feet light grey. Nest. — Cone-shaped, twelve to fourteen inches high ; about a foot wide at the top and about twenty inches at the bottom, with moss and earth, Uned with gra.ss. The nests are used each year for breeding purposes. The young birds have to be pushed off, in order that the parents may lay a new season's egg. Egg. — Clutch one, dull white ; average measmements 101 X 74 mm. Breeding Season. — December and January, South Georgia. Young hatched on January 1st.] Although this form does not occur on the Tristan Group, it is included for comparison. PHOEBETRIA FUSCA FUSCA (Hils.). Sooty Albatross (Pe-o). This species and the former {chlororhynchus) were described as nesting on Tristan as far back as 1818. The bird is figured by Gould, vol. vii, pi. 44, 1848 ; Godman, pi. 103, 1910 ; and I figured it in my Birds of Norfolk and Lord Howe Islands, pi. 41, 1928. It is reported as breeding on Gough Islaild (Clarke 1), bill " dark, \\ith a yellow stripe on each side." It is common, ^ut does not breed in rookeries ; it places its nests separately on cliffs or projecting rocks, where it is most difficult 42 NoviTATES Z001.0GKAE XXXVIII. 1932. to get at them. The bird commence.s to lay by the middle of September, and while sitting keeps up a continual cry similar to that of a young goat. This is the only Sooty Albatross seen at Tristan (WUkins 4), although a watch was speci- ally kept for palpebrata. Lowe and Kinnear (7) give a coloured figure of the head of ■palpebrata. In the A.O.U. Check List, 1931, p. 366, auduboni is con- sidered a South Pacific Ocean bird, and therefore becomes a synonym of P. palpebrata huttoni. [Local name, " Pe-o " or " Pe-ho." Common on Tristan, though not nearly so numerous as T. chlororhynchus. It comes in to nest in August and leaves again in April. This species, which is well known to the natives, is described as a " brown bird with yellow on the bill." I received two TrLstan skins in 1819. They breed on the island during October in some numbers, but not in large colonies in the grass and fern Uke the " MoUyhawk," the cone-shaped nest being usually placed in dangerous situations on the edge of cliffs on the coast or inside the crater on the mountain. Curiously enough, I have no records from either Inaccessible or Nightingale, though they probably occur there too. Eggs vary in shape and size, some being almost unmarked, while others are spotted, ringed or speckled with reddish. Eight eggs average 100 x 67.] ATLANTISIA ROGERSI Lowe. Tristan RaU (Island Cock). We owe the discovery of this bird to the Rev. H. M. C. Rogers, acting Resident- Chaplain on Tristan da Cunha, who forwarded two skins to the British Museum in 1923. Later he forwarded the body of a bird in spirits. Dr. P. R. Lowe described it as a new genus and species, and later {Ibis, 1928) gave an exhaustive monograjjh, with a coloured figure. He says that it is the smallest flightless bird known to exist, or to have existed. It is said to live in burrow, under the talus slopes on Inaccessible Island, and to be a fast runner. In the Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club, vol. xlviii, p. 121, July 10th, 1928, Lord RothschUd described the eggs. Clutch three (?) ; greyish milk-white tinged with buff; dotted all over sparingly with rather small chocolate -rufous spots and underlying ones of lavender-mauve ; all markings are considerably more concentrated round the apex. The measurements are 35 x 25 mm. The eggs are typical Rail's eggs and very large for the size of thabird, and almost indistinguishable from some varieties of the eggs of Crex crex. Breeding season, October and November. Mrs. Rogers (12) says that it can run with great speed, shelters in the tussocks and Uves in a burrow. ThLs bird occurs only on Inaccessible Island, where Mr. Philip Lindsay discovered the nest in 1927 and 1928. [Local name, " Island Cock." On the 2nd February, 1923, the Rev. Rogers visited Inaccessible with three boats' crews and succeeded in obtaining two specimens, now in the British Museum. He described this Rail a^s unable to fly, but runs with great speed, and shelters in the tussac. It lives in a burrow, and feeds on insects and worms. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAJE XXXVIII. 1932. 43 Tom Rogers sent me a single skin, now in the Royal Scottish Museum, labelled "'Island Cock,' Inaccessible Island, 5th May, 1923. They are the hardest little birds to catch."] PORPHYRIORNIS NESIOTIS NESIOTIS (8cl.). Tristan Coot. This bird is figured at the original description ; and notes on the Gough Island subspecies are quoted in the Ibis (Clarke 1) under the name P. comeri Allen. The two forms are very smiilar. LARUS DOMINICANUS DOMINICANUS Licht. Southern Black-backed Gull. Tills bird ranges from >South Africa to Kerguelen ; South America and the Southern Ocean ; Tristan, Crough Island, etc., and is represented in New Zealand by a subspecies antipodus, which is figured by Buller in his first edition, pi. 20. The typical form is figured in Gray and Mitchell's Genera of Birds, vol. iii, pi. 180, 1845. It is not recorded from Gough Island (Clarke 1), but breeds on Laurie Island, South Orkney Island (Clarke 2), where some remam all the year round, the return of the spring immigrants commencing in mid-October. The birds were paired on 3rd November and the first eggs laid on the 15th. The first young mentioned, 19th December. Fresh eggs marked on 3rd December were found chipped on the 28th, an incubation period of about twenty-five days. Young in down as late as 30th January. " The nests were placed on raised beaches, small screes and rocks within a few yards of the shore. The nest was a well-bmlt structure of seaweeds, mosses, lichens and feathers, and was usually surrounded by great quantities of limpet- shells, this moUusk being evidently a favoiu-ite food of the bird. The eggs were usually two in number, but sometimes three and occasionally only one. Wilkins (4) did not consider that they nested on Nightingale Island, although he pro- cured an immature male there on 21st May, 1922." The New Zealand eggs (clutch two or three) vary from green to stone and dark stone, with large dark and pale-brown blotches, chiefly at the larger end, and measure 69-72 x 47-50 mm. It breeds in scattered colonies on shingly river beds and coastal rocks and beaches. The nest is sometimes a mere hollow in the sand, with a few pieces of grass or sedge as lining ; at others they are large and made entirely of leaves. The upper portion of the nest is composed of dry leaves ; the base consists of more or less decomposed leaves and earth — apparently the birds forming a new nest on the old one of the year before. November is the usual laying month and three the most common number of eggs (Oliver 9). [Surprisingly little seems to be known in Tristan regarding the status of this species, and I have only received a single immature skin in the collections sent. However, the Quest Expedition, on the 21st May, 1922, saw many immature birds at Nightingale Island, and obtained one, a juvenile male of the year, which they thought must have been bred on the island, as it seemed much too young to have travelled any great distance. But no adults were seen, and the natives, when questioned, did not think that any bred in the group, although adidts were sometimes observed. This species is very destructive to eggs and yomig of other birds, and wiU also attack a weakly lamb. I have no Tristan eggs, but in Appendix II in Mrs. Rogers' book, in the list of Natural History specimens 44 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. collected by them at TrLstan, and now in the British Mu.seum, appears No. 6 egg of the Southern Black-backed Gull {Larit^s dominicanus), but I fear some mistake. The nest is placed on a rock, or near the shore, and Ls composed of dry grass, or seaweed. Two or three eggs are laid, generally stone-colour sjiotted with brown and black. This species has a very wide breeding range. C/2 from Cape Colony measure 75 x 48 and 72 x 49. A c/3 from Buenos Aires are 74-5 X SO, 70 X 49-5, 60 X 52. C/2 from Megellanes measure 70-5 x 52 and 69-5 x 50. A c/3 Falkland Isles are 73 X 51-5,73 x 52,74 x 51. But a, cl2Lariisd.antipodus from New Zealand are very dark narrow eggs and measure 72 x 47 and 70 X 47. CATHARACTA ANTARCTICA ANTARCTICA (Less. ). Antarctic Skua (Sea-hen). This hawk amongst gulls frequents the southern area, breeding on the Falkland Islands ; it occurs at Gough Island and Tristan, and has wandered to AustraUa. The Indian Ocean form, intercedens, breeds in Kerguelen ; clarkei occurs in the South Orkneys, South Shetlands and South Georgia ; lonnbergi is the Austro-New Zealand bird ; and tnaccormicki is from Antarctica, breeding at Victoria Land. I have figured the Austro-New Zealand form in my Birds of Australia, vol. ii, p. 122, 1913, and maccormichi in my Birds of Norfolk and Lord Howe Islands, pi. 42, 1928, and the Australian example of the typical bird in the Supplement not yet published. On Gough Island they commence to lay in the middle of September (Clarke 1) : when the Penguins lay, the Sea-hens come ashore in large numbers and get their living by robbing the nests and catchmg the young. They also kUl the young albatrosses. They nest on Laurie Island, South Orkney Islands (Clarke 2). They leave durmg the whiter months after 28th April and return on 16th October. The first eggs were laid on 2nd December and young were out by 22nd January. By 11th February dark feathers were appearing on the wings and sides of the breast of those youngsters. Incubation period about six weeks ; next year, 1904, they returned on 21st October, and the first eggs were found on 27th November. " The nests were usually placed on the tops of mossy rocks, or on plateaux from 100 to 400 feet above the sea, and consisted of well-made hollows in the moss, while teased-out fragments of moss formed the Unmg. Occasionally nests were found on the tops of moraines and were then hoUows in the earth lined with lichens. " The eggs were two m number, on which the bird sat very close, her mate usually remaining near at hand. When approached, the owners screamed defiance and the sitting bird had to be forcibly ejected from the nest. The nests were surrounded by many shells of eggs and remains of young penguins. The young soon wandered from the nest and were most difficult to detect among the moss. Wilkins (4) said that they were seen in great numbers about each island of the Tristan group." Lowe and Kinnear (7) have published eleven pages on this bird, five of which deal with measurements ; they make all forms subspecies of Caiharacta skua and admit seven forms. They go carefully into the plumages, from the cinnamon- red to the straw or lighter-coloured feathers. [Local name, " Sea hen." This well-known species is resident and plentiful on all three islands. They are great robbers and devour the eggs and young of NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 45 other species, and Mrs. Barrow has seen them attack and kill a weakly lamb more than once. I have received four or five skins, one of which is dated 17th April, 1923. Antarctic Skuas breed during August and Sejatember, singly as a rule, and the nests are just scrapes lined with a little grass or weed, and placed near the shore. Two eggs are laid, showing considerable variation, even in a clutch, being pale olive, greenish, or dark brownish, more or less sjjotted with dark brown at the larger end, and rather dumpy in shape. Ten eggs are very uniform in size and average 70 x 51, whUe four eggs from the Falkland Islands average 69'5 x 49, being slightly shorter and distinctly narrower. For comparison, 100 eggs of the British bird average 70-59 X 49-37.] STERNA VITTATA VITTATA Gmel. Sub-Antarctic Tern (Kingbird). This bird occurs m the South Atlantic and Indian Ocean and off South Africa ; it breeds on St. Paul's Island and Tristan da Cunha, and is represented in New Zealand by the subspecies bethunei. The typical form is from Christmas Harbour, Kerguelen. I have figured it in the Supplement to my Birds of Norfolk and Lord Hoive Islands. It occurs in Gough Island (Clarke 1 and Wilkins 4). [Local name, " Kingbird." Of this species Nicol writes, 17th January, 1906, " Very like our common Tern, and judging from the numbers of young just able to fly, there must be a considerable nestmg colony." While all that Mrs. Barrow says about them is : " Comes in September, and lays m November." I have received several skins, two of which, one adult and the other immature, were shot at Tristan on the 15th February, 1923. All my eggs come from Sandy Point, on the east side of the island, but they may breed elsewhere. One or two eggs are laid on the bare sandy ground, with a few straws at times for Uning. Six eggs taken on the 14th November, 1923, and 16th November, 1924, average 46 X 32 mm., the largest bemg 47-5 x 33. Four are stone colour with small grey, brown and blackish sjjots, mostly at the larger end, while two are much darker and more heavily spotted.] ANGUS STOLIDUS STOLIDUS (L.). Noddy (Wood Pigeon). This Tern is distributed throughout the tropical seas, in the Atlantic Ocean breeding at St. Helena, Ascension and Tristan ; off Africa from the Gold Coast to the Congo. The Indian Ocean has the subspecies, rousseaui, from Madagascar ; plunibeigularis occurs m the Red Sea ; pileatus is from the Philippines, Liu Kiu Islands and China ; unicolor from the South Pacific ; galajMgensis from the Galapagos Islands ; ridgwayi from the west coast of Mexico ; and the Australian bird is gilberti, of which antelius is a synonym. Gould figured it m vol. vii, pi. 34, 1846, and I in vol. ii, pi. 115, 1912. It occurs on Gough Island (Clarke 1) and nests at Tristan. [Local name, " Wood Pigeon." Comes in September, lays in November, but goes away for the winter. ThLs species seems rather scarce at Tristan, although I have received one or two skins. On the 14th November, 1907 Mrs. Barrow writes: " My husband and Rapetto went off to the ' Hardies,' some rocks, in the sea, beyond 'Hottentot Pomt,' in search of 'Wood Pigeons,' eggs. This is a seabird, in spite of its land-sounding name. They had to swim to a high rock a short distance from the shore, and then cUmb to the top of it. It was 46 NOVHTATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. rather too early for eggs, and they only found one, but satisfied themselves of its identity. These rocks, the ' Hardies,' are the only actual nesting-places that I know of, though there are probably others, and only a few breed there." These eggs, taken on the 24th November, 1023, and 20th November, 1924, at these rocks measure 51 x 35, 49 x 36 and 48 X 34 ; two are slightly spotted with grey and reddish brown, while the middle one is almost unmarked. The Rev. H. M. Rogers reported large numbers on Nightingale Island on the 31st January, 1 924, and remarks : The ' Wood Pigeon ' is a big bird, black and grey, with a long beak, and utters a rather cawing note.'] MEGALOPTERUS MINUTUS ATLANTICUS Mathews. White-capped Noddy. This form occurs in the Atlantic, breeding on Ascension Island, St. Helena and Inaccessible Island. The Australian form is minutus and the Philippme one is worcesteri ; Marcus Island has marcusi ; while from Cocus to Clippeaton diamesus occurs ; and americanus is from the Caribbean Sea. Gould figured it in vol. vii, pi. 36, 1846, and I m vol. ii, p. 117, 1912. [It is stated in the Syst. Av. Aethiop. i, p. 155, 1924, that it occurs on In- accessible Island of the Tristan group. No skins have been sent me, nor have I any record of it, but I do not think that the Islanders can distinguish between these two rather similar Noddies, even though their nests are so unlike. Mr. Rogers does not mention any Noddy at Inaccessible, though on the 31st January, 1924, here marks on the large numbers seen at Nightingale Island. The nest is composed of fresh seaweed sUghtly hollowed and firmly cemented to the branch of a tree or side of a rock. The egg is whitish stone with a few grey dots, the larger end being spotted with reddish brown. It measures 45-47 x 31'5-33. I have one very small Noddy egg, only 47-9 x 34, with a few grey and brownish dots at the top, taken 18th November, 1917, in the group.] NESOCICHLA EREMITA EREMTTA Gould. Tristan Thrush (Starchy). NESOCICHLA EREMITA GORDONI Stenh. Inaccessible Island Thrush. The tyjjical form is confined to Tristan and is said to be extinct ; a subspecies occurs on Inaccessible and Nightingale Islands. In the Challenger Report, p. iii, we are told that seven skins were collected on Tristan, and the coloured tigiu'e on pi. xxiii was made for the first time. A cut of the leg, wing and bill from the above is also given. The subspecies gordoni was collected on Inaccessible as told by Stenhouse. The sexes are alike. They are found in all jDarts of each island (WUkins 4). They seemed to prefer the more open glades, where the tussock grass grows rankly. More often than not they perched on the branches of trees when disturbed in feeding on the flies and insects found by the edge of streams and near the beach. They were not seen on Gough Island. In Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. vi, p. 332, 1881, Sharpe considered this a true Thrush, which Seebohm had not admitted in vol. v., p. 404, 1881. In Ibis for 1923, pp. 523-9, Dr. P. R. Lowe has given us a detailed account of the structure, and gives a text-figure of the peculiar tongue, the sternum and a front and back NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 47 view of the pterylosis. And on pp. 528-9 gives measurements of the wing, bill and tarsus of examples from the three islands in the group. The Tristan bird is smaller in the wing, and is paler and more fulvous than those from the other two islands, which are similar to each other (gordoni). [Local name, "Starchy." On the 10th August, 1907, Mrs. Barrow writes: '' William to-day brought in a bird which he calls a ' Starchy,' but which is just like our old friend the garden thrush. He says that there are lots on the hill. They have no song." In Mrs. Rogers' book there is no mention of it at Tristan. When the QueM called there in May 1922, it was reported to be extinct. So that the two Tristan specimens I received in 1919, and now in the Royal Scottish Museum, are probably among the last of their race. No eggs seem to be known from Tristan. In 1924 the late Surg. -Admiral J. H. Stenhouse separated this race from the Tristan form on the strength of larger size, darker plumage, and especially the larger, deeper bill. The three skms sent were collected at Inaccessible on the 26th April, 1923, where the bu-d is stiU plentiful ; it also occurs at Nightingale. Eggs, though described to the Challejiger Expedition m 1 873 by the Stoltenhoff brothers, were unknown until 1923, when the Rev. H. M. Rogers discovered two nests on the 3rd February at Inaccessible. The nests were cup-shaped, of various dry grasses, etc., one in tussac and the other in an " island tree." The eggs are blue with rusty spots and freckles. Both nests contained two eggs. No. 1 measuring 29 X 23 and 29 x 22, whUe No. 2 is 31 x 21 and 29 x 22, one egg being rather elongated.] NESOSPIZA ACUNHAE ACUNHAE Cab. Tristan Bunting (Canary). NESOSPIZA ACUNHAE QUESTI Lowe. Nightingale Island Bunting. The first occurred only on Tristan, where it is believed to be extmct and the latter stLU lives on Nightingale Island. The typical form is figured in the Challenger Report, p]. xxiv, from Inacces- sible, and on p. 112 a cut of the foot, wing and side view of the head is given. This bird was described in 1 873 by Cabanis from an old skin acquired by the BerUn Museum, from the sale of the Bullock collection. This bird " builds in the bushes, and lays four or five eggs very like those of the Common Canary." WiUdns (4) says that the birds are very tame and are found in considerable numbers in all parts of the two islands. Nightingale and Inaccessible. On the beaches and the uplands they were feeding on the flies and insects found in damp places ; also on the seeds of tussocks gras.s. Lowe (5), workmg up this material, p. 519, gives an account of the bird, and on p. 520 described a new subspecies from Nightingale, and on p. 521 gives measurements of the Inaccessible and Nightingale Island birds, showmg the smaller size of the latter ; on p. 522 is a text-figure of the head and wing of this and imlkinsi. The bird described by Cabanis at the same time as the above, that is C'rithagra insularis, in the Journ.J. Ornith. 1873, p. 153, as supjiosed also to be from Tristan, has been a stumblmg-block to many. However, Dr. E. Stresemann, who has examined the type, tells me that it is a synonym of Serinu-s Jiaviventris (Swainson 1 828) from South Africa, and the locaUty guessed (cf . Ornith. Monatsber. 1923, p. 142). Crithagra of Swainson, in Cat. Birds Brit. Mas. xu, p. 348, 1888, is placed as a synonym of Serinus, but it may be a good genus. 48 NOTITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. NESOSPIZA WILKINSI Lowe. Nightingale Island Large Bunting. This new species from Nightingale Island is a giant of the former bird. It has the same colourmg a.s tlie others (questi), but is a much bigger and heavier bird in every way (Wilkins 4). Lowe, in the Ibis for 1923, p. 521, described it as a new species ; the drawing of the head and wmg on p. 522 will show that it differs from Nesospiza m the formation of the bUl. lONORNIS MARTINICA (L.). American Purple Gallinule. In Bull. B.O.C. xhv, p. 72, 1924, Dr. Percy R. Lowe records that he had received at the British Museum, from the Rev. H. M. C. Rogers, an immature example of this bird, which had been taken on the island of Tristan da Cimha. This is the first record for the island. A second example is recorded by Stenhouse in the Scottish Naturalist for 1924, p. 96. In the Birds of Massachusetts, vol. i, November 1925, p. 364, Forbush has given a good description, and on pi. 24 a coloined figure of the adult in breeding plumage. He says that it breeds in swamps and marshes, and the nest is a platform of rushes, etc., like a shallow basket suspended among, and woven into, marsh vegetation. Eggs. — Clutch 6 to 10, soiled white, creamy or pale buff, sparsely spotted, chiefly about the larger end with brown, umber and neutral tints. They measiu'e 1-63-1-54 X 1-16-1-13 inches. Breeding season, April to June (October). Incubation period, 23 to 25 days. In the " Life Histories of North American Marsh Birds," Bulletin 135, p. 339, 1926, A. C. Bent gives a dehghtful account of this bird. He says that the clutch is 6 to 8, usually ovate in shape, and the shell is smooth with little or no gloss. Pale cinnamon-pink or pale pinkish buff to cartridge-buff. They are lightly and mievenly marked, with very small spots and fijie dots of bright browns and pale drabs. Average measiu-ements of 56 eggs, 39-2 x 28-8. Extremes, 42-7 X 30-2, 39 X 30-2 and 34-6 X 26-2. Breeding months, April, May and June. [Two have been obtained at Tristan, and seem to be the only specimens recorded from the Aethiopian Region. An immature specimen of this species was included among the skins sent me in 1919. It was obtained (date not recorded) by Tom Rogers, who wrote: " It is the only one we ever saw on the island, and I only got it by chance when gomg to the other side of the island called the ' Rooky.' I did not have a gun, but knocked it down with a stone." A second specimen, also immature, was obtained by the Rev. H. M. Rogers at Tristan, and is now in the British Museum. These birds must be " some travellers," when immature specimens can cross the 2,000 miles of ocean to Tristan.] NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 4& THE LYMANTRIIDAE OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. By C. L. COLLENETTE. (Plates I and II.) T HAVE been aware for some time past that the Malayan Lymantriidae had been much neglected, and in going through the material in the Britisli Museum, the majority of it collected by H. N. Ridley in Singapore, it further became evident that several species were misidentified and that in some cases (J (J of one species were associated with $? of another. An analysis of localities given in the Indo-Australian section of Seitz showed Java to have been credited with 77 species, Borneo with 69 and the Malay Peninsula with only 39, while Van Eecke in his Heterocera van Sumatra (Zool. Med. Leiden, Deel xi, p. 78, 1928) reached a total for that island of 91 species. The present paper, undertaken mainly to fiU the evident deficiency, gives a total for the Malay Peninsula (excluding Peninsular Siam) of 153 species, of which 49 are new. This advance has been rendered possible by a generous response to my appeal for material, a large collection having been received from the F.M.S. Museum, Kuala Lumpur, the great majority of the specimens obtained by the personal collecting of Mr. H. M. Pendlebury, who has worked " light " in a very thorough manner in a number of localities. I have worked tlirough the British Museum collection and that of the Zoological Museum, Tring, and am grateful for the loan of insects from the Hope Department, Oxford University Museum ; the Zoological Museum, Berlin ; and the Imperial Institute of Entomology (Malayan Agric. Dept.). Although I believe that the specimens examined are fairly representative for the neighbourhoods of Penang, Kuala Lumpur and Singapore, it Ls evident from the number of species represented by single specimens that many more forms remain to be discovered m the hills, both in the interior and near the coast. I have drawn attention in the text to a number of deficiencies, especially of cases in which one sex of a species is well known and the other sex undescribed. By a careful examination of type specimens, of which I have seen nearly all, it has been possible to clear up a number of difficulties which have puzzled earlier workers who did not have access to the types. A number of specimens in the collection, especially in the genus Leucoma, have been left unidentified, by reason of their poor condition. Without doubt new species are present among these, but I have refrained from making types out of rubbed and damaged material unless some easily recognized marking or characteristic existed to make the description intelligible. Although Seitz's Orossschm. d. Erde has given us a foundation, much work still remains to be done on the generic classification of the Lymantriidae. In the present paper I have in some cases refrained from corrections which will eventually have to be made, because such corrections would involve many other species quite outside the scope of the paper. At the present time it is hardly possible to examine a Lymantriid and run it down to its genus. So many species 4 50 NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1932. are out of place, so many genera badly defined and so many divergent opinion.? expressed as to the types of the genera, that I have sometimes hesitated from expressmg my own opinion for fear of adding to the confusion. It is plain that this work must eventually be attempted as a whole rather than genus by genus. Each genus and each species must be critically exammed, and I look forward to the time when I shall feel competent to attempt the revision. In this paper the Comstock-Needham system has been employed for the wing-neuration, and Ridgway's Color Standards and Color Nomenclature, 1912, for descriptions of colour in new species. I have to acknowledge my great mdebtedness to Mr. W. H. T. Tams for advice and assistance during the writing of the j)aper, and wish also to pay tribute to the reliable work of Mr. van Eecke in the above-mentioned Heterocera van Sumatra, which has considerably lightened my labours. I. Leucoma singaporensis Strand. Leucoma singaporensis Strand, in Seitz, Macrolep. oj the World, x, p. 310, pi. 39b (1914). Type, o, Singapore, in coU. Seitz. II cJcJj 2 ??, Singapore ; 1 $, Penang ; in British Museum. 2 ^J^J, Penang ; 1 (J, Padang Rengas ; 1 (J, Gunong Ijau ; in Tring Museum. 1 $, Perak ; in Zoological Museum, Berlin. ^ SS> Singapore ; 1 (J, near Jitra, Kedah ; 1 (^, 3,500 ft., Lubok Tamang, Pahang ; in F.M.S. Museum. The origmal description of this species appeared in the English edition of Seitz, where it is dated 14.xii.l9I4. The corresponding page in the German edition was not published until 31 .iii. 1915. The greenish hue m the veins of the forewing, noted by Strand as present in the ^J, is visible also in the $. 2. Leucoma discirufa Swinh. Leucoma discirufa Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Land., p. 384 (1903) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d, Erde, x, p. 309, pi. 39b (1915). Type, (^, Pulau Laut, S.E. Borneo ; in British Museum. 1 cj, at Ught, 11 .iii. 1924, Kuala Lumpur (E. Seimund) ; in F.M.S. Museum. The single Malayan (^ is much worn and discoloured, but agrees well in structure with the type, and can be assigned to this species with some confidence. In the F.M.S. Museum is a further ^J of the species from Khao Luang, Peninsula Siam. [Leucoma lactea Moore.] Eedoa lactea Moore, Lep. Coll. Atk., p. 46 (1879). Leucoma lactea Moore, Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 309, pi. 39a (1915). Type, ?, Darjeeling, m BerUn Museum (see remarks in Seitz, I.e., p. 309). Paratype $, Darjeeling, in British Museum. A single $, with the printed label " Singapore," is in the F.M.S. Museum, and appears exactly to match the paratjrpe § from Darjeeling. As L. lactea is large and conspicuous, and does not appear to have been recorded previously from Malaya or the East Indies, it seems best to regard this locality label with suspicion, and not to include the species in the Malayan list for the present. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 61 3. Leucoma ecnoinoda Swinh. Leucoma ecnonwda Swinh., A.M.N.H. (7), xx, p. 77 (1907); id.. I.e. (8), xviii, p. 215 (1916) (?) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erie, x, p. 309 (1915). Holotype (J, Java, in British Museum. Neallotype $, Sumatra, in British Museum. 2 (^cJ, 1 $, Singapore ; in British Museum. 1 (^, Tengah Mts., Pahang ; in Tring Museum. 4 c?c?, Singapore ; 5 (^^, Pulau Pisang, Johore ; 4 (J (J, 2 ??, Kuala Lumpur ; 3 ^S, 3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 1 •?, 3,200 ft., Kedah Peak ; m F.M.S. Museum. I have compared specimens from Java, Sumatra and Malaya, and can see no difference in facies or the cJ genitalia which would justify their separation. Van Eecke, in Zool. Med. Leiden, xi, p. 141 (1928), has sunk L. ecnomoda to L. saturnioides Snell (1879), which latter species was described from a $ from Takalar, Celebes. In the British Museum are two Celebes ^J^J, one of them from Macassar close to Takalar, and evidently of this species. These two ^JcJ are larger (40-41 mm.) and paler than ^JcJ of L. ecnomoda, and in both fore- and hindwing the hyaline portion approaches nearer to the termen. Moreover, the genitalia of the Macassar specimen appear distinct from those of Javanese L. ecnomoda, with, among other distinctions, plainly marked serrations down the dorsal margin of the valve in the former, which are present only in a very dimin- ished form on a portion of the margin in L. ecnomoda. I have therefore treated L. ecnomoda Swinh. as a separate species from L. saturnioides SneU. Van Eecke has also stated (Ent. Ber., vi, p. 176, 1923) that he considers L. fenestrata Hamps. (1893) and L. thyridophora Hamps. {Fauna of Br. India, i, p. 488, 1893) to be one and the same species. There is here an unfortunate similarity of name to L. thyridoptera Hamps. (Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc, xx, p. 114, 1910), which has caused confusion. I have pubUshed my conclusion {A.M.N.H. (10), vii, p. 510, 1931) that L. thyridoptera Hamps. sinks to L. fenes- trata Hamps., as they are plainly the $ and (^ of the same Ceylon species. L. thyridophora Hamps., of which the type $, Sikkim, is in the Tring Museum, is a rare insect, of which I have seen no (J ^J; and it seems best to retain it as a separate species until specimens of this sex can be studied. 4. Leucoma perfecta Wlkr. Redoa perfecta Wlkr., Journ. Linn. Soc. Land. (Zool.), vi, p. 128 (1862). Leucoina perfecta Wlkr., Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 309 (1915). Type, ^, Sarawak, in Oxford Museum. 3 (?(^, Penang ; 5 (^^, Singapore; in British Museum. 3 ^J^J, Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 1 ,^, Gunong Tahan ; 2 (J^J, Penang ; in Trmg Museum. 11 (^(J, Kuala Lumpur ; 1 ^, 2,000-2,700 ft., Gunong Angsi, Negri SembOan ; 1 (J, Pulau Pisang ; 15 ^^, 3,450-3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 1 ^, Gintang Sempak, Pahang ; 2 ^$, 4,000-4,200 ft., Eraser's Hill, Pahang ; 2 cJ^J, 4,800 ft., Cameron's Highlands, Pahang ; 1 <^, The Gap, Pahang ; 3 cJcJ, 3,300 ft., Kedah Peak ; m F.M.S. Museum. Although the ^J is evidently commonly taken throughout Malaya, the $ does not appear to be known. It must be a large and conspicuous insect. In Seitz, x, p. 309, it is stated that Leucoma divisa WUtr., List Lep. Ins. B.M ., p. 836 (1855), occurs at Singapore and Penang. This is probably a misidentifica- S2 NOVITATES ZOOLOC.ICAE XXXVIII. 1932. tion of the present species. The type of divisa, a 5 from Nepaul, is a Euproctis with a dark abdomen and yellow anal tuft, resembling E. latijascia Wlkr. (1855). 5. Leucoma submarginata Wlkr. Redoa suhmarginata Wlkr., List Lep. Ins. B.M. iv, p. 826 (1855). Leucoma suhmarginalti Wlkr. Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 310 (1915). Type, (J, Silliet, in British Museum. 1 (J, 2,000-3,500 ft., Perak ; m British Museum. 1 J, 2,000-3,000 ft., Gunong Ijau, Perak ; 1 ^, Ipoh ; in Tring Museum. 4 (JrJ, Kuala Lumpur ; 1 cj, Ulu Lengat, Selangor ; 3 cJcJ. 1 ?. 3,400-3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 1 cJ, Kuala Teku, Pahang ; 1 (J, 4,800 ft., Cameron's Highlands, Pahang ; 1 (J, Lankawi Islands ; 1 $, near Jitra, Kedah ; in F.M.S. Museum. The type of L. submarginata has unfortunately lost the abdomen, but the Malayan insect appears to match it exactly in facies. L. submarginata bears considerable resemblance to Leucoma (Redoa) transiens Wlkr. (1862), but appears to be distinct. The type of L. transiens is said in the original description to come from Sarawak, and this statement has been copied by Walker himself (List Lej3. In.s. B.M . xxxii, p. 343), and also by Kirby and Swinhoe. The insect labelled as type in the British Museum Ls a ^J answering to the original description, and on the pin is the printed name cut from vol. xxxii, p. 343. It also bears a label in Wallace's handwriting " Aru," and a museum label with " Aru Isl." on one side and " 58.48 " on the other, which latter corre- sponds to Wallace's Aru Island donation in 1858. The Sarawak collection was donated in 1857. After a careful but unsuccessful search in the British Museum for another specimen with which this type might have been confused, I have come to the conclusion that an Aru specimen was mixed with the Sarawak collection which Walker was describing, and that the type of Redoa transiens Wlkr. comes from the Aru Islands and not Sarawak. 6. Leucoma hipparia Swinh. Leucoma hipparia Swinh., A.M.N. U. (6), xii, p. 213 (1893); Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 310 (1915). Type, cJ, Singapore, in British Museum. In the material before me there are a number of ,^<;J from Malaya which cannot definitely be separated from this species by any external character. I have examined the genitaha of some eight specimens, and not only is it impossible to match any with L. hipparia. but they show great divergence among themselves. I have come to the conclusion that in this case the genitalia cannot be relied upon for separating the species, and that bred series should be obtained before further forms are described. 7. Leucoma flavescens Moore. Redoa flavescens Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lottd., p. 600 (1877). Leucoma flavescens Moore, Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 311, pi. 39c (1915). Type, cJ, S. Andamans, in British Museum. 7 cj(^, Kuala Lumpur ; 2 ^^, \ '^, 3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 1 $, 4,900 ft., Cameron's Highlands, Pahang ; 1 <^, 1,800 ft., Batang Padang, Perak : in F.M.S. Museum. I NOVITATES ZoOLOr.ICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 53 The type of L. flavescerus is unique, and in rather poor condition. It appears to agree with the series from Malaya, but fvirther material may show subspecifio difference. The $ exhibits the same pattern on the f orewing as the Singapore ; in British Museum. 1 ^J, 1 $, Penang ; in Tring Museum. 2 (JcJ, Singapore ; 1 $, Kuala Lumpur ; 1 (J, 3,400 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 1 ?, Taiping, Perak ; in F.M.S. Museum. I have compared the two Malayan c^,^ with a Sumatran (J determined by Mr. van Eecke, and they appear to be conspecific. 9. Leucoma phrika sp. nov. (plate I, fig. 23). cJ. Palpus slightly upturned, snuff-brown, mixed towards the base with white. Antennal .shaft white, mixed towards the tip with snuff-brown ; pectina- tions Sudan brown. Head bistre, the lower part of the frons whitish. Thorax and abdomen, above and beneath, white. Legs white ; a patch of bistre proximally on tibia and tarsus of foreleg and tarsus of middleleg ; distal segments of all tarsi pale orange-yellow. Forewing white, iridescent, with a " watered silk " effect over the whole wing ; a small fuscous spot on the discocellulars ; costa narrowly orange-buff ; fringe white, between veins R4 and C'u2 Saccardo's umber, this colour also invading the wing area as interneural termmal patches. Hindwing white ; fringe white at apex and anal angle, the remainder white mixed with Saccardo's umber. Underside of both wings white ; fringes as on upperside. $. Resembles ^, but with the forewing less iridescent ; the orange-buff on the costa of forewing, and Saccardo's umber on termen and fringe of forewing and fringe of hindwing, almost absent. Expanse : ^^ 26-29 mm., $? 32 mm. 1 J (holotype), Penang, 2,260ft., 27.iii.I898 (S. S. Flower) ; 1 ^ (paratype), Singapore, 6.ii.l908 (G. Meade Waldo); British Museum. 1 $ (allotype), Kedah Peak, 3,300 ft., 25.iii.1928; 1 ^ (paratype), Sungei Renglet, Pahang, 3,500 ft., 13.iii.l925; 1 (J (paratype), Tanah Rata, Cameron's Highlands, 4,800 ft., 20. V. 1931 ; 5 c?c? (paratypes), Kuala Lumpur, February, April and October ; 4 <5'^ (paratypes), Bukit Kutu, Selangor, 3,500 ft., March and April ; all taken at light by H. M. Pendlebury ; 3 J,^ (paratypes), Bukit Kutu, 3,400 ft., August 1915 ; 1 ^ (paratype), Ginting-Sempak Pass, Pahang, May 1927 (C. F. Constant) ; F.M.S. Museum. I ^ (paratype), Bukit Kutu, 3,450 ft., April 1915 ; Tring Museum. Allotype presented to British Museum. This species is considerably smaller than L. riguata Snell (1895), and has the " watered silk " effect on the forewing considerably more marked. It is also quite distinct from L. flavescens Moore (1877), which has no discoceUular sjjot on the forewing. 54 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. lu. Leucoma poecilonipha sp. nov. (plate I, fig. 27). (J. Palpus slightly upturned, orange-buff, at the base whitish. Antennal shaft white, pectinations pinkish buff. Head tawny, the lower part of the frons whitish. Thorax and abdomen white, the latter thinly scaled. Legs, pectus and venter whitish, a patch of bistre proxinially on tibia and tarsus of fore- and middJeleg, distal segments of aU tarsi orange-buff. Forewing white, covered with shinmg opalescent scales and in some lights showing a duU antemedial and postmedial fascia ; a conspicuous fuscous spot on the discocellulars ; distal half of costa orange-buff ; fringe white at apex and tornus, the remainder Saccardo's umber, this colour also invading the wing area as intemeural terminal patches. Hindwing white ; a limited number of shining opalescent scales towards the anal angle ; fringe white at apex and anal angle, the remamder Saccardo's umber. Underside of both wings dull white ; costa of forewing, and frmges of both wings, as on upperside. $. Strongly resembles the (J. Expanse : cJ(J 29-34 mm., ? 42 mm. 1 (^ (holotype), Taiping, Perak (E. Seimund) ; 1 c? (paratype), Kuala Lumpur, 28.x. 1921, and 1 ^ (paratype), Bukit Kutu, Selangor, 3,500 ft., le.iii. 1931, both at Ught (H. M. PencUebury) ; F.M.S. Museum. 1 $ (allotype), Ipoh, Perak (F. Hankin) ; Tring Museum. Holotype presented to British Museum. This beautiful species is easily distinguished by the opalescent sheen, and may be placed near to L. phrika CoUnt. 11. Leucoma semihyalina Swinh. Leucoma semihyalina Swinh., A.M.N. H. (7), xiv, p. 421 (1904) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 310, pi. 39c (1915). Type, cJ, Sumatra, in British Museum. 1 c?, Kuala Ketil, Kedah ; in British Museum. 6 c?c?. * ??. Kuala Lumpur ; 1 $, Kuala Tahan, Pahang ; in F.M.S. Museum. The $ closely follows the J in markings, and has an expanse of from 29 to 38 mm. 12. Leucoma camurisquama sp. nov. (plate I, fig. 22). (J. Palpus porrect or slightly upturned. Mars yeUow. Antennal shaft whitish, pectinations cinnamon-buff. Head whitish, vertex Sudan brown. Abdomen above and beneath, pectus, and legs whitish, fore- and middleleg with a Brussels-brown spot frontally at the proximal end of both tibia and tarsus. Forewing shining white ; a small fuscous spot on the centre of the discocellulars ; beyond the end of the cell, and beyond the origins of veins M2 to Cu2, a " dull " patch caused by the scales being directed towards the apex and costa instead of towards the termen, almost at right angles to the normal direction ; when the wing is turned in a different direction the patch becomes bright and the remainder of the wing dull ; distal half of costa narrowly Mars yellow ; fringe Sudan brown, at the point of the apex, and between vein Cu2 and the toi-nus, whitish. Hind- wing dull white ; fringe Sudan brown, from vein Ml to the apex and at the anal angle whitish. Underside of both wings dull white ; fringes as on upperside. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 55 $. Resembles the ^J, but with the forewing somewhat less shining. Expanse : <^(^ 28-34 mm., $$ 36-41 mm. 1 (J (holotjqje), 1 $ (allotype), 3 ^^ and 1 $ (paratypes), Singapore (H. N. Ridley) ; 1 ^ (paratype), 2,000-3,500 ft., Perak (W. Doherty) ; British Museum. 1 cJ, Penang (Curtis), and 1 (^, Malay Peninsula (paratypes) ; Tring Museum. 1 J (paratype), 7.ii.l924, Kuala Lumpur (E. Seimund) ; 1 $ (paratype), 27.xii. 1922, Singapore (J. C. Moulton) ; 1 ? (paratype), at light, 4,200 ft., 2.vii.l931, Eraser's HiU, Pahang (H. M. Pendlebury) ; F.M.S. Museum. 1 have examined a number of Lymantriidae which show " watered silk " markings on the forewing, but in no case other than the present is this due to the scales being directed in a different direction from those on the remainder of the wing. These scales do not appear to differ from the others in shape or in the angle of attachment to the wing surface, and are present in both sexes. The species is somewhat similar in appearance to Leucoma submarginata Wlkr. (1855), with which it has hitherto been confounded. 13. Leucoma marginalis Wlkr. Redoa marginalis Wlkr., Journ. Linn. Soc. Loni. (Zool.), vi, p. 128 (1862). Leucoma marginaUs Wlkr.. Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 311, pi. 39c (1915). Type, ($, Sarawak, in the Oxford Museum. 2 (J (J, Smgapore ; 1 (J, 2,260 ft., Penang ; in British Museum. 1 ^, Penang ; in Tring Museum. 2 ^^, Kuala Lumpur ; 1 ^, 3,450 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; m E.M.S. Museum, Kuala Lumpur. Some of these ,^^ have a distinct greenish hue in the veins of both wings, as in L. singaporensis Strand. 14. Leucoma phasmatodes sp. nov. $. Palpus pale pinkish buff, darker at the tip. Antennal shaft whitish, pectinations warm buff. Head whitish (discoloured in type), on the frons below the antenna Prout's brown. Thorax and abdomen white, the latter thinly scaled. Pectus, venter and legs whitish, fore- and midlegs with a Prout's brown spot proximally on the outer side of tibia and tarsus, and a further spot at the junction of femur and tibia. Wings semi-hyaline, whitish ; iridescent scales on the discocellulars, also above and below the anal vein and over the distal one- fourth of the wing ; these scales on the hindwing are somewhat less prominent than on the forewing ; fringes whitish. Underside of both wings, and fringes, whitish. Expanse : $? 49-58 mm. 1 ? (holotype), 15. v. 1931, and 1 ? (paratype), February 1931, Kuala Lumpur; 1 ? (paratype), Bukit Kutu, Selangor, 3,500 ft., 16.iii. 1931 ; all taken at light by H. M. Pendlebury ; F.M.S. Museum. Holotype presented to British Museum. Resembles Leucoma diaphana Moore (1879), but is a much smaller insect. I have also compared it with ,^rj of L. marginalis Wlkr. (1862), but it Ls evidently distinct. 15. Leucoma niphobola sp. nov. (plate I, fig. 26). (J. Palpus cartridge-buff, the tip tawny olive. A small aborted proboscis. Antennal shaft cartridge -buff, pectinations Prout's brown. Thorax cartridge- gg NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. buff. Abdomen above and beneath whitLsh, thinly scaled ; anal tuft cartridge- bufi. Pectus and legs cartridge-buff, the latter banded with Prout's brown. Wings semi-hyaline ; on the forewing a patch of white shining scales in the centre of the cell, a further patch on the discocellulars, patches interneurally near the origins of 1/3 to anal vein, and a postmedial series of long interneural patches with a few scales of Prout's brown at their distal ends ; costa narrowly cartridge- buff mixed with Prout's brown ; fringe whitish. Hindwing similar to forewing in markings, but with no colouring on the costa, and with cartridge-buff on the inner niargm ; fringe whitish. Underside of both wings without markings ; fringe whitish. Expanse : Ulw Gombak, .5.x. 1929, larvae on Oryza sativa L. ; \ ^, LHu Langat, 30.x. 1929, larva on 0. sativa ; 1 ^, Serdang, 27.iii.1928, larva on Con- bera odullurn ; 1 $, Kuala Lumpur, 3.x. 1928, larva on Citriis aurantiaca, all G. H. Corbett ; British Museum, ex Imperial Institute of Entomology. 1 cj, Padang Rengas ; 3 c^c?, 2 ?$, Kuala Lumpur ; in Trmg Museum. 1 ^, Malacca ; in Zoological Museum, Berlin. 1 ^^,1 ??, Kuala Lumpur ; in F.M.S. Museum. 31. Euproctis dyssema sp. nov. c?. Palpus upturned, tawny olive. Antennal shaft pinkish bu£F, pectina- tions tawny olive. Head and thorax ochraceous-bufif. Abdomen bistre, basal segments and anal tuft ochraceous-bufF. Pectus and venter ochraceous-buff. Legs fringed with long hair-scales, jjale yeUow-orange, mixed on foreleg with ochraceous buff. Forewing light yellow-orange, slightly darkened medially below the cell by scattered scales of tawny olive ; a very faint postmedial fascia, lighter than the ground colour and roughly parallel with the termen ; fringe light yellow -orange. Hindwing and fringe light buff, inner marginal area slightly shaded with tawny olive. Underside of both wings light buff, slightly darker in the costal areas ; fringes light buff. $. Resembles the ^, but forewmg practically without markmg. Expanse : ^^ 29-37 mm., ?$ 31-37 mm. 1 S (holotype), 1 ^J and 2 $9 (paratypes), Kuala Lumpur, October 1921 (3) and l.i.l931 (1); 2 ,$^ (paratypes), Bukit Kutu, Selangor, 3,450-3,500 ft., 12.iii.l931 and 16. iv. 1926 ; 1 S (paratype), Ginting-Sempak Pass, 21.x. 1921 ; 1 9 (paratype), near Jitra, Kedah, 8.iv.l928 ; F.M.S. Museum. 1 9 (allotype) and 1 (^, 1 9 (paratypes), Singapore, H. N. Ridley ; 1 9 (paratype), Malacca (J. Waterstradt), 1904; British Museum. 3 99 (paratypes), Perak ; Tring Museum. Holotype and one S paratype presented to British Museum. This species can be distinguished from E. varians Wlkr. by the dark abdomen and larger size. The 99 in the series are rather small as comparefl with the f^,^, but appear to be conspecific. There is no trace of a spot on the discocellulars in either sex. gQ NOVITATES ZoOLncIOAE XXXVIII. 1932. Among several small yellow Eiiproctis from Malaya which are before me and which are not in good enough condition for identification, there appears to be at least one additional new species. Bred series of these difficult insects would greatly help in clearing up present uncertainties. 32. Euproctis bipunctapex Hamps. Somena hipunclapej: Hamps., III. Hel. Br. Mvs. viii, p. 57, pi. cxl, fig. 1.3 (1891). Euproctis bipunctapex Hamps., Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, ii, p. 137, pi. 21h (1910). Type, ?, Nilgiris, in British Museum. In the original description Hampson apparently refers to Nilgiri specimens of both sexes, but there is no .} from this locality m the British Museum. The ? figured is labelled by him as type of the species. 2 cJt^, 4 9$, Smgapore ; 1 Serdang, Selangor, larva feeding on Terminalia catappa ; in British Museum. Expanse, 3 Malayan (J J, 12-15 mm. The above (J from Singapore was referred to this species by SwLnhoe, and the two Serdang (^.^ agree with the Singapore specimen. In the absence of adequate Javanese material it is not possible to confirm the determination, but it appears correct. In the apex of the forewing is a small black spot, not mentioned in the original description, but visible m the type $ and consjiicuous ui the (J,^. 83. Euproctis flavolimbatulana Strand. Euproctis flavolimbatulana Strand, in Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 351, pi. 44e (1918). Type, $, Java, in coll. Seitz. 1 (J, at hght, l.vi.l927, Gmtang-Sempak Pass, Selangor-Pahang (H. M. Pendlebury) ; m F.M.S. Museum. I have not seen the type of this species, but the present specimen answers well to Strand's description and illustration. Expanse (cJ) 28 mm. 84. Euproctis subrana Moore. Artaxa suhrana Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I.C. ii, p. 351 (1859). Euproctis suhrana Moore, Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 352, pi. 44b (1918). Type, $, Java, in British MiLseum. 1 cj, 1 $, Singapore ; in British Museum. 7 (J^J, Kuala Lumpur ; 1 $, 1,800 ft., Batang Padang, Perak ; in F.M.S. Museum. 78 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. The two Malayan $$, as compared with the type $ from Java, are consider- ably darker, and the white spots on the forewing larger. Of Javanese specimens I have seen onlj' the type ; further material may possibly show subspecific distinction. 85. Euproctis giittulata Snell. Euprociis gullulata Snell., Tijds. voor Ent. xxix, p. 36, pi. 1, fig. 3 (1886) ; Seitz, Orossschm. d. Erie, X, p. 353 (1918). Type, $, Sumatra, in Leiden Museum. 1 (J, 5 $$, Singapore ; 2 ?$, Malacca ; 1 ?, Bindings ; 2 $$, Province Wellesley ; in British Museum. 1 $, Perak ; 2 $$, Gunong Ijau ; 3 $$, Penang ; in Tring Museum. 3 $$, Kuala Lumpur ; 2 $$, Singapore ; in F.M.S. Museum. The spot on the forewing of the $ is at the origin of veins Mi, J/3 and Cu\, and may vary considerably in size in specimens from the same locality. I have examined the type of Euproctis (Adlullia) praecurrens Wlkr. (1865), which is a $, not (J as stated in the original description, and quite distinct from the j)resent species. The spot on the forewing is below the junction of vein Cu2 with the cell. The figure shown as praecurrens on pi. 43e of Seitz, vol. x, is evidently guttulata. The (^ of E. guttulata, of which I have seen only one specimen, resembles E. boleora Swinh. (1892). I have not been able to examine critically the type (^ of the latter, but it may prove to be nothing more than a synonym of guttulata. 86. Euproctis orgyioides v. Eecke. Euproctis orgyioides v. Eecke, Zool. Med. Leiden, xi, p. 113, pi. ix, figs. 9 and 9a (1928). Type, cJ, Sumatra, in Leiden Museum. 1 c?, 1.000 ft., May 1898, Government Hill, Penang (CurtLs) ; in British Museum. 1 (J, 18.xii.l928, larva on Cinnamormim zeylanicum, Kuala Lumpur (G. H. Corbett) ; 1 cj, at light, 3,300 ft., 23 .iii . 1928, Kedah Peak (H. M. Pendle- bury) ; in F.M.S. Museum. In pattern of forewing, the ^ of this species strongly resembles Orgyia nucula Swinh., A.3I.N.H. (6), xiv, p. 435 (1894), which, however, is much larger, and with the hindwing black. The latter species is a Euproctis, and should be transferred to that genus ; it has two pairs of spurs on the hindtibia, and no areole in the forewing. 87. Euproctis biftircata v. Eecke. Euproctis Kfurcala v. Eecke, Zool. Med. Leiden, xi, p. 122, pi. x, figs. 5 and 5a (1928). Type, (^, Sumatra, in Tring Museum. 1 (J, 2,800 ft., Gap, Pahang ; 1 ^, 3,450 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; in British Museum. 1 <^, without data; 2 S Sarawak, in Oxford Museum. 1 cJ, Taipmg ; 1 ^, 3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 2 ^^, 3,200-3,300 ft., Kedah Peak ; in F.M.S. Museum. 2 $?, Layang Layang, Johore ; coll. Agric. Dept., Kuala Lumpur. A comparison of these Malayan specimens with a series from Sarawak shows no distinction in facies, and this has been confirmed by a comparison of the (^ genitalia of two Sarawak and two Malayan specimens. Dasychira costalis Wlkr. (1855), type $ (not (J as stated in original descrip- tion), Java, in British Museum, approaches rather closely to D. costiplaga Wlkr. in markings and general appearance. The genitaUa, however, show striking distinctions in form of valve and uncus, and leave no doubt that the two are distinct. Of D. chalana Moore (1859), type $, Java, in British Museum, I have seen only Moore's original pair of specimens. Both markings and J genitaUa seem to show specific distinction from D. costalis Wlkr., but further specimens might perhaps show the differences to be individual. D. chalana is quite distinct from D. costiplaga. 105. Dasychira mendosa Hiibn. Olene mendosa Hiibn., Ziilr. Ex. Schimll. ii, p. 19, figs. 293 and 294 (1823). Dasychira mendosa Hiibn., Seitz, Grossschm, d. Erde, x, p. 292, pi. 38a (1915). Type, 9, Java. 1 9, Kuala Lumpur, larva on Aleuriies montana ; in British Museum. 3 J^^J, Penang ; in Tring Museum. 1 $, Singapore ; in Zoological Museum, Berlin. g4 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 106. Dasychira osseata Wlkr. Orgyia osseata Wlkr., Joum. Linn. Soc. Land. (Zool.), vi, p. 125 (1862). Dasychira osseata Wlkr., Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 301 (1915). Type, o, Sarawak, in Oxford Museum. 34 ^,^, Singapore ; in British Museum. 2 cJcJ, Penang ; 1 cj. Padang Rengas ; in Tring Museum. 2 (JcJ. Singapore ; 6 (J^, Kuala Lumpur ; 2 ^^, 3,400-3,450 ft., BukitKutu, Selangor; 1 ^, 3,000-3,500 ft., Kedah Peak ; 1 Bukit Kutu, Selangor; 1 ^, Penang; in Tring Museum. 2 (^^, 3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 1 c?, 4,200 ft., Eraser's Hill, Pahang ; 1 ^, 86 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 4,800 ft., Tanah Rata, Cameron's Highlands ; 2 ??, Taiping, Perak ; in F.M.S. Museum. The genitalia of (J specimens from Java, Sumatra, Malaya, Sarawak and Ceylon have been compared, and reveal no subspecific difference. The teeth on the clasping process of the valve vary somewhat in size and spacing, but this appears to be individual rather than racial. 111. Dasychira vaneeckei sp. nov. (plate II, fig. 32). (J. Palpus ochraceous-buff, on the outer side fuscous. Antennal shaft whitish, pectinations tawny-olive. Head and thorax yellowish olive. Abdomen pale yellow-orange, with yellowish-olive dorsal tufts on the basal segments. Pectus light buff, in front orange-buff. Foreleg yellowish olive, on the inner side of femur and tibia orange-buff ; middleleg yellowish oUve mixed with light buff ; hindleg light buff, with fuscous patches on the outside of tibia and tarsus. Venter light buff. Forewing yellowish olive, grading in distal half of wing to light brownish olive ; a faint dark line roiuid the discoceUulars, the space filled in with yellowish olive ; faint dark subterminal and preterminal fasciae, crenate, points on the veins, concavities terminad ; fringe light brownish olive. Hindwing light orange-yellow ; a fuscous patch on the discoceUulars ; a broad fuscous subterminal fascia, broken between veins M'i and Cu2, and finishing at the anal angle ; fringe light buff. Underside of both wings light buff ; a fuscous patch on both discoceUulars ; the subbasal fascia on upperside of hindwing reproduced below in a reduced form ; fringes light buff. $. Resembles the J. Expanse : (J (J 42-44 mm., $ 68 mm. 1 cJ (holotype) 18.iii.l931, and 2 ^^ (paratypes) 19.iii.l931 and 20. iv. 1926, Bukit Kutu, Selangor, at light, 3,500 ft. ; 1 $ (allotype), Kuala Lumpur, 7.ii.I922; all taken by H. M. Pendlebury ; F.M.S. Museum. Types presented to British Museum. In the British Museum is a series of 5 {J^ from Korintji Peak, Sumatra, apparently of this species. Allied to Dasychira virescens Moore (1879), from which it may be distinguished by the absence of the dark preterminal fascia on the hindwing. 112. Dasychira amydra Collnt. Dasychira amydra Collnt., Nov. Zool. xxxvii, 2, p. 175 (1932). Type, (J, Palawan, in Tring Museum. 1 cJ, Selangor ; in British Museum. 1 (J, Kuala Lumpur ; 1 ^, 3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 1 ^, 4,800 ft., Tanah Rata, Cameron's Highlands, Pahang ; in F.M.S. Museum. Agrees well in facies with Philippine specimens. I have not seen a $ from Malaya. 113. Dasychira inclusa Wlkr. Dasychira inclusa Wlkr., List Lep. Ins. B.M. vii, p. 1737 (1856) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 293, pi. 38a (1915). Dasychira asvata Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I.C. ii, p. 340 (1859) ; Seitz. I.e.. p. 296, pi. 38b (1915). Type (inchusa), ^, Java, in British Museum. Type (asvata), ,^, Java, in British Museum. 1 <£', Singapore ; 1 ^, Bindings ; in British Museum. 1 (^, Kuala Lumpur ; NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. , 87 1 (5', Penang ; in Tring Museum. 1 3*, 22.1.1931, Saba Bernam, larva feeding on Elasis guineensis ; 1 (^, 2 $$, 1 2 . i . 1 930, Layang Layang, Johore, larva feeding on Derris sp. ; in coll. Agric. Dept., Kuala Lumpur. 2 ^J^J, Singapore ; 1 i^, Kuala Pilah, Negri Sembilan ; 3 ^i^, 3,400-3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 2 J (j", Kuala Lumpur ; 1 J, Kuala Krau ; 1 ,^, Kedah Peak ; in F, M.S. Museum. There is considerable variation in the appearance of the insects in this series, but a comparison of the genitalia of six Malayan (^^, and of a Javanese and a Malayan $, does not show grounds for splitting up. Preparations have also been made from the types of D. indiisa and D. asvata, which show that the latter must sink. The white network on the forewuig of the type of D. asvata, well shown in the illustration in Seitz, is an individual variation found in differing degrees in other specimens. 114. Dasychira cerigoides Wlkr. Janassa cerigoides Wlkr., Jonrn. Linn. Soc. Land. (Zool), vi, p. 13.5 (1862) (,J). Dasychira cerigoides Wlkr., Seitz. Grossschm.. d. Erde, x, p. 296 (1915). Lymanlria galinara Swinh., Trams. Ent. Soc. Land. p. 490 (1903) (?. nee ^J). Type, (Jj Sarawak, in Oxford Museum. 3 $9, Singapore ; in British Museum. 1 ^, Singapore ; in Tring Museum. 2 $9. Singapore ; in Zoological Museum, Berlin. 2 (^^, 2 9?, Singapore ; in F.M.S. Museum. The 9 of this species, hitherto unidentified, was found to have been described in error as the allotype of Lyviantria galinara Swinh. A comparison of the (J genitalia of two Malayan, two Sarawak and one Sumatran specimen shows no character on which they can be separated, although there is a certain amount of individual variation. In Seitz, x, p. 299, Singapore is mentioned as a locality for Dasychira grossa Pag., but I think it probable that this record actually relates to D. cerigoides. 115. Dasychira diplozona sp. nov. (plate II, fig. 28). (^. Palpus uptiu-ned, bistre, distally pinkish buff. Antennal shaft white mixed distally with ochraceous-tawny ; pectinations ochraceous-tawny. Head and thorax whitish mixed sparsely with fuscous, giving an effect of pale smoke- grey. Abdomen Prout's brown, distal segments mixed with whitish ; anal tuft pale smoke-grey. Pectus and legs pale smoke-grey, femora and tibiae frmged with long bushy hair-scales. Venter pinkish buff. Forewing whitish : an ante- medial fascia composed of a double line of Prout's brown, the inner line almost straight across the wing, the outer line irregular, the Prout's brown replaced by fuscous above the lower margin of the cell, where the outer line runs oblique outwardly to the costa and the interspace is filled in with cinnamon-brown ; a faint Prout's brown patch on the costa just before the discocellulars ; a Prout's brown postmedial fascia, curved outwardly from the costa to vein M 1 , thence crenate inwardly to vein Cu2, thence outwardly oblique to the inner margin ; a Prout's brown streak on the costa just beyond the postmedial fascia ; a Prout's brown subterminal fascia, roughly equidistant from the termen for its whole length, but irregular between veins M2 to Cul ; fringe whitish. Hindwing Prout's brown, inner marginal area slightly darker ; fringe whitish mixed sparsely with Prout's brown. Underside of both wings whitish, mixed in an irregular manner with Prout's brown, the latter almost absent towards the termen, but 88 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. with the veins marked with Prout's brown and with a terminal line of the same colour ; costa of forewing and both fringes whitish. Expanse : cJ(J 44-49 mm. 1 cJ (holotype) 18. iii. 1931, and 1 (J (paratype) 12. iv. 1926, 3,500 ft., Bnkit Kntu, Selangor ; 1 ^ (paratype), 23.x. 1921, Kuala Lumpur ; 1 ^ (paratype), 15. iii. 1928, 3,300 ft., Kedah Peak ; all taken at light by H. M. Pendlebury ; F.M.S. Museum. Holotype presented to British Museum. Allied to Dasychira poslfu.sca Swinh. (1895), but the forewing lighter and the antemedial fascia doubled below the cell, whereas in D. postjusca it is represented only by the outer line. 116. Dasychira strigata Moore. Dasychira strigata Moore, Up. Coll. Atk: p. 58 (1879) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 295 (1915). Type, ?, Masuri, Garhwal, in British Museum. 1 (J, Kuala Lumpur ; in F.M.S. Museum, Kuala Lumpur (ex coll. Agric. Dept.). This specimen does not differ in facies from Indian examples, but is very large in expanse (63 mm.). It is surprising that only a single example of such a conspicuous species should occur in the present collection. The data on the specimen are as given above, but the occurrence should perhaps be treated with reserve until confirmed by other captures. 117. Dasychira angulata Hamps. Dasychira angvlata Hamps., Trans. Enl. Soc. Land. p. 292 (1895); Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 295, pi. 38e (1915). Type, cj. Sikkim, in British Museimi. 1 (J, Singapore ; in British Museum. 1 S, Penang ; in Trmg Museum. 1 ^, Kuala Pilah ; 1 ?, 3,500 ft., Kuala Pilah, Selangor ; 1 $, 6,000 ft., Gunong Benom, Pahang ; in F.M.S. Museum. The British Museum collection contains only one ^ and one ? from India. Van Eecke has included Sumatra, Java and Borneo in the range of this species, and Malayan specimens appear to conform. 118. Dasychira zelotica sp. nov. (plate II, fig. 49). (J. Palpus porrect, ochraceous-bu£f, mixed on the outerside with fuscous. Antenna large, the shaft light buff, pectmations ochraceous-tawny. Head and thorax light buff. Abdomen snuff-brown. Pectus, venter and legs light buff ; the legs on outerside spotted with fuscous. Forewing whitish, irrorated with sayal brown and snuff-brown ; an indistinct wavy antemedial fascia, indicated by an increase in the irroration ; discocellulars faintly outlined with sayal brown ; faint bistre postmedial and preterminal fascias, crenate, points on the veins, concavities terminad ; fringe whitish, marked interneurally with bistre. Hind- wing snuff-brown ; fringe somewhat lighter, marked interneurally with bistre. Underside of both wings light buff mixed with snuff-brown ; a patch of bistre on the discocellulars of both wings ; fringes light buff marked interneurally with bLstre. $. Fasciae on forewing less distinct and hindwing lighter than in the J. The dark interneural markings on the fringes of both wings more plainly marked than in the (J- NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 89 Expanse : (^ 55 mm., $ 69 mm. 1 c? (holotype), Kuala Lvmipur, ex coll. Agric. Dept. ; 1 $ (allotype), Bukit Kutu, Selangor, at light, 3, .500 ft., 14. iv. 1926 (H. M. Pendlebiiry) ; F.M.S. Museum. Tjrpes pre.sented to British Museum. Resembles a DasycMroide.s in appearance but has the venation of a Dasy- chira. The termina in both sexes are evenly curved, not angled as in D. angulata Hamps. 119. Dasychira tristis Heyl. Dasychira tristis Heyl., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 36, p. 12 (1892) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 296 (1915). Dasychira anaha Swinh., A.M.N.H. (7), xviii, p. 406 (1906) ; Seitz, I.e.. x, p. 296, pi. 38e (1915). Type, 5, Padang, Sumatra, in Leiden Museum. Type (anaha), ^, Padang, Sumatra, in British Museum. 1 (S, Kuala Lumpiu-, 12. xi. 1928 (G. H. Corbett) ; in coll. Agric. Dept., Kuala Lumpur. 120. Dasychira viridis Druce. Dasychira viridis Druce, A.M.N.H. (7), iii. p. 470 (1899) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde. x, p. 295 (1915). Type, (J, 2,000-3,500 ft., Perak, in British Museum. 1 3, 2,260 ft., Penang ; in British Museum. 3 ,^ J, 3,000 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 1 cj, 2,000-3,000 ft., Gmiong Ijau ; 4 (^^, Penang ; in Tring Museum. 1 c?, Ulu Langat, Selangor ; 12 ^^, 3,400-3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu ; 1 9, Gombok Valley, Kuala Lumpur; 1 J, 1 $, 1,800 ft., Batang Padang, Perak; 1 (J, Taiping ; 1 $, 4,200 ft., Eraser's Hill, Pahang ; in F.M.S. Museum. I have little doubt that this species will sink to Dasychira baruna Moore (1859), the type $ of which, from Java, is in the British Museum collection. I have been unable to obtain a Javanese ^ for comparison, and failing this have been obliged to leave the question open. 121. Dasychira callima sp. nov. (jilate II, fig. 39). cj. Palpus tawny-olive, orange-buff beneath at the base, fascous on the outerside and above. Antennal shaft deep lichen-green, pectinations buckthorn- brown. Head tawny-olive, vertex j'ellowish olive. Thorax yellowish olive, mixed centrally with warm sepia ; tegula distally warm sepia. Abdomen above and beneath warm buff, with dorsal tufts on the basal segments of yellowish olive mixed with fuscous-black ; anal tuft warm buff. Pectus warm buff, orange-buff in front. Legs tawny-olive ; foreleg on the outerside yellowish olive ; tarsus of hindleg whitish. Forewing yellowish olive, grading in distal half of wing to buffy olive ; some indistinct light markings along the costa ; a fuscous line round the discocellulars ; indistinct fuscous postmedial, subterminal and pre- terminal fasciae, crenate, points on the veins, concavities terminad ; a series of terminal interneural fuscous spots ; fringe tawny-olive, interneurally fuscous. Hmdwing warm sejjia ; fringe warm buff. Underside of forewing warm sepia ; costal area narrowly, inner marginal and terminal areas broadly, light buff ; fringe as on upperside. Underside of hindwing warm sepia ; fringe warm buff, this colour also narrowly invading the terminal area. Expanse : 38 mm. 90 NovaTATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 1 (J (holotype), Cameron's Highlands, Pahang, 20.x. 1928, larva feeding on Cinchcma sucdruhra (G. H. Corbett). Presented to the British Museum by the Imperial Institute of Entomology. Somewhat resembles Dasychira chloroptera Hamps. (1893), but smaller, and the broad terminal band of warm buff on the hindwing replaced by a fringe only of this colour. 122. Malachitis preangerensis Heyl. Dasychira (Mardara) preangerensis Heyl., C.R. Soc. Eni. Belg. 36. i, p. 13 (1892) ; Seitz, Orossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 296 (1915) ; van Eecke, Zool. Med. Leiden, xi, p. 98, pi. ix, figs. 17 and 17a (1928). Type, $, Java, in Leiden Museum. 1 cJ, at light, 4,800 ft., 20. v. 1931, Tana Rata, Cameron's Highlands, Pahang (H. M. Pendlebury) ; in F.M.S. Museum. Expanse : 39 mm. The type of Malachitis rnelanochlora Hamps. (1895), which is in the British Museum, is a small rubbed ,^ from Bhutan. In the British Museum is a further (J from the Khasis, which agrees well with a j' from Java and the Malayan specimen recorded above. I have little doubt that M . rnelanochlora is a synonym oi M . preangerensis, but the material is insufficient for a definite pronouncement. 123. Mardara ruficeps Hamps. (plate I, fig. 19). Mardara ruficeps Hamps., Fauna of Bnt. India, iv, p. 489 (1896) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde. x, p. 300 (1915). Type, $, Bhutan, in British Museum. I 9, Perak (Hartert) ; in Zoological Museum, Berlin. The type of this species is considerably rubbed, but the Malayan specimen appears to match it very weU. I have seen no other examples. When a longer series is available, a transfer to another genus will be required. In the forewing, vein -Rl rises beyond the areole from the stalk of B2-R5 ; and in the hindwing, M3-Cul and Rs-M\ are each on a long stalk. The illustration shows the Perak specimen. 124. Pida decolorata Wlki-. Cyclidia. (?) decolorata Wlkr., Char. Undescr. Lep. Met. p. 96 (1869). Pida decolorata Wlkr.. Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 315 (1915). Type, (^, near Benares, in Devon and Exeter Museum. 1 9, at light, 4,000 ft., 6.vii. 1931, Fraser's Hill, Pahang (H. M. Pendlebury) ; in F.M.S. Museum. This single Malayan $ is within the range of variation of Indian specimens. The postmedial fascia on the forewing is scarcely visible. 125. Pida strigipennis limbata subsp. nov. (J. Easily distinguished from the dark form of the N. Indian J by its larger size and broad border of light buff (width about 3 mm.) in the terminal area of the hindwing. The underside of the forewing is entirely light buff. $. Perhaps not distinguishable by colour or marking from the variable N. Indian $, but in size the present allotype is considerably larger than any Indian $ in the British Museum series. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 91 Expanse : ^ (holotype) 51 mm. (3 N. Indian ^J^J of dark form, 37-41 mm.), 9 (allotype) 67 mm., 9 (paratype ; deformed ?) 50 mm. 1 cJ (holotype), Jor Camp, Batang Padang, Perak, 1,800 ft., 8.iii.l924; 1 ? (paratype), Kuala Lumpur, 10. iv. 1931, both at light (H. M. Pendlebury) ; F.M.S. Museum. 1 $ (allotyise), Singapore (H. N. Ridley) ; British Museum. Holotype presented to British Museum. Apparently this is the Malayan race of the N. Indian species. The Indian rj' has two forms, both of which are in the British Museum from Assam. The dark form was described by Leech in Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 128 (1899), while the light form, strongly resembling the $, seems to have been noted first by Hampson in Faun. Br. India, i, p. 457 (1893). These two forms do not appear to differ in the genitalia. 126. Orgyia turbata Butl. Orgyia turbata Butl., Trans. Linn. Soc. Loiul. (2), i, p. 560 (1879) ; Seitz, arossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 300, pi. 42h (1915). Type, cj, Malacca, in British Museum. 6 c?(J, Penang ; 3 rjcj. Province Wellesley ; 1 (J, Perak ; 1 (3', Malacca ; 3 cJ^, Sungei Way ; 1 ^, Kuala Lumpur ; 1 ^, Serdang ; in British Museum. 10 <^(J, Penang ; 2 (^^, Perak ; 1 ^, Kuala Lumpur ; 2 J^, Gunong Tahan ; in Tring Museum. 2 ^^, Malacca ; in Zoological Museum, Berlin. 10 t$^, Kuala Lumpur ; 1 ^J, Kuala Tahan ; 1 ^J, Jitra, Kedah ; in F.M.S. Museum. The 9 has aborted wings. For the life-history and a discussion of the insect as a possible pest of rubber, see Corbett and Dover in Malayan Agric. Journal, xv, p. 240 (1927). 127. Orgyia postica Wlkr. Lacida postica. Wlkr., List Lep. Ins. B.M. iv. p. 803 (1855). Orgyia postica Wlkr., Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 301, pi. 42i (1915). Type, cJ, East Indies, in British Museum. 1 c?> Singapore ; 1 (J, Negri Sembilan ; in British Museum. 1 <^, Penang ; in Tring Museum. 2 ^Jc?, Kuala Lumpur ; 2 ^^, 3,450-3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 4 ^^, 3,300 ft., Kedah Peak ; 1 cJ, Langkawi Islands ; in F.M.S. Museum. 128. Orgyia shelfordi sp. nov. (plate II, fig. 40). (^. Palpus porrect, long and heavily haired, mummy-brown. Antenna mummy-brown, the pectinations widely spaced. Head, thorax, and abdomen above and beneath, mummy-brown. Pectus and legs pinkish buff. Upperside of both wings mummy-brown, the termina slightly darker ; a prominent dark spot on the discocellulars of the forewing ; fringes mummy-brown. Underside of both wings, and fringes, mummy-brown, the dark spot on the discocellulars faintly visible. Expanse : cJJ 14J mm. 1 o (holotype) and 1 ^ (paratype), Larut Hills, Perak, 4,000-4, .500 ft., February-March 1905 (R. Shelf ord) ; in Oxford Museum. Paratype presented to British Museum. 92 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. Resembles Orgyia tisdala Swinh. (1903). but smaller and darker, and with the apex of the forewing somewhat less rounded. 129. Pantana bicolor Wlki-. Pantana bicolor Wtkr., List Lep. Iris. B.M. iv, p. 820 (1855). Pantana semilwida Svrinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Land. p. 439 (1903); Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 315 (1915). Etohetna lineosa Wlkr., List Lep. Ins. B.M. xxxii, p. 389 (1865). Pantana lineosa Wlkr., Seitz. I.e., p. 315 (1915). Tjrpe {bicolor), ^, Java, in British Museum. In Walker's description this insect is said to be without locaUty, but a label on the specimen bears the museum number 40.4.3. 146 (i.e. 3rd April, 1840, specimen 146), and the museum register shows that it came from Java. Type (lineosa), ^J, Singapore, in Oxford Museum. 2 (J (J, Penang ; 1 ^, Province Wellesley ; 1 (J, 1 $, Perak ; 2 ?$, Malacca ; 1 o, Johore ; 1 ^J, 2 9?> Singapore ; in British Museum. 1 (^, Penang ; 1 $, Taiping ; 1 o, 1 ?, 3,000 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; in Tring Museum. 1 S, 2 $$, Malacca ; in Zoological Museum, Berlin. & SS' Penang ; 5 cj J, 2,000- 3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu ; 1 ^, Gunong Tampin ; 1 $, Gunong Pulai, Johore ; in F.M.S. Museum. The c?(5 of this species from Penang have a white or nearly white hindwing, while in those from Singapore and the south of the peninsula the hindwing is dark. Intermediates occur in Selangor. The genitalia do not appear to show any distinction, and I have not separated the two forms. Swinhoe states (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 439, 1903) that Pantann bicolor Wlkr., List Lep. Ins. B.M . iv, p. 820 (1855), is preoccupied by Pantann (Orgyia) bicolor Wlkr., List Lep. Ins. B.M. iv, p. 787 (1855). The latter (type in Oxford Museum) is, however, a Euproctis with an expanse of only 10 lines, an East Indian insect which is apparently rare, as it cannot be matched in the British Museum collection. Swinhoe's nom. nov. of P. semiliicida is therefore not required, and must sink. The representation in Seitz, x, pi. 42a, 7th figure, which is named bicolor and altered in the errata on p. 314 to lineosa, and yet again on the last hne of p. 314 to semilucida, is in fact none of these three, but apparently Pantana delineata WUcr. (1855). The representation on Seitz, ii, pi. 20b, .5th figure, correctly repre- sents Pantana bicolor Wlkr. (1855), but the description with which the figure is associated, on p. 125, is of P. delineata Wlkr. ! 130. Pantana baswana Moore. Pantana baswana Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I.C. ii. p. 336. pi. ixa, fig. 1 (1859) ; Seitz, Orossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 315, pi. 41g (1915). Type, o, Java, in British Museum. 1 ?, at light, 2,000 ft., 21 .viii. 1922, Jor Camp, Perak (E. Seimund) ; in F.M.S. Museum. In this specimen the dark spotting and irroration on the upperside of fore- wing is less heavy than in Javanese $$ which I have seen. Although Javanese cJcJ greatly outnumber ?$ in collections, the (J does not seem to be known from Malaya. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 93 131. Pantana visum Hiibn. Liparis visum Hiibn., Zutriige Ex. Schmett. iii, p. 33, figs. 543 and 544 (1825). Pantana lisum Hiibn., Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, ii, p. 125 (1911). 2 (JcJ, Perak ; in British Museum. 1 (J, flying at 10 a.m., 18. iv. 1920, Kuala Lumpur (W. A. Lamborn) ; in Oxford Museum. 1 ^, 28.vii.1922, Kuala Lumpiu' (H. M. Pendlebury) ; in F.M.S. Museum. I have seen no $$ of this species, and they are probably wingless. 132. Sitvia denudata Wikr. Silvia denudata Wlkr., List Lep. Ins, B.M. xxxii, p. 388 (1865) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 319, pi. 39e (1916). Type, (J, Malacca, in Oxford Museum. 1 cj, Perak ; 1 cJ> Malacca ; 1 $, Penang ; 1 $, Singapore ; in British Museum. 1 ^J, Kuala Lumpur ; in Oxford Museum. 6 $$, Penang ; 1 $, C4xmong Ijau ; in Tring Museum. 3 ,^ J, Kuala Lumpur ; 1 $, 3,450 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 1 (J, 1,000 ft., Kedah Peak ; 1 $, Langkawi Islands ; in F.M.S. Museum. 133. Lymantria obsoleta Wlkr. Lymanlria obsoleta Wlkr., List Lep. his. B.U. iv, p. 880 (1855) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, ii, p. 130 (1910). Type, (S, N. India, in British Museum. 1 9, at light, 3,500 ft., 16. iv. 1926, Bukit Kutu, Selangor (H. M. Pendle- bury) ; in F.M.S. Museum. The Malayan specimen appears to conform to this variable species, but in the absence of (J" c^ its exact position is uncertain. It has no pmk on the abdomen. The ovipositor is extruded, as in all other $$ of L. obsoleta that I have seen. 134. Lyniantria atemeles sp. nov. (plate II, figs. 36, 41). (J. Palpus light buff, the first segment, and second segment on the outerside, Prout's brown. Antemia fuscous. Head light buff, the eye fringed on the mner- side with Prout's brown. Thorax light buff ; a line of capucine-yellow at the junction of head and thorax ; patagium Prout's brown laterally and a narrow band of the same colour dorsaUy ; a small patch of capucme-yellow dorsally just below the patagium, not present in some of the paratypes. Abdomen above and beneath light orange-yellow, with a series of fuscous spots laterally and a further series dorsally, the latter developing on the basal segments mto tufts. Pectus Prout's brown mixed with light orange -yellow. Legs Prout's brown, banded with light buff, and fringed with light buff hair -scales. Forewing snuff-brown, with numerous whitish markings, of which the following are the most prominent : a large patch in the subbasal area, reacliing from costa to inner margin, enclosing some snuff-brown spots ; a patch occupyuig the end of the cell, enclosing a snuff- brown spot and extending upwards to the costa ; a crenate postmedial fascia, concavities terminad, ends on the veins ; a crenate preterminal fascia, the Imiules between Ml and M3, and also C'ul and Cu2, larger than the remainder ; fringe snuff-brown, the vein-ends whitish. Hindwing light orange-yellow ; a snuff- 94 No-riTATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. brown spot on the discocellulars, absent in some specimens ; costa and termen broadly bordered with snuff-brown, approximately 2^ mm. wide, narrowing at the anal angle ; within the border a whitish patch between veins Ciil and Cu2, and further smaller patches nearer the costa ; between the end of the cell and the marginal band the light orange-yellow is to some extent replaced by whitish ; frmge whitish, at the apex snuff-brown. Underside of both wings, and fringes, as on upperside, but on the hiiidwing the snuff-brown spot on the discocellulars is increased in size, while the light orange-yellow is replaced by whitish except in the cell and inner marginal area. $. Resembles the o generally m pattern and appearance, but in the fore wing the large subbasal whitish patch does not enclose any spots, and the whitish post- medial fascia is broad and conspicuous. In the hindwing the light orange-yellow is entirely replaced by whitish excepting for a slight tmge basaUy on the inner margin, and there are no whitish markings enclosed i:i the marginal band. Expanse : cJJ 39-48 mm., $$ 59-71 mm. 1 (5 (holotype) 16.iii.l898, 1 ? (allotype) 30.iii.l898, 2,260 ft., Penang (S. S. Flower) ; and the following paratypes : 1 5, Province Wellesley (H. N. Ridley) ; 1 (^ and 1 $, 8.ui.l927, Taiping, feeding on Mangifera indica (G. H. Corbett) ; in British Museum. 15 ,^^, 3 $$, Penang (Curtis), taken in the months March-May and November-December ; Trtng Museum. 1 J, Lankawi Islands, 29. iv. 1928 (H. M. Pendlebury) ; 1 ^, Batu Gajah, 19.iii.l919 ; 2 $?, Taiping ; F.M.S. Museum. This insect is perhaps nearest to Lyinantria marginata Wlkr. (1855), described from a SyUiet $. The $$ are distinct in detaUs of marking, one of these details, holding good for eight N. Indian and eight Malayan specimens which I have ex- amined, being the presence in the former of one or more white spots in the middle of the dark margin of the hindwing, these spots being entirely absent in the Malayan $$. In this respect, Butler's figure of the $, in 111. Lep. Het. v, pi. xc, fig. 13, is at fault, as the hindniargm is illustrated as spotless, the mistake being due to the damaged condition of the type. The o of L. marginata has a dark, almost black, hindwing, while in L. atemeles the hindwing is light orange-yellow, having a dark border spotted with whitish. 135. Lymantria beatrix Stoll. Bomhyx beatrix StoU, Suppl. Pap. Exot. p. 173, pi. 40, 6g. 2 (1790). Lymantria beatrix StoU, Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 325 (1923). Lymantria ganaha Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Land. p. 487 (19(i3) ; van Eecke, Zool. Med. Leiden, xi, p. 101, pi. vii, fig. 11 (1928) ; Seitz, I.e., p. 325 (1923). Type (beatrix), $, Batavia. Tjrpe {ganaha), $, Java, in British Museum. 1 (^, 2 $?, Singapore ; in British Museum. 3 9?, Singapore ; 1 ?, 3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; m F.M.S. Museum. Van Eecke (see reference above) states that he is inclined to unite L. beatrix Stoll and L. ganaha Swinh. There is a good series of Javanese $? in the British Museum, graduating from an insect agreeing well in appearance with StoU's figure, to Swinhoe's type which has a dark forewing. Moreover, the genitalia of the Ughter and darker form do not appear to differ. I have therefore had no hesitation in sinking L. ganaha Swinh. NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 95 136. Lymantria capnodes sp. nov. (plate II, fig. 48). 1^. Palpus orange-buff, tipped with Prout's brown. Antenna mummy- brown. Head, thorax and abdomen Prout's brown. Peotu.s and venter tilleul- buff to light buff. Legs tilleul-buff fringed with snuff-brown, the distal half of foretibia marked with orange-buff. Forewing Prout's brown with the following markings of Saccardo's umber : a basal patch and a bowed (concavity basad) subbasal fascia, a sinuous antemedial fascia, a patch in the distal third of the cell containing a Prout's brown spot, indistinct postmedial and subterminal fasciae and a series of preterminal interneural markings ; fringe Prout's brown. Hind- wing and fringe bistre. Underside of both wings, and fringes, Prout's brown ; inner marginal area of forewing, below the cell and vein Cu2, ochraceous-buff. Expanse : ^(^ 38-41 mm. 1 cJ (holotype) and 1 (^ (paratype), Bukit Kutu, Selangor, 3,500 ft., 6. and ll.ix.l929 (H. M. Pendlebury) ; F.M.S. Museum. Holotype presented to British Museum. This msect would ajjpear at first sight to be a dark rj form of one of the species in the L. beatrix group, but I cannot establish that this is the case, and have found it necessary to name it as a new species. 137. Lymantria pendleburyi sp. nov. (plate II, fig. 47). ^. Palpus orange-buff, with patches of orange-brown on the outer side of first and second segments. Antenna buckthorn-brown. Head and thorax whitish, the eye frmged with orange-buff, a line of the same colour at the junction of head and thorax, and a further line centrally across the thorax just below the patagium. Abdomen rather worn in all specimens of this series, but apparently orange-buff with a dark spot dorsally on each segment ; anal tuft whitish. Pectus orange-buff in front, light buff laterally. Femur of foreleg orange-buff, legs otherwise light buff, fringed with long whitish hair-scales. Forewhig whitish, crossed by numerous broad bands of snuff-brown, which from the inner margin to a point midway between vein Cii'2 and the anal vein are so broad as almost to exclude the ground-colour ; vems mamly whitish ; towards the end of the cell a round snuff-brown spot, and a dark >-shaped liiie on the discoceUulars ; on the distal side of the postmedial fascia a broad area free of markings, increasing in size towards the tomus ; a series of pretermmal interneural snuff-brown spots ; fringe whitish. Hindwing pale yellow-orange, darker in the inner marginal area ; traces of a dark striga on the discocellidars ; fringe whitish. Underside of both wings light buff ; costa of forewing and inner marginal area of hindwing more heavily scaled and darker ; fringes whitish. Expanse : (J^J 46-56 mm. 1 S (holotype) and 1 ^ (paratype), at light, 3,300 ft., 14. and 18.iii.l928, Kedah Peak; 1 ^ (paratype), 3,500 ft., 6.ix.l929, Bukit Kutu, Selangor, all taken by H. M. Pendlebury ; 1 (J (paratype), 2,646 ft., November 1916, Gimong Kledang, Perak ; 1 ^ (paratype), Taiping (E. Seimund) ; F.M.S. Museum. Holotype and one paratype presented to the British Museum. Resembles in pattern of forewing L. mathura Moore (1865), but with clearly marked differences of detail. Can be easily distinguished by the light antenna, the lighter appearance of the whole insect, and the fact that apart from the faint discoceUular striga the whole of the hindwing is unmarked. 96 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 138. Lymantria ganara Moore. Lymunlria ganara Moore, Cal. Lep. 31 u^. E.I.C. ii, p. 344 (1859) ; Seitz, Orossschm. d. Erie, x, p.325 (1917) ; van Eecke, Zool. Med. Leiden, xi, p. 101, pi. viii, figa. 2 and 2a (1928). Type, (J, Java, in British Museum. 2 c?(?, Singapore ; 2 (J(^, 1 ?, Malacca ; 1 ?, 2,000-3,500 ft., Perak ; 1 ?, Penang ; in British Museum. \ ^, 2 $$, Singapore ; 1 $, Malacca ; 1 (J, Penang ; in Tring Museum. 2 (J<;J, Taiping ; 1 (J, Trolak Forest Reserve, Sungkai ; in F.M.S. Museum. 139. Lymantria narindra Moore. Lymantria narindra Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I.C. ii, p. 342 (1859); Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 326 (1917). Type, $, Java, in British Museum. 1 (J, Selangor ; 1 S> Taiping Hills ; in British Museum. 1 ^J, Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; in F.M.S. Museum. 140. Lymantria singapm-a Swinh. Lymantria singapura Swinh., A.M.X.H. (7), x-rii. p. 547 (1906) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 323 (1917). Type, (J, Singapore, in British Museum. 1 (J, Singapore ; 1 cJ, Selangor ; 1 $ (neallotype), Malacca (J. Waterstradt, 1904, ex Oberthiir collection) ; 1 $, Penang ; in British Museum. 5 (^ J, Penang ; 1 (J, Gunong Tahan ; 1 ^, Pulau Tikus ; 1 J, Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; m Tring Museum. 1 (J, Kuala Lumpur ; 6 ^^, 1 $, 3,450-3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 1 o, The Gap, Pahang ; 2 ^^, 3,300 ft., Kedah Peak ; in F.M.S. Museum. Writing of this species in 1928, van Eecke (Zool. Med. Leiden, xi, p. 100) remarks that the $ appears to be unknown. On looking through the insects assembled for the present paper, the $ at once becomes apparent. It is not readily distinguishable in facies from L. todara Moore (1879), but a series would probably show a smaller average exj)anse, as the three specimens listed above measure only 63-68 mm. 141. Lymantria brunneiplaga Swinh. Lymanlria l,runneiplaga Swinh., Trans. Enl. Soc. Land. p. 491 (1903) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 325. pi. 40f (1917). Type, (J, Java, in British Museum. 1 (J, Province Wellesley ; in British Museum. 1 $, Kuala Lipis, larva feeding on Palaquinm yulla Burch ; in coll. Agric. Dept., Kuala Lumpur. 1 (J> Suigapore ; 1 o, Kuala Krau ; 1 J, Bukit Kutu ; in F.M.S. Museum. Swinhoe's original $ allotype does not belong to this species, but is evidently the $ of Lymantria ganara Moore (1859). Van Eecke illustrates another insect as the true $ of L. brunneiplaga in Zool. Med. Leiden, xi, pi. viii, fig. 3 (1928), and I have followed his conclusion. NoVlTiTES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 97 142. Lymantria orestera sp. nov. (plate II, fig. 42). cJ. Palpus pinkish buff, beneath and on the outerside fuscous. Antenna bistre. Head and thorax pale pinkish buff. Abdomen light coral-red, with a series of fuscous spots laterally and a further series dorsally ; anal tuft pale pinkish buff. Pectus pinkish buff, light coral-red in front. Legs with femora bLstre, distally hght coral-red ; tibiae and tarsi pale pinkish buff, the former fringed with long hair. Venter snuff-brown. Forewing white ; a small patch of light coral-red at the base of costa ; a number of basal and subbasal interneural fuscous spots ; an irregular but fairly straight snuff-brown antemedial fascia, at right angles to the inner margin, merging into a large jaatch of snuff-brown, which occupies the space between vein Cu2 and the inner margin and extends to the postmedial fascia ; a fuscous spot in the distal half of the cell ; a streak of snuff- brown on the discocellulars, beyond which is a conspicuous patch of the same colour extendmg and widening to the costa ; postmedial fascia snuff-brown, crenate (concavities terminad), points on the veins, the whole roughly parallel with the termen ; a rather faint subterminal fascia, resembling the jaostmedial, the portion between veins Ri and iJ5 enlarged mto a patch of snuff-brown ; a series of terminal interneiu'al snuff-brown spots, extending on to the fringe, which is otherwise white. Hmdwing tiUeul-buff shaded with snuff-brown ; a faintly visible snuff-brown streak on the discocellulars, and postmedial and subterminal fasciae ; a series of terminal interneural snuff-brown spots, extending on to the fringe, which is otherwise whitish. Underside of both wmgs with pattern faintly reproduced in a more indefinite form, the area in and beyond the cell of forewing, and above the cell to the costa, mainly snuff-brown. Expanse : cJ^J 53-58 mm. I cj (holotype) and 2 ^^ (paratypes) May 1931, 1 ^ (paratype) 14. vi. 1923, all at light, 4,800 ft., Tahah Rata, Cameron's Highlands, Pahang (H. M. Pendlebury) ; 2 ^^ (paratypes), at Ught, 3,450-3,500 ft., April 1926, Bukit Kutu, Selangor (H. M. Pendlebury) ; F.M.S. Museum. Holotype and one paratype presented to the British Museum. Resembles L. brunneiplaga Swinh. (which also occurs on Bukit Kutu), but easily separated therefrom. L. orestera is larger, the fasciae on the forewing more heavily marked, the hind wing hghter and the fasciae more distinct. I have not seen a $, but it is possible that this sex is not easily separated from specimens of L. brunneiplaga. 143. Lymantria strigata Auriv. Lyniantria strigata Aurir., Eyil. Tidskr. p. 172 (1894) ; Heitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 324 (1917). Type, cj, Java, in Stockholm Museum. 1 ?, at light, 3,500 ft., 18 .iii . 1931 , Bukit Kutu, Selangor (H. M. Pendlebury) ; in F.M.S. Museum. This specimen agrees well with two Javanese $$ in the British Museum collection, but has a broader and rather darker border to the hindwing, occupying nearly half the wing area. 144. Lymantria kinta sp. nov. (plate I, fig. 7). -shaped fuscous mark on the discocellulars ; a crenate hazel subterminal fascia, points on the veins, concavities terminad and to some extent filled in with light buff ; a series of large but indistinct interneural dark patches between subtermmal fascia and termen, absent between veuis M2 and ilf 3 ; fringe light buff, mixed with hazel interneurally. Hindwing light buff, marked with hazel along the termen from vein C'u2 to the anal angle. Uiiderside of forewing light buff ; some indistinct hazel markings beyond the cell, in the apical area and along the costa ; fringe light buff, hazel interneurally. Hindwing and fringe light buff. Expanse : 5*^ 29-35 mm. 1 S (holotype), Kinta Valley, S. Perak, September-October (H. N. Ridley) ; 1 o' (paratype), Larut Hills, Perak, 3,000 ft., 20. iv. 1898 (S. S. Flower); in British Museum. 4 J^J October 1921, 1 ^ 25. ix. 1929, and 1 ^ 22. ii. 1931 (paratypes), Kuala Lumpur (H. M. Pendlebury) ; 2 ^^ (paratypes), Bukit Kutu, Selangor, at light, 3,500ft., 18. iv. 1926 and 16.iii. 1931 (H. M. Pendlebury); in F.M.S. Museum. Perhaps nearest to Lymantria strigata Auriv. (1894). 145. Lymantria ganaroides Strand (?). Lymantria ganaroides Strand. Seitz, Orossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 325, pi. 41c (1917). 3 (S The Gap, Pahang ; 1 ^, 4,200 ft.. Eraser's Hill, Pahang ; 6 cJcJ, 1 ?, 3,450-3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 2 ^^S, 3,200- 3,300 ft., Kedah Peak ; 1 ?, Parit Buntar ; m F.M.S. Museum. NOVITATES ZoOLOalCAE XXXVIII. 1932. 99 Swinhoe's allotype $ of L. galinara is wrongly associated with the ^, and is the $ of Dasychira cerigoides Wlkr. (1862). Van Eecke has illustrated the true $ in Zool. Med. Leiden, xi, pi. viii, fig. 5a (1928). Van Eecke 's illustration of the 1^ in fig. 5 of the same plate does not agree with the type, but seems to represent L. viarginalis Wlkr. (1862). The true ,^ is illustrated in Seitz, x, pi. 40f. It will be seen that I have sunk L. galinara to the level of a subspecies of L. lepcha Moore (1879). The cj genitalia are similar, but the forewing of the cJ galinara. is whiter in appearance and the markings heavier, the hindwing has an orange Hush as compared with the pmk flush of L. lepcha, and the average expanse of L. lepcha is greater. The $$ are perhaps distinguishable only by locality. 147. Lymantria marginalis Wlkr. Lymaniria nuirginalis Wlkr., Joiirn. Linn. Hoc. Land. {Zool.). vi, p. 131 (1862) ; Seltz, Orossschm. d, Erde, x, p. 326 (1917). Type, cJ, Sarawak, in Oxford Museum. 1 3, 3,000 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; in Trmg Museum. 10 ^.^, 3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 5 (J (J, 4,800 ft.. Tana Rata, Cameron's Highlands, Pahang ; 1 ^, The Gap, Pahang ; in F.M.S. Museum. The British Museum possesses no (J^J from Sarawak, but the type at Oxford is similar in facies to Malayan, Javanese and Sumatran specimens. The type exhibits no marking on the hindwing, but this is also the case with a small proportion of Malayan specimens. The (J is illustrated in Zool. Med. Leiden, xi, pi. viii, fig. 5, under the name of L. galinara. The $ appears to be unknown. Lymantria sp. A single $ in rather poor condition, in the F.M.S. Museum collection, labelled. " The Gap, 1920, ex coll. Agric. Dept.," bears a strong resemblance to L. bivittata Moore (1879). It may be the $ of L. marginalis Wlkr. (1862), but in the absence of adequate material I have thought it better not to place it under the heading of that species. 148. Cispia ochrophaea sp. nov. (plate I, fig. 15). (J. Palpus ochraceous-tawny, the tip lighter. Antennal shaft whitish, with a streak of snufi-brown running along the upperside ; pectinations hair-brown. Head, legs, thorax, and abdomen above and beneath, warm buff, mixed on vertex with Mars yellow. Forewing cinnamon-bufi ; some indistinct fuscous spots in the basal area ; discocellulars whitish ; fringe cinnamon buff. Hindwing and fringe whitish. Underside of both wings, and fringes, whitish, tinged in the costal area of forewing with cinnamon-buff. $. Resembles the ^, but paler m colour, and with the white on the dis- cocellulars scarcely visible. Tarsi of legs Prout's brown, tibiae mixed with Prout's brown. Expanse : cJ 50 mm., $$ 69-77 mm. 1 ^ (holotype) and 1 $ (allotype), Perak, July-August 1895 (Lakatt and Pamboo) ; in British Museum ex Oberthiir collection. 1 ? (paratype), Kinta, Perak, August 1898 (Curtis) ; in Tring Museum. Allied to Cispia charrna Swinh. 100 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 149. Cispia aphrasta sp. nov. (plate I, fig. 21). cj. Palpus whitish, mixed on the outer side with fuscous. Antenna whitish, eacli pectination fuscous at the base and at the tip. Head, thorax, abdomen and legs whitish, mixed on tibia and tarsus of foreleg with bistre. Wings semi- hyaline, white, fringes white ; forewing with a faint circular Saccardo's umber spot on the discocellulars ; similar preterminal interneural spots above veins B4, M\, M'i and C'u'2, and a fiu-ther spot postmedially above vein 7?5. Wings beneath, and fringes, white. $. Resembles (J, but with the preterminal interneural spots on the forewing continuous from costa to vein Cu2, oblong in shape, the spot between veins M\ and 312 smaller than the remainder ; the angle between veins R4 and R5, also between veins E5 and Ml, filled in with Saccardo's umber. The foreleg is marked with fuscous in place of bistre. Expanse : J 28 mm., $ 39 mm. 1 (J (holotype), near Jitra, Kedah, 9.iv.l928 (H. M. PendJebury) ; 1 $ (allotype), Patalung, Peninsular Siam, at light, 2. v. 1924 (I. H. N. Evans); F.M.S. Museum. Tj'pes presented to British Museum. I have included these two insects mider the same name with some hesitation. They were taken in localities about 100 miles apart, but are very distinct from any other species. 150. Imaus durioides Strand. Imaus durioides Strand, in Seitz, Orossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 330, pi. 40a (1915). Type, (J, (?) New Gumea. 1 (J, Gunong Ijau, Perak ; in Tring Museum. 151. Imaus munda Wlki'. Lymantria mnnda Wlkr., List Lep. Ins. B.M. iv, p. 875 (1855). Iniati^ mundua Wlkr., Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 330, pi. 40b (1915). Type, $, SUhet, in British Museum. 1 (J, at light, 1 8.x. 1921, Gombak Valley, Kuala Lumpur (H. M. Pendle- bury) ; in F.M.S. Museum. In the Tring Museum are long series of Indian and Javanese specimens, which can be separated in both sexes by the shape of the markings in the sub- terminal fascia of the forewing, > -shaped in Indian specimens and oblong in Javanese specimens. In this respect and in other small details of marking the (J from Kuala Lumpur resembles the Indian race. 152. Dura amianta sp. nov. (plate I, fig. 10). $. Palpus porrect, whitish, on the outerside fuscous. Antennal shaft whitish, pectinations Saccardo's umber. Head, thorax, abdomen and legs whitish. Forewing whitish, crossed by four indistinct fuscous fasciae, of which the postmedial is crenate, points on the veins, concavities termmad ; the subterminal fascia crenulate and roughly parallel with the termen ; discocellulars edged faintly with fuscous ; a series of small terminal interneural fuscous spots ; fringe whitish. Hindwing and fringe whitLsh. Uriderside of both wings, and fringes, whitLsh ; on the discocellulars of the hindwing an indistinct fuscous spot. NOVITATES ZoOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 101 but without the discocellular spot on the underside of (^. Resembles the the hind wing. Expanse : (^ 38 mm., $? 46-52 mm. 1 9 (holotype), Kuala Lumpur, 1 . Mu.seum. 1 (^ (allotype), Perak (Hartert) ; (paratype), Padang Rengas ; Tring Museum. Allied to Dvra alba Moore (1879), but much paler, and without the series of terminal spots in the hindwing. ,1920 (W. A. Lamborn) ; Oxford ; Zoological Museum, BerUn. 1 $ 153. Dura panthera v. Eecke. Dvra panthera v. Eecke, Zool. Med. Leiden, xi, p. 137 (1928). Type, 9, Sumatra, in Tring Museum. 1 (J, Malacca (W. Doherty) ; in British Museum. 1 > 40. ,j 41. 5> 42. JJ 43. „ 44. U 45. JJ 46. JJ 47. »» 48. 49. Ewproctis hapala sp. nov., $ holotype . „ cosmia sp. nov., (J holotype . ,, atereta sp. nov., ^ holotype . Mardara rvficeps Hamps., $, Perak Dasychira alam'peta sp. nov., ^ holotype Cisfiia (rphrasta sp. nov., q holotype Leucoma camvrisquama sp. nov., ^ holotype ,, phrika sp. nov., (^ holotype . Cobanilla phaedra sp. nov., ^ holotype Euproctis ereina sp. nov., $ holotype Leiicmna niphobola sp. nov., t^ holotype ,, poecilonipha sp. nov., (^ holotype Plate II. Dasychira diplozona sp. nov., ,^ holotype Euproctis sienopa sp. nov., (J holotype ,, plagiata syngenes subsp. nov., 9 holotj^e ,, leucophJeba sp. nov., $ holotype Dasychira vaneeckei sp. nov., 3* holotype Euproctis pelopicta sp. nov., ^^ holotype pe.perites sp. nov., (J holotype ,, phloeochroa sp. nov., q holotype Lymantria atemeles sp. nov., $ allotjrpe Euproctis javana epirotica subsp. nov., 9 holotype ,, tamsi sp. nov., (J holotype Dasychira callima sp. nov., ^ holotype Orgyia shelfordi sp. nov., (^ holotype . Lymantria atemeles sp. nov., (^ holotype ,, nrestera sp. nov., cj holotjrpe Dasychira araea sp. nov., ^ holotype . Aroa scytodes sp. nov., ^J holotype Euproctis coelebs sp. nov., (J holotype . ,, innupfa sp. nov., $ holotype Lymantria pendleburyi sp. nov., ,^ holotype ,, capnodes sp. nov., J holotype Dasychira zelotica sp. nov., ^ holotype p- 61 p- 76 p- 58 p- 90 p- 85 p- 100 p- 54 p- 53 p- 81 p- 68 p- 55 p- 54 p- 87 p- 64 p- 61 p- 67 p- 86 p- 72 p- 72 p- 75 p- 93 p- 65 p- 68 p- 89 p- 40 p- 93 p- 97 p- 84 p- 80 p- 74 p- 75 p- 95 p- 95 p- 88 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 103 NEW EXOTIC GEOMETRIDAE. By LOUIS B. PROUT. SuBFAM. LARENTIINAE. 1. Larentia hancocki sp.n. (J, 39-41 mm. Nearly related to heteromorpha Hmpsn. {Tr. Zool. Soc. Lonrl. xix. (2), p. 128, t. iv, f. 61) but much larger. Antenna slightly longer, the pectinations slenderer, contmuing to about the 26th, sometimes even to the 28th joint (in heteromorpha to about the 23rd-25th). Forewing with SC* from apex of distal areola or slightly stalked beyond, or still more distal ; much more glossy than heteromorpha, rather thin but tough (texture of so many high-altitude or winter Larentiinae) ; darker and more uniform grey-brown, relatively weakly marked, the white element almost entirely suppressed, or at best an admixture of whitish scales in the three palest lines (borders of median area and the interrupted subterminal) ; median band generally broad (6-5 to 8-5 mm. at costa), fairly solid or with paler centre and distinct proximal and distal line) ; postmedian line more jagged than in heteromorpha, at least anteriorly to the double lobe ; fringe less sharply marked than in hetero- morpha. Hindiving very glossy, pale drab-grey ; a minute cell-dot ; traces of the markings of the underside, especially the postmedian (which ends in a darker spot at abdominal margin) and sometimes some suffusion proximal thereto. Underside well marked, though less sharply than in heteromorpha, the ground-colour being less whitish ; forewing with the principal markings repro- duced, excepting the antemedian (the dark median suffusion continuing to the base) ; hindwing at least with sharp cell-dot, strongly sinuous (twice incurved) postmedian and somewhat macular presubterminal shading, often also with some additional though weaker lines. Ruwenzori : Bujuku, 12,500 feet, 18 August 1931, 6 ,i.^, and 12,000 feet, 16 August, 2 ^S (G. L. R. Hancock). Type in Mus. Brit. Rather variable, but not extravagantly. The browii tinge which usually suffuses the median area of the forewing above is more reddish than that which suffuses the jsroximal subterminal region and (more weakly) the subbasal, this latter tinge more inclining to cinnamon or tawny oUve. A more strongly marked cJ from Kigo, 10,500 feet, 20 August, with the shades lighter and brighter (cinnamon-buff to clay-colour), the basal and median bands darker mixed, and strong proximal spots to the subterminal, is probably conspecific ; expanse 39 mm. The much larger size and the grey hindwing distinguish hancocki at once from heteromorpha ; the size equally from the still darker wellsi Prout (1928), which may possibly prove a somewhat melanic form of heteromorpha. Both were taken with hancocki at 12,000 feet. 2. Gonanticlea penicilla sp.n. cJ, 35-36 mm. Forewing closely like that of amplior Th.-Mieg (1910) but looking slightly less broad, on account of the rather less square-cut tornus ; pale 104 NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1032. central band fairly broad, at least posteriorly, in none of the known examples so whitish as in normal amplior ; distal prominence of the dark area beyond more nearly parallel with the termen at its outer edge than in amplior, thus noticeably further from termen behind R'. Hindwing quite differently shaped from that of amplior, elongate costally (and to extremity of SC^) instead of hindmargin- ally ; a longitudinal pale buff hair-pencil on upperside, arising in base of cell between SC and cell-fold ; colour bright in the tyjse, but more suffused in Javan examples, which I would not, without more material, separate racially, in neither case with the broadly smoky abdommal area of amplior, etc. $ probably variable, as in the allies ; three which may pretty safely be referred here are closely similar to large occlnsata Feld. (1875) $$, the hindwing intermediate in tone between those of o. occlusata and o. laetifica Prout (1931) ; in all three the cell-dot of the fore wing stands outside, instead of on, the edge of the proximal dark band. W. Sumatra : Kormtji, 4,500 feet (type ^) and 7,300 feet (I 9) (Robinson & Kloss). Java : Bandong, 1 cJ ; 2 $$ not exactly localized. All in coll. Tring Mus. Also a cJ from Mt. Gede, 4,000 feet (Fruhstorfer), in the Oberthiir coDection. 3. Polyclysta gonycrota sp.n. 9, 28 mm. Face pale, mixed with fuscous. Palpus fuUy 2, 2nd joint slightly down-curved, 3rd elongate, slightly more so than in the genotype, hypogram.mata Guen. (1858) ; 1st and 2nd joints dark fuscous on outerside, 3rd (with extremity of 2nd) pale. Vertex pale, tinged with ochreous. Thorax above largely fuscous ; abdomen pale, slightly ochreous, with weak dark dorsal paired spots (or interrupted saddles). Forewing at least as elongate as in hypogrammata $, the tornus perhaps stUl weaker ; cell not quite i, SC'^ from close to apex of cell, R" from very slightly behind end of cell-fold ; wliitish, tinged with buff ; markings dark brown (bistre to sepia), mixed in places with deep red scaling, which occupies most of the veins on the dark areas ; ground-colour remaining in a streak along SC and an intricate pattern of lines ; a subbasal pair (the proximal strong, the distal faint) angled outward at fold ; an antemedian strongly oblique inward from costa to SC, then slightly curved outward, bending sharply (curved rather than angled) after crossing fold, oblique inward to hindmargin near second subliasal ; an almost equally strong line (? median) commencing at costa neaT the antemedian (well proximal to midcosta), parallel with it at first, but angled on end of cell- fold to run out almost longitudinally to R', almost touchmg first postmedian, then oblique inward to fold, almost touching antemedian, finally about vertical to hindmargin ; area between these two lines more pale-mixed than other dark areas ; two very fine sinuous postmedian lines, succeeded by a very strong one from beyond J costa to near tornus and with an outward curve between R'' and M" ; a fine line beyond and parallel with this, separated by a bright brown line ; a thick dash from apex, on R' touching the last postmedian ; a waved subter- minal from R' to SM- close to termen, acutely angled inward on M^ ; the space between last postmedian, apical dash, subterminal line and R' presenting a rather solid dark, irregularly triangular patch ; pale streaks from suliterminal to termen, separating the terminal dark spots. Hindwing long and narrow (very decidedly more so than in hypogram,mata) \ DC (as in some $$ of Crasilogia) NOVITATES ZOOLOCICAE XXXVIII. 11(32. 105 not actually biangulate, but with R^ central, arising very slightly behind cell-fold ; whitish buff, with cell-dots and traces of bands of underside. Underside more suffused with cinnamon-buff ; forewing with principal markings of upperside weakly reproduced or indicated, the darkest parts (between first subbasal and antemedian and again from the strongest postmedian inward about to the cell) presenting themselves as Ul-defined dusky bands ; hindwing with cell-spot, thickish wavy postmedian line and faint dusky subterminal band. Viti ? (C. A. Stuhlmann),' tyjie in Zool. Mus. Hamburg. Without the ^J, which will almost certainly be highly specialized, it is impossible to divine the exact position of this very distinct species. It should, however, fall into the group of Polyclysta, Protavlaca. and Crasilogia, which — for purposes of this description — may be regarded as merely (^ sections of one comprehensive genus. 4. Collix stellata Warr. CoUix stellata Warr., Nm. Zool. i. 679 (1894) (Khasis). Warren's type, a rather small i^, has the palpi abraded and is unfortunately somewhat damaged by mould, but is clearly conspecific with a Khasi ^ 1 mm. larger and a very small " Assam " [Khasi] q, both in the Trmg Museum, and probably a worn Shillong ,^. also in that collection. A growing suspicion that these represented a different species from most of the material which has been passing for stellata has been confirmed by Mr. Tarns on an examination of the genitaUa of an example of each from the Joicey collection. The uncus in stellata is decidedly narrower, valve perhaps slightly longer, than that of the other species, in which it is identical with that of griseipalpis Wileman. 5. Collix griseipalpis Wileman. " Collix stellata Warr. (?) " Prout, Ent. Mitt, iii, 248 (1914) (Formosa). Collix griseipnlpis Wileman, Entom. xlix, 34 (1916) (Formosa). On account of Warren's having determined the (not uncommon) Khasi race of this species as stellata, I have long been treating the two as races of one species ; see the preceding note. My comparisons of " stellata " in erecting some of my new species (w'c^e Nov. Zool. xxxii, 42; xxxv, 66) are therefore to be referred to griseipalpis, although the close similarity of the two species makes them at least approximately accurate as they stand. C. griseipalpis is more sharply marked than stellata, with the subbasal, median and postmedian lines of the forewing more blackened at costa, the postmedian more sharply angled inward at SC, the palpus paler, but black-marked on outerside. Besides the name-typical form, I recognize two races, both of which agree perfectly with it in the genitalia. C. g. relocata subsp. n. Generally larger than g. griseipalpis (35-40 mm.), a little less dark and still more sharply marked, the postmedian on an average less broad, the underside sometimes less heavily streaked longitudinally, the lateral orange streak of abdomen perhajjs less often clear. Khasis, not rare, the type cJ in coll. Tring Mus. C. g. phaeochiton subsp. n. Costal margin of forewing perhaps somewhat more rounded than Lii the other races ; ground-colour slightly darker and less brown-tinged than in g. griseipalpis, the lines rather weak, but more or less ^ All the specimens bearing this labelling in the Museum, so far as I have seen, are indisputably Fijian species. 106 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. strongly black-dotted at the veins, the postmedian at costa liardly thickened, subcostally with about as sharp an indentation as in g. relocala, the white sub- terminal dots very sharply expressed. Malay Peninsula : Kuala Lumpur, bred from larvae on Trigonostemon indicus (G. H. Corbett), 12 in Mus. Brit., including the type ,^. others bred from larvae on Ardisia sp. (H. M. Pendlebury) ; Penin- sular Siam and — possibly a different race or another very close ally, with cell-spot larger, etc. — Kedah Peak (H. M. Pendlebury). 6. Eupithecia dissobapta sp.n. 9, 13-14 mm. Head whitish. Face rather flat, with a very slight dark ridge at lower edge. Palpus slender, not greatly over 1, dark-marked on outer- side. Tongue strong. Antenna minutely ciliated. Body and legs whitish, with some brown irroration ; hindtibial spurs rather short. Foreicing elongate, costa very slightly arched near base and in distal half, apex rather acute, termen very strongly oblique, faintly curved or bowed ; areole simple ; white, irregularly irrorated with fuscous-black, with the three principal lines of this colour ; subbasal irregularly band-like, twice acutely angled outward ; antemedian thickest anteriorly, strongly incurved behind base of M-, angled outward on SM-, oblique inward to hindmargin ; an interrupted ochre-red band between, separated from each by a white line ; median area broad, the postmedian thickened (at least between costa and medians, but not sharply defined proximally. the irroration becoming progressively denser, particularly in the type, between the inconspicuous cell-spot and the line), somewhat oblique outward from costa to SC^ rather more so just behind SC^ between this and R' or Ml only about 1 mm, distant from termen, between the medians deeply and again near hindmargin more shallowly inangled, with a rounded lobe between the.se angles ; an ochre-red band occupying most of the distal area, separated from postmedian by a white line and showing in places — at least at costa and an enlarged spot between the medians — the white subterminal, with some weak and variable dark maculation at its proximal side ; terminal line broken into elongate spots ; fringe rather long, weakly mottled, with white interneural spots at base. Hindwing with apex rounded, termen rounded about R^-M", straighter before and behind : SC^^-Ri very well stalked ; darker than forewing, less variegated ; predominantly fuscescent, a white admixture appearing chiefly in median area ; indefinite bands showing through from beneath, the postmedian whitish -edged distally ; terminal line and fringe nearly as on forewing. Both wings beneath as far as the postmedian suffused with grey, especially the forewing, in which it shows a more drab tinge ; a postmedian band (sometimes strong) and indications of blurred antemedian and median ones, the three sepa- rated by more white-mixed areas ; distal area paler, sometimes conspicuously so, but always showing (excepting the white boundary-line of the postmedian) some irroration. Madagascar : Station Perinet, 148 km. E. of Tananarive, 20 October-lO November 1930 (Mme N. d'Olsoufieff), 7 $$ in Tring Mus. A pretty and very distinct little species. 7. Eupithecia streptozona sp.n. $, 14 mm. Face-cone short. Palpus rough-scaled, rather short (less than U). Antenna minutely ciliated. Head and body concolorous with wings, NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 107 palpus with some dark scales on outerside. Hindtibia with only one proximal spur present, terminals moderate. Forewing of medium width, termen straightish anteriorly and posteriorly, gently curved in middle ; cell \ or slightly over, DC present though short ; areola simple ; whitish buff, in places suffused or weakly mottled with cream- buff (at least in distal area), the coloration more suggestive of a Sterrha (e.g. S. msticata [Schiff.]) than of normal Ewpithecia ; cell-spot strong : other markings relatively weak ; basal patch chiefly indicated by a costal streak at about 1 mm. ; median band darkened with grey irroration but not intense, the ante- and ])ostmedian costal spots rather strong, only 1-5 or 2 mm. a])art (the broadest- banded specimen showing also a smaller median spot), the antemedian thence slight, curved, the postmedian from the spot nearly to R' strongly oblique out- ward, then somewhat sinuous, as far as R' parallel with (or continuing very slightly to approach) the termen, thence somewhat more oblique inward than termen ; subterminal defined by dark shading proximally, strongest at costa ; terminal line weak, apparently punctiform ; fringe pale. Hindwing shaped nearly as in the preceding species, slightly more rounded ; cell about \ ; SC'-R* shortly stalked ; concolorous with forewing ; cell-dot sharp, but smaller than on forewing ; markings otherwise slight, excepting a strong abdominal spot at end of postmedian ; antemedian also slightly strengthened at abdominal margin ; median band variable, either obsolescent or fairly strong, though only distally to the cell-dot ; postmedian following a similar course to that of forewing, but more strongly oblique inward behind R' and incurved about fold ; terminal line and fringe as on forewing. Underside similar. Madagascar : Station PerLnet, 149 km. E. of Tananarive, 20 October-10 November 1930 (Mme N. d'Olsoufieff), type and paratype in Tring Mus. S. Betsileo (Hildebrandt), 1 ? in Zool. Mus. Berlin, with the median band rather well developed. All three examples are worn, but with the aid of the three all the essential markings have been definitely made out, while the coloration and peculiar struc- ture— suggesting a doubt whether a new genus should not be established — render it easy of recognition. 8. Chloroclystis scintillata sp.n. (^$, 13-14 mm. Face-cone strong. Palpus nearly 2 ; 2nd joint rough- scaled above, 3rd joint small. Antennal ciliation of (^ minute. Head and body concolorous with wings ; a blackish transverse stripe connecting bases of forecoxae. Forewing with SC' running into C ; grey, in places suffused with purplish brown ; copious scattered bronzy metallic scales (in some lights more silvery or iridescent) ; antemedian double or band-like, straighter and posteriorly less oblique than postmedian, its distal edge outbent at both folds ; postmedian with a blunt, flattened prominence about SC'-R' ; subterminal irregularly dark- shaded, in part crenulate, about R'-M' nearly always cut by a pale longitudinal spot ; fringe weakly mottled. Hindwing with termen rounded ; SC" not stalked ; principal markings continued. Underside much paler ; the two Unes developed, at least on forewing, but not sharp. 108 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAF. XXXVIII. 1932. Fiji : Lautoka (H. Phillips), a series in beautiful condition. Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Probably a small race of the little-known inexplicata (Walk., 1866) which I have re-examined since describing the above as new. A striking peculiarity, hitherto unnoticed, is an oblique process from the upperside of the ^ foretarsus, causing its 1st joint to apjjear forked ; this is exhibited by both the species or races in question. 9. Asthenotricha torata sp.n. ^, 28 mm. Head and body pale, irrorated with red-brown and some dark scales. Antenna almost simple, scaled area dark-dotted. Foretcing less broad than in the other species, apex minutely produced, termen waved, bowed, rather strongly oblique posteriorly ; an extensive special- ized area in anterior part of cell, bounded on underside by a pretty regularly curved line which runs from areole (and DC) to SC scarcely more than 2 mm. from base and in its middle is scarcely over 1 mm. from M ; pale, as far as the postmedian with dense red-brown irroration and a few darker scales, distally with the brown scaling slightly less reddish and less evenly disposed ; coarse suberect dark-tipped scales at proximal part of costa, succeeded (on and behind the " specialized area " as defined above) by more floccous hair -tufts ; a sinuous dark postmedian line from nearly | costa, slightly oblique outward and faintly wavy to R', then bluntly bent, more sinuous, nearly parallel with termen except for a deeper proximad angle at M'' ; famt indications of a more dentate line beyond and nearly parallel with this, indefinitely pale-edged distally at all the folds ; the pale subterminal lunulate-dentate, about parallel with termen, defined by indistinct lines ; terminal line moderate ; a pale line at base of fringe. Hitidwing with termen subcrenulate, especially behind middle ; R^ from near R' ; nearly concolorous with distal part of fore wing, though with some faint reddish suffusions in proximal part ; postmedian present but weak, more sharply angled at R' than on forewing ; distal markings much as on forewing or still weaker. Forewing beneath more whitish behind M and M', anteriorly coloured nearly as above ; the specialized area with rough scaling, looking slightly dark- ened ; suggestions of a dark Ime on DC^"' ; postmedian and distal area nearly as above. Hindwing beneath much as above, or slightly more reddish. Madagascar : Station Perinet, 14!) km. E. of Tananarivo, 20 October- 10 November 1930 (Mme N. d'Olsoufieff), 1 S in Tring Mus. SuBFAM. GEOMETRINAE. 10. Mauna diasporas sp.n. ^, 42 mm. Palpus scarcely 1 i, 3rd joint distinct, though small. (Antennae lost.) Head and thorax pecan-brown, the tegulae mixed with violet, the thorax beneath partly whitish ; abdomen rather slender for a Mauna ; paler, at base white. Hindtibial dilation strong ; hindtarsus shortened. Wings broader than in typical Manna, shaped as in perquisita Prout (1922). Foreumu/ pecan-brown, dulled with grey (which to the naked eye looks some- what jjurplish grey) and with a few black scales ; cell-dot small, black ; ante- median line faintly traceable in grey, oblique outward from costa at 5 mm., NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAB XXXVIII. 1932. 109 acutely angled just in front of M close before origin of M'', then oblique inward ; postmedian fine, blackish, slenderly defined by whitish distaUy, arising at costa 2 mm. from termen, at first oblique and curving to become more so, from R^ or R* straight, reaching hindmargin little beyond middle ; termen and frmge slightly warmer brown. Hindwing white at base, gradually assuming a tinge of light buflf ; a very faint curved line suggested, rather than expressed, at about 5 mm. from termen. Forewing beneath with costal and distal borders a little paler than above, the rest much paler ; postmedian line strong from costa to R', then dying out. Hindwing costally and anterio-terminally more buff-tinged than above, even inclinmg — especially at apex — to the brown of forewing ; a curved grey line about 3'5 mm. from termen, strongest anteriorly, especially on the vems. Uganda : Nyimabitaba, Mt. Ruwenzori, 8,500 feet, 21 August 1931 (G. L. R. Hancock), 1 ^J. Type in Brit. Mus., presented through the Imperial Institute of Entomology. Probably nearest to ardescens Prout (1916). It is the first Mauiia known from Uganda ; the genus is chiefly South African, though I have described one species {electa Prout, 1917) from Nyasaland. 11. Derrioides hypopyrrha sp.n. $, 40 mm. Face dull brown, mixed with blackish. Palpus IJ or barely ; bright red, the terminal joint blackish, very small. Antennal pectinations reduced to strong serrations. Vertex and base of antenna very pale grey ; the rest of antennal shaft reddish brown. Thorax and abdomen concolorous with wings ; legs predominantly greyish, the femora largely red. Forewing with termen slightly more waved than in the type species ; gQ5.3.4 very long-stalked, R^ arisuig unusually near R^ ; prussian red, much suffused, especially costal margin and distal area, with dull purple, costal margin with some white-grey irroration, which apically spreads as far as the radials ; cell-spot grey, inconspicuous ; an oblique whitish (very pale olive-buff) line from costa (2 mm. from apex) almost straight to about J hindmargin, broadly shaded with dark grey on its proximal side and more finely and indefinitely on its distal ; fringe dark grey mixed with whitish, and with reddish spots at the vein-ends. Hindwing with termen somewhat more crenulate than in typical Derrioides ; colouring and line of forewing continued ; costal edge clearer and redder ; fringe as on forewing. Underside predominantly orange-red (dragon's blood red to vinaceous- rufous), especially on the greater part of forewing, elsewhere more purplish ; some grey, white-mixed speckling, especially costally on forewing and on distal half of hindwing ; the oblique line more sharply whitish, somewhat broadened (especially on the hindwmg), its proximal dark grey band on the forewing with indications of a very fine pale line near the proximal edge ; fringe nearly as above. Madagascar : Station Perinet, 149 km. E. of Tananarivo, 20 October- 10 November 1930 (Mme N. d'OLsoufieff), 1 ? in Tring Mus. 12. Drepanogynis protactosema sp.n. cJ, 32-34 mm. Face brown. Palpus 11, with 3rd joint very small ; black distally ; the hair beneath 1st and 2nd joints red. Vertex and extreme base of 110 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. antenna white ; antenna otherwise buff, a large part of the shaft (except distally) suffused with reddish ; pectinations 3 or 4, a rather longer part of the tip non- pectmate than in typical Drepanogynis. Body rather robust, pallid purple- drab, the abdomen with some reddish-fawn suffusion and with anal end darkened. Forewing not broad, rather elongate, apex not produced, termen smooth, strongly curved in middle to become rather strongly oblique, tornus not strong ; SC* running to apex, R- somewhat before middle of DC ; pallid purple-drab or slightly more violaceous, with quite sparse blackish irroration ; costal edge narrowly reddish ; black spots at costa just beyond J and at 5, the former extended to reach cell-fold, the latter flattened, only just crossing the stalk of SC^-* ; a minute cell-dot ; antemedian wanting ; postmedian double from R' to hindmargin, about as oblique as termen but faintly curved in the opposite direc- tion ; inner postmedian (greyish) olive, continued on and just in front of R' as a blackish dash, from which runs at an acute angle an extremely fine olive con- tinuation to connect it with the costal spot ; outer postmedian blackish, weak anteriorly ; subterminal deeply lunulate, chiefly defined by darkish shaduig on its proximal side ; very indistinct dark terminal patches, from costa to R^ and from M' about to fold ; fringe somewhat browner. Hindwing rather elongate costally, apex and termen (especially anteriorly) well rounded, smooth ; double postmedian continued, straightish, obUque, the inner running to abdominal margin near tornus, the extreme end of the outer lost in a grey suffusion close to tornus ; proximal area paUid purple-darb, distal strongly suffused with fawn ; subterminal traceable, posteriorly with some indistinct spots proximally. Underside much more uniformly suffused with fawn, the forewing apically (in front of R') and the hindwing abdominally pale ; costal edge of forewing more reddish, j)roximally with some coarse black irroration ; some scattered dark irroration elsewhere ; very small black cell-dots ; a fairly thick pale postmedian line, on both wings curved or bent about R', thence on forewing straightish, on hindwing faintly inciu-ved, lost m the pale abdominal region. Madagascar : Station PerLnet, 149 km. E. of Tananarive, 20 October- 10 November 1930 (Mme N. d'Olsoufieff), 3 cJcJ m coll. Tring Mus. A smaller, much damaged $ of a similar species — possibly even an ab. of protactosema — was taken by Melon at Diego Suarez in December 1916. 13. Hypochrosis euphrantica sp.n. $, 35 mm. Head, with antenna, dark, strongly suffused with purple-red ; palpus little over 1, rather slender, upcurved, reddish, proximally more mixed with buff ; tongue well developed ; pectinations long (6 or over). Thorax and abdomen (partly denuded above) beneath predommantly yellow, with the thorax red-mixed ; legs dull rosy. Forewing moderate, apex not falcate (shape nearly as in tinctaria [Walk., 1862], or, rather, the less well kao-wn fiaviftisata [Moore, 1888]) ; SC' anastomos- ing shortly with C., K- well before middle, but not extreme ; marguerite-yellow, with a very broad rosy border (about o mm.) from hindmargin to near SC (hellebore-red or slightly brighter) ; cell-spot blackish, immediately preceded by a very slightly curved black-grey transverse bar of 1 mm. width, which gradually fades away behind the fold ; ground-colour proximally to this bar with a good NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. Ill deal of rosy suffusion and with some thick black-grey strigulae chiefly in and behind cell ; a roundish dark, red-brown centred costal spot about 3 mm. from apex. Hinclwing with termen slightly more rounded than in tinctaria ; margue- rite-yellow (or slightly brighter) proximally, hellebore-red (or slightly brighter) distally, the small dark cell-dot lying on the little curved boundary of the two colours ; a weak dark costal dash at corresponding position ; a very narrow apical border of the yellow colour, tapering to a point just behind R' ; fringe yellowish (partly lost). Underside similar, the yellow brighter, the red paler, the proximal suffusion of the forewuig more orange ; hindwing with costal mark stronger, more pyramidal, yellow border anteriorly broader, continuing to near tornus, though posteriorly somewhat mixed with reddish. Madagascar : Station Permet, 149 km. E. of Tananarivo, 20 October- 10 November 1930 (Mme N. d'Olsoufieff), 1 ? in Tring Mus. 14. Psilocerea barychorda sp.n. (J, 35 mm. Head whitish ; palpus light brown, with 1st joint paler and more buff-tinged, 2nd dark-sprinkled on outerside. Thorax and abdomen concolorous with wings, the abdomen dorsally with a slightly interrupted dark patch on the posterior segments. Legs pale, dark-spotted ; hindtibia not dilated. Forewing shajjed nearly as in the (^ of rachicera Butl. (1880), termen slightly less sinuous ; cell appreciably less than i, the short stalk of SC''^ arising from that of SC*"' ; ground-colour nearly as in rachicera ^ ; markings darker ; ante- median similarly outbent in cell, but stronger, especially anteriorly, on costa closely preceded proximally by a redder mark ; postmedian thick, fuscous, arising from apex, markedly incurved m anterior part, running close to costa for some distance, closely approaching the small cell-dot, straighter and oblique from base of M> to before (proximal to) middle of hindmargin ; the line is accom- panied anteriorly (between SC* and SC') by some duU lavender shading on its proximal side, thence by a line of its own width, which Ls red-brown to R', subsequently huffy olive ; subterminal markings of underside faintly showing through ; fringe warmer than wing, dark-mixed at base, especially at vein-ends. Hindwing shaped about as in rachicera ; concolorous with forewing, the broad double line (olive and fuscous) continued, crossing end of cell, proximal edge crossing furcation of M with M^ ; an almost longitudinal dark mark beyond it, its more proximal part arising in front of M^, its distal occupying the base of cellule 3, its middle part (on M') rather less dark and redder ; subtermmal mark- ings of underside showing ; fringe as on forewing. Underside similar, with the principal markings reproduced but strongly shaded in part with Sanford's brown, which also suffuses the base of the forewing (followed by dark subbasal spots), forms a conspicuous subapical patch on the forewing between R' and costa and a costal patch accompanying the line on hindwing ; subterminal markings mixed with fuscous and orange-brown, on the forewing oblique from M' to near tornus, strongest posteriorly, on the hindwing complete, dentate, suffusing towards termen in anterior half. Madagascar : Station Perinet, 149 km. E. of Tananarivo, 20 October- 10 November 1930 (Mme N. d'Olsoufieff), 1 J in coll. Tring Mus. 112 NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 15. Psilocerea severa sp.n. cj, 46 mm. ; $, 49-50 mm. Larger than wigrrowacwZato Warr. (1897). Fore- wing with apex slightly more produced, hindwing without even the blunt angle at R' ; irioration rather less coarse (general tone nearest to warm buff of Ridg- way) ; antemedian line not crenulate ; the principal obhque line dark, sharply defined by a pale line distally, subapical markings of forewing wanting, though the (S (besides 1 $ beneath) conserves a black dot on SC* ; lines or slender shades of distal area without black maculation. Madagascar : Station Perinet, 149 km. E. of Tananarivo, 20 October- 10 November 1930 (Mme N. d'Olsoufieff), 1 ^ (type), 2 ?$, in coll. Tring Mus. I have compared the new species with what I beUeve to be the normal form of nigrmnaculata, which is less dusky and less heavily marked than the type and was taken (2 (J,^) with severa. Antenna of $ subserrate, with very short ciliation (the $ of nigromandata unknown to me). 16. Psilocerea harmonia sp.n. {J 9, 38-42 mm. Antenna of o pectinate to little beyond middle, of $ simple. Hindtibia of (J with hair -pencil. Head and bodj' concolorous with wings, face generally a little paler, 2nd and 3rd joints of palpus with some dark irroration. Foreicing with termen in J almost straight (without even the faintest angle at R^), in $ bluntly angled in middle, very faintly concave between this and the minutely produced apex ; SC'-^ shortly stalked, SC' anastomosing slightly with C ; ochraceous, the costal margin and veins sUghtly more warmly coloured ; indistinct greyish strigulation and a few blackish scales ; cell-dot small, black ; antemedian line fine, indistinct or obsolescent, rather variable, curved or bluntly bent at M just proximal to M- ; postmedian line strong (except at costal extremity), bicoloured, its proximal half grey, its distal bright red-brown, from near (2 or 3 mm. from) apex oblique to a little beyond middle of hind- margin ; a slight grey costal mark running inward from postmedian in front of SC' to costa ; ill-defined grey subterminal clouding behind R^, running in the direction of, and sometimes reaching, the tornus ; fringe noticeably darkened, with a pale line at base. Hindwing with termen angled at R', in the (J on an average more sharply than in the $ ; postmedian line continued, reaching abdominal margin about middle ; subterminal maculation stronger between R' and M- (often forming two spots), sometimes weakly developed also between the radials, here and towards tornus more distally placed than between R' and M'' ; fringe as on forewing. Underside rather paler, with cell-dots and traces of the outer marking. Grande Comoro, July-September 1911, 8 J J, 5 $5, including the type; July, September and October 1921, 2 (^(J, 1 $ ; all in Tring Mus., collected by G. F. Leigh. 1 have been calling this species russulata Mab. (Ann. Soc. Enl. Fr. Ixvi, 226, 1897, as Caberodes), said to be from the Comoro Islands. No size is given, nor exact shape, and the description seemed to fit quite satisfactorily ; but the discovery of the type <;J (in coll. Oberthiir) shows that it is a smaller species, with termen of both wings bent, that of hindwing more weakly than in harmonia (£, the distal half of the double postmedian line glaucous-whitish, not reddish, the subterminal patch of the hindwing wanting. NoVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 113 Ps. harmonia jacobi subsp.n. is less ochraceous, the cji ein Fruchtfresser, was schon Bernstein festgestellt hat und von Stein bestatigt worden ist, der als Mageninhalt Fruchtfleisch. und als Inhalt des Darraes roten Fruchtsaft notierte. Wir halten es nicht fiir angebracht, diesen merkwiirdigen Vogel in die Gattung Corvns zu stellen, wie es Meinertzhagen (Nov. Zool. 33, 1926, p. 69) getan hat. Verbreitung und Rassen : Die Verbreitung dieses Vogels ist seltsam zerrissen : man hat ihn bisher nur auf den Aru-Inseln imd auf Waigeu gefunden, und das Berliner Museum besitzt ein Stiick, das von Riggenbach am lO.vii. 1910 bei Taua am Mamberano erbeutet worden ist ; sonst ist dieser Vogel vom Festland Neuguuieas nicht nachgewiesen worden. Der Typus von Macrocorax fuscicapillus Gray stammt nicht von Dorey, sondern — wie aus der Beraerkung von Wallace in Ibis 1863, pp. 100-102, klar hervorgeht — von den Aru-Inseln. Es scheint, 140 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. l!l.'!2. dass Waigeuvogel etwas kiirzere und niedrigere Schnabel haben als solche von den Aru-Inseln und vom Mamberano, wie aus folgenden Massen hervorgeht : Waigeu I Taua Unterschiede in der Fliigellange bestehen wahrscheinlich. nicht ; freilich ist das (J von Taua mit 343 uni etwas langfliigliger als die Vogel von Waigeu.^ Biologisches bei Bernstein, I.e. Schnabellange. Schnabelhohe 1631 . . 70 28 1634 . . 71 27,5 1633 . . 72 27 .596 . . 73 27 — . 80,5 29 Manucodia ater subsp. ? Gesammelt von : Wallace, Bernstein, Beccari, Bruijn, Guillemard, Platen, Stein. 1595. 16. VI. (J2- Fl. 184 1594. 8. VI. cJ^. .. 188 ; Gew 272 1599. 15. VI. .. 1579. 26. v. . Pitohui kirhocephalus cerviniventris (Gray). Xectts cerviniventris Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Land. 1861. p. 4.30 (1861 — Waigeu) ; JStreseraann, iliul, Zool. Mm. Berlin, Bd. 11, 1925, p. 414. Gesammelt von : Wallace, Bruijn, Platen, Stein. 1108. 21. V. ^3 Fl. 100 ; Gew. 61 1106. 10. VI. (Jr. .. 97; „ 62,3 1103. 27. V. cJi ., 95 ; „ 67 1107. 20. V. Jo. „ 154; Gew 110 1535. 22. V. ^0- „ 140; 108. 1537. 1. VI. ?.- „ 144; 105 1534. 22. V. $1- „ 145; 117,5 Fliigelmauser 1531. 25. V. 9„. „ 144,5 117 1536. 25. V. TO* ,. 138; 106 Diese ausgezeichnete Rasse lebt ausser auf Waigeu auch auf Batanta. Sie unterscheidet sich von P. f. ferrugineus (Exemplare von Manokwari verglichen) sowohl durch die Farbimg der Ober- und ITnterseite als auch dadurch, dass Schnabel. Lauf, Zehen und Krallen nicht intensiv schwarz pigmentiert sind, sondern aUer Melanineinlageriuigen entbehren (Schnabel) oder doch wenigstens sehr schwach von Melanin gefarbt werden (Lauf, Zehen und ELrallen). Die Grosse scheint betrachtlicher zu sein als bei Exemplaren von Manokwaii, wahrend bei P. Icirhocephaln.H da.s Umgekehrte der Fall ist. Mageninhalt : Kafer, Heuschrecken, Larven (1532). Insekten (1535-1531 — Manokwari KiO). Gro.sse Heuschrecken (153fi). Insektenreste, 1 Beere (Manok- wari 89). ' Not. Lcyd. Mu.'i. 29. 1907, p. 71. Von Mathews, Sysf. Ar. Atistr.. versehentlich aiisgelassen. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 153 Myiolestes megai'hynchus afBnis Oray. Myiohstex afflnin Gray, Pror. Zool. Soc. Land. 1861, p. 431 (1862 — " Gagie," Irrtiim fiir VVaigeu). Gesammelt von : Wallace, Guillemard, Platen, Stein. SS ad. (13. V.-12. VI,) Fl. 89i.52-90-93«-943-9.5-96'-97. Gew. 30-30,5-30,7-31-322-32,5=-33-342-36-40. cJo^ juv. (14.-16. V.) Fl. 85-88 ; Gew. .32-32,5. ?? ad. (10,-20. V.) Fl. 88,5-892-89,5-90-90,5 ; Gew. 29,5-312-.32-33=. 1 cJ und 2 $$ in Fliigelmauser. rj und $ gleich gefarbt auch hinsichtlich des Schnabels, aber $ im Mittel kleiner als ^. Aus der Reihe fallt $ 1. Ja. Kl. Nr. 1085 mit einer Fliigelliinge von niir 85 mm. Wahrscheinlich ist der Jugendfliigel etwas kiirzer als der Altersfliigel. Das I. Ja. Kl. ist kenntUch an den viel intensiveren Saumen der Schwimgfedern und grossen Fliigeldeckfedern. Diese scharf markierte Rasse unterscheidet sich von ihrer geographischen Nachbarrasse megarhynchus, die schon am Westrand de.s Vogelkopfes lebt, durch das nahezu fehlende Phaeomelanin der Ober- und Unterseite ; statt dessen sind Obei- und Unterseite bei affini.s deutUch mit gelblichem Lipochrom getont, das in Kombination mit Eumelanin die olivfarbenen Tone erzeugt. Dieses Vorherr- schen des gelben Lipochromes unterscheidet affinis auffallig von ohscurus, dem das Lipochrom vollig fehlt und bei dem auch das Phaeomelanin sehr stark zuriicktritt. Auf Batanta lebt die nahe verwandte Rasse M. m. hatantae Meise, Abh. Ber. Mits.f. Tierk. Dresden xvii, 1929, p. 18. Mageninhalt : Insekten (1071-1079-1081). Heuschrecken (1075), Heu- schrecken, Larven (1067). Schalen und Fleisch von Friichten (Jobi 351). Heu- schrecken und Larven (Jobi 310). Fliigel von Insekten (Jobi 443). Pachycephala griseiceps waigeuensis subsp. nov. Gesammelt von : Wallace, Beccari, Stein, SS (20. V,-12. VI,) Fl. 78-80-80,5-81-82,5--8.3-84-85,5-86, Gew, 18-212-21,3-22,5-23,5^-24, (J juv, 23, V, Fl, 80,5; Gew, 21. ?? (20. V.-IO, VI,) Fl. 77.5-79-80,5-81-822. Gew, 21-21,1-21,5-22,5-25, ? juv, (20. V.-2. VI.) Fl. 77-78= ; Gew. 20-22. 2 oc? "d. und 2 $+ ad. in Fliigelmauser, J juv. in Fliigelmauser. Die Rassenbildung von Pachijcephala (jriseiceps ist kiirzlich von Hartert (Nov. Zool. 36, 1930, pp. 55-56) ausfiihrlich behandelt worden. Wir haben zur Untersuchung einen Teil des Materials, das im Tring-Museum aufbewahrt wird, mit heranziehen konnen und vermogen uns seiner Gliederung nicht in alien Teilen anzuschliessen, gelangen vielmehr fiir das Gebiet des westlichen Neuguinea zu folgender Gruppierung : 1. Pachycephala griseiceps griseiceps Gray (terra typica Aru). Von Aru- vogeln vermogen wir nicht zu trennen eine Serie aus Misol (7 Exemplare, Tauern leg.), eine Serie vom Arfakgebirge (5 Exemplare, Mayr leg.) sowic je einen Balg vom Aroafiuss und vom Kotoi-District in Britisch Neuguinea. Wir vermutcn daher, dass diese Rasse ausser iiber die Aruinseln und Misol auch iiber den Vogelkopt und langs der Siidkiiste ostiich bis zum Aroafiuss, westlich bis zum 154 XOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXX\ III. \'.l'.i'2. Begimi des ^e/((e(//ec/a-Areals verbreitet ist. Die Rasse squalida Oust, (terra typica Amberbaki) ist unserer Ansicht nach identisch mit yrisekeps. 2. Pachycephala griseiceps waigeuensis subsp. nov. Von P. g. griseiceps deutlich unterschieden durch volligen Mangel der braunlichen Tonung der Vorderbriist xmd durch dimklere, graiilicheie, weniger braiinliche Ohrdecken. In der Farbung der Obcrseite stimmt waigeuensis mit griseiceps gut iiberein. Typus : ^J ad. Waigeu, 3. Juni 1931, Stein leg. Nr. 1185. Verbreitung : Waigeu. 3. Pachycejihala griseiceps jobievsis A. B. Meyer. Diese Rasse ermangelt wie U'aigeuevsis der braunlichen Bru.stfarbung luid ist ihr daher auf der Unter- seite ziemlich ahnlich, aber die gelbe Farbung auf Brust und Bauch ist intensiver. Der Oberkopf ist bei waigeuensis niehr oliv, bei jobiensis mehi dunkelgrau getont. Die Farbung der Ohrdecken ist bei beiden gleich. Der Riicken von jobiensis ist ein klein wenig griinlicher, weniger braunlich als bei waigeueiisis und merklich griinlicher als bei griseiceps. Verbreitung : Jobi iind Nordkiiste von Neuguinea zwischen Mamberano und Astrolabebai. 4. Pachycephala griseiceps perneglecta Hartert. Gekennzeichnet diu-ch sehr Starke Streifung der Korperseiten, sonst wie griseiceps. Terra typica, "Southern Snow Mountains." Mit der Urbeschreibung iibereinstimmende Exemplare sammelte Herr Stein am Fuss des Weyland-Gebirges, wo sich perneglecta zwischen griseiceps Gray (= rvbiensis Meise) luid jo6Je«.sw A. B. Meyer einzuschieben scheint. Hartert hat. I.e. p. 56, eine Rasse subflavidior beschrieben, die nach seiner Angabe von Takar bis Hollandia verbreitet ist imd sich durch lebhaftes Gelb des Bauches und der Unterschwanzdecken, so wie durch braime Ohrdecken imter- scheiden soU. Wir haben drei Stiicke von der terra typica untersuchen konnen und vermogen die angegebenen Unterschiede nicht zu bestatigen, halten daher subflavidior fiir ein Synonym von jobiensis. Mageninhalt : Insekten (1211-1216). Heuschrecken (1217). Pachycephala phaeonota (S. Miiller). Gesammelt von : Bernstein, Bruijn. Dieser auf kleinen Inselchen im Gebiet der Molukken imd der westl. papua- nischen Inseln weit verbreitete Vogel ist Herrn Stem ebenso wie Lichmera argentauris entgangen, vermutlich deswegen, well P. phaeonota nur auf den der Hauptinsel vorgelagerten Inselchen zu treffen ist. Artainus leucorhynchus papuensis Bonap. Stresemann, A'w. Zool. xx, 1913. pp. 289-292 ; Hartert, Xoi'. Zool. xxxvi, 1930, p. 81. Gesammelt von : GuOlemard, Platen, Stein. 1016. 11. VI. cJi- Fl. 141 ; Gew. 50,5 101.5. 7. VI. J.- ., 132; ,. 48 1014. 29. V. . Verglichen mit einer Serie von Jobi sind die Waigeuvogel auf Ober- und Unterseite etwas weniger gelblich getont, analog dem Befund bei Meliphaga mialoga, M . notata und anderen. In der Grosse stimmen die Serien von Waigeu iind Jobi iiberein, wahrend 30 Exemplare vom Sepikgebiet ini Mittel kurzfliigliger sind und im Maximum eine Fliigellange von 82 mm erreichen. Mageninhalt : 1 Heuschrecke (1161), Insekten (1199), Jobi (482, 386). Gerygone chrysogaster neglecta Wallace. Oerygone neglecta Wallace, Proc. Zool. Soc. Land. p. 475 (1865 — Waigeu). Cryptolopha imigiiiensis Hartert, Bull. B.O.C. 13, p. 70 (1903 — Waigeu). Meise, Nov. Zool. xxxvi, 1931, p. 342. Gresammelt von : Wallace, Waterstradt, Stein. (JcJ (10. V.-13. VI.) Fl. ,50-51,5-523-53'-53,5'-545-55*-56-'-57. Gew. 6,1-7^-7,1-7 ,2»-7 ,5^-7 ,6-7 ,8>-8-8,5-8,7. $5 (12. V.-12. VI.) Fl. 49^9,5-50-50,5-51«-51,5-52,5-53,5. Gew. 6,3-6,5-7=-7,l-7,4-7,53-7,7-8=. 4 (J^ in Fliigelmauser. Diese Rasse ist auf Waigeu beschrankt. Ihre nachsten Verwandten sind G. ch. notata Salvad. von Misol und dem Vogelkopf, sowie virescens Blyth von der Onin Halbinsel (SW-Neuguinea) bis zur Triton-Bai imd dem Siidrand der Geelvink-Bai. Uber die Beziehungen zu chrysogaster Gray, welche zuerst von Meise erkaimt worden sind, vergl. diesen Autor I.e. Gerygone chloronota meisei Stres. & Pal. Gerygone chloronota meisei Stresemann und Paludan, 0. M. B. Bd. 40, 1932, p. 16 (1932 — Waigeu) Gesammelt von : Stein. 1429. 11. VI. i%. Fl. 49; Gew. 5,9 1437. 10. V. 02- „ 47 ; „ 6,5 1429. 16. V. 3,. „ 46,5; ., 6,2 ; " Sohnabel schwar? 1430. 4. VI. 3z- „ 49; „ 6,5 1426. 4. VI. Die ceramerwe-Gruppe war bisher von keiner der westpapuanischen Inseln bekannt. Herr Stein wies sie von Waigeu in einer Rasse nach, die der von Jobi bescliriebenen Form E. c. incertum A. B. Meyer sehr nahe steht, aber in folgender Hinsicht von Lhr abweicht. (J ^d. : Die graue Farbung etwas heller als bei incertum, die Kehle wie die iibrige Unterseite gefarbt und nicht wie bei incertum schwarzlich verdiistert. $ ad. : Unterseite mit schwachen Andeutungen einer weissen Banderung, die bei den beiden zum Vergleich benutzten $$ vom Sepik- gebiet volUg fehlt. Das 9 ist etwas heller grau gefarbt als das cJ und hat hellere Ohrdeckfedern mit weisslichen Schaften. Bei einem $ (Nr. 1048) fehlt dieses ietzte Merkmal. 1050 tragt auf der Unterseite einfarbig blaugraue Federn mit zwei schwarzen und zwei weissen Querbinden, zu denen noch die Andeutung einer chitten Bchwarzen Binde hinzukommen kann (Hemmungskleid ?). Mageninhalt : Riesige Larven (1051), Heuschrecken (1055, 1046, 1049), Insekten (1048, 1050). NoviTATES Zoological XXXVIII. 1932. 163 Lalage atrovirens atrovirens (Gray). Gesammelt von : Stein. 979. 23. III. cJi- Fl. 101 ; Gew. 32 978. 26. III. ?o- „ 96,5 ; „ 33 Bisher im Gebiet der we.stlichen papuanischen Inseln niir von Misol und Salawati bekamit. Die beiden Waigeustiicke siiid nicht zu unterscheiden von einer Serie aus dam Sepikgebiet. Mageninhalt : rotes imd griine.s Fruchtfleisch (1970), rotes faseriges Frucht- fleisch mit lifeffergrossen schwarzen Kernen (978). Hinindo tahitica frontalis Quoy & Gaimard. Gesammelt von : Platen, Stein. 1455. 12. VI. ^1- Fl. 105 ; Gew. 13,8 1457. 15. VI. 6o. ,. 108; „ 15,4 ; Fliigelmauser. 1456. 13. VI. *0- „ 105,5; .. 15 „ 1454. 14. VI. $0- „ 106,5; .. 13,5; juv. Ubereinstimmend mit 7 Exemplaren aus Halmahera und 7 aus Makassar (Siid-Celebes). Die javanische ^asse javanica scheLnt durch die Konstanz eiuer etwas heller rotbraunen Stirnbinde unterschieden zu sein. Pitta sordida novaeguineae Miill. & Schleg. Gesammelt von : Bernstein. Pitta mackloti mackloti Temm. Gesammelt von : Bernstein, Beccari, Bruijn, Guillemard, Platen, Stein. 1117. l.VI. cJj. Fl. 102; Gew. 83 1114. 25. V. (J 2. ., 105; „ 86 nil. 8. VI. $3. in;!. l.VI. $2. 1116. 27. V. ?j. 1115. 20. V. $2. 1112. 25. V. $,. 107 ; „ 82 106 ; „ 90 102,5 ; „ 95 104 ; „ 81 104,5 ; „ 91 Die Farbe des Nackens ist bei alien Waigeuvogeln ausgesprochen braunUch und nicht so rot wie bei Jiabenichli. Em Exemplar aus Manokwari hat einen etwas roteren Nacken als die Waigeuvogel. Wir sehen jedoch keuien Anlass, einen neuen Namen zu geben. Mageninhalt : Kleine Insekten (1113), I Puppe ca. 3 cm. lang, 1 Schnecke, Insekten (111.5), Grosse weisse Larve, weich (1112), Larven und kleine Kafer (Jobi 190), 1 Heuschrecke, 1 weisse Larve, 1 Tausendfiissler von 11 cm. Lange (Jobi 313). Graue breiartige Masse (Jobi 345), Kaferlarve, Chitin (Jobi 320), Fliigeldecken von Kafern (Jobi 235). Hemiprocne mystacea mystacea (Lesson). Gesammelt von : Bruijn, GuLUemard, Platen, Stein. 1155. 29. V. Ji- Fl. 225 ; Gew. 79 1156. 14. VI. ?!■ „ 229; „ 75 Mageninhalt : 1 grosse Hymenoptere mit Stachel (1156). 164 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. l'J32. Collocalia esculenta subsp. Gesammelt von : Bernstein, Stein. Siehe unter Numfor ! Collocalia vanikorensis waigeuensis subsp. nov. Gesammelt von : Stein. In seiner Revision der Gattung Collocalia (MitteU. Zool. Mtis. Berlin, Bd. 12, Heft 1 und 2, 1925-26) hat Stresemann den Versuch gemacht, alle Collocalia- Formen iii 6 Rassenkreise ziisammenzufassen. Dass dieser Versuch nicht restlos gegliickt sei und die Zahl der Formenkreise eine grossere sein miisse, hat sich bald darauf ergeben, und Stresemann hat daher bei der Revision der westmalayischen Salanganen {Bull, of Raffles Mus. Singai)ore, No. 6, pp. 83-101, 1931) die in der Kabte 2. — Verbreitung des Rassenkreises Collocalia francica im Malayischeii Archipel. — Rassen : (1) germani Oust. ; (2) vestita (Less.) ; {^) javensis Stres. ; (4) d^immermani Rensch ; (5) micans Stres. ; (6) aenigma Riley. Westhalfte des Malajrischen Archipels lebenden Formen zum Teil neu gruppiert. Es zeigte sich bei diesen Untersuchungen unter anderem, dass die Art Collocalia fuciphaga nach Osten nicht iiber Java hinausreiche iind alle Formen, die iistlich der Wallace 'schen Linie vorkommen und von Stresemann 1925 als Rassen zu C. fuciphaga gestellt worden waren, anderen Arten angehoren miissen. Es sei nun hier der Versuch unternommen, die Gruppierung fiir das papuanische Gebiet, die Mohikken und Celebes durchzufiihren. Er kann jetzt mit besserem Recht gewagt warden, da die E.xpeditionen Stein und Heinrich em einzigartiges Material zur Klarung der Frage geliefert haben. In dem nun zu behandelnden Gebiet kommen mindestens zwei (wenn nicht mehr) Arten der grauen Salanganen vor. Sie wurden friiher als Collocalia fuciphaga imd C. francica vmterschieden. Man glaubte also diese beiden Arten NOVITATES ZoOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 165 iiber das ganze malayische CJebiet hinweg bis ins polynesische Gebiet verfolgen zu konnen. Mit dieser Schematisierung ist man jedoch zu weit gegangen. Wie wir diirch die Ergebnisse der Expedition Heinrich wissen, kommen in Central-Celebes zwei Collocalia-Arten nebeneinander vor : eine kleinere mit scharf ausgepragtem weisslichgrauen Biirzelband, die von Stresemann als C fraricica sororwm beschrieben wiirde, und eine grossere, deren ganze Oberseite einfarbig Lst und die von Riley den Namen C. francica aenigma erhielt. Wahrend C. sororum von alien C'oZtocaiia-Formen der Kleinen Siuidainseln, der Philippinen luid von Borneo fundamental abweicht, lasst sich G . aenigma unserer Meinung nach ohne Zwang an C. francica vestita (Borneo) und C. francica micans (Kleine Sunda-Inseln) anschliessen. Es erhebt sich nun die Frage, ob C. sororum nahe Verwandte auf den Molukken hat, ob sie also etwa von Osten her auf Celebes eingewandert ist, imd ob fiir C. aenigma das gleiche gilt. Hemrichs Sammlung Karte 3. — Verbreitung des Rassenkreises Collocnlia vanikoren^is im Raum zwischen Celebes und Bismarck-Archipel. — Rassen : (1) vanikorensis (Quoy & Gaim.) ; (2) steini (Stres. & Pal.) ,• (3) baru Stres. & Pal. ; (4) waigeuensis Stres. & Pal. ; (5) hirundUiacea Stres. ; (6) mayri Hart. ; (7) pseudovestita Stres. ; (8) excelsa Og. Grant ; (9) inoluccarum Stres. ; (10) injuscala Salvad. ; (11) cerome/ist« van Oort ; (12) sororum Stres. ; (\i) terrae-regiiias Ra,ms. von Halmahera erlaubt es, diese Frage zu beantworten und damit die Taxonomie der CoOocalien wieder ein Stiick welter zu bringen. Auf den Nord-Molukken (Ternate, Halmahera) lebt nur eine Art grauer Collocalien ; dies ist C. infuscata Salvador!, von welchen Herr Heinrich eine Serie von 5 Stiick am Vulkan Gomkonora auf Nordhalmahera sammelte. Diese Exemplare sind ausserst interessant. Sie offenbaren namlich, dass die Biirzel- farbung auf Halmahera in iiberraschender Weise variiert. Es gibt dort Individuen mit sehr licht weissgrauem Biirzelband, die fast genau so aussehen wie C. sororum, imd daneben andere, denen jede Aufhellung in der Biirzelregion voUig fehlt und welche dadurch tauschend ahnlich sind den Salanganen von Ncuguinea, die man bisher in den Rassenkreis C. fuciphaga einbezogen hat. Die gleiche Variabilitat der Biirzelfarbung hat bereits Pleske {Melanges Biol., Bull. Acad. Sci. SI. Peters- bourg, xii, 1884, p. 121) bei C. infuscata auf Ternate gefunden. C. infuscata zeigt also, dass C. sororum ein Einwanderer von Osten her ist und mit den dunkel- 166 NOVITATES ZoOLOGICAi; XXXVIII. 1!I32. biirzligen Collocalien von Neuguinea in einen Rassenkreis gestellt werden muss. Dieser Rassenkreis lasst sich nach Osten iiber Neuguinea hinaus verfolgen. Es gehort dahin mindestens noch C. vanikoreiisis Quoy & Gaimard, welche von Vanicoro beschrieben wurde und tins in einer Serie vom Bismarck-Archipel vorliegt. Wahrend es auf Neuguinea ausser der riesigen Collocalia whiteheadi unseres Wissens keine andere " graue " Collocalia-Ait gibt, lebt im Bismarck-Archipel neben C. vanikorensis noch eine zweite, kleinere Art. die nicht wie C. vanikorensis eine einfarbige Oberseite, sondern einen scharf markierten weisslichen Biirzel hat : C. reichenowi, von friiheren Autoren in den Rassenkreis C.francica gestellt. Diese hellbiirzlige Gruppe ist ausser vom Bismarck-Archipel auch von den Salomonen, den Fiji-Insehi, Tonga- luid Samoa-Inseln bekannt, lasst sich dagegen vom Bismarck-Archipel aus nicht mit Sicherheit weiter nach Westen verfolgen. '^ o^ Karte 4. — Verbreituiig von Collocalia spodiopygia reichenowi Stres. Es ist nicht moglich, sie an die Gruppe C. francica anzuschliessen, und man tut daher gut, C. reichenoivi und die ilir nahestehenden Rassen unter dem altesten Namen C. spodiopygia zusammenzufassen. Es bleibt nmi zu untersuchen iibrig, wie die dunkelbiirzligen Collocalien des papuanischen Gebietes, welche nach Westen zu in hellbiirzlige iibergehen, zu benennen sind. Wir haben gesehen, dsiss sie weder zu C. fuciphaga noch zu C. francica noch zu C. spodiopygia gestellt werden konnen. Das zwingt zu der Annahme eines weiteren Rassenkreises, der nach der altesten hierhergehorigen Form C. vanikorensis genannt werden muss. Zur westlichen Gruppe von C. vanikorensis gehoren die folgenden Formen : 1. C. vanikoreiisis vanikorensis Quoy & Gaimard. Verbreitung : Bismarck-, Louisiade- und D'Entrecasteaux-Archipel, Santa Cruz, Neue Hebriden. Biirzel gleichfarbig mit Riicken, Tarsus stets unbefiedert, Ohrdecken sehr hell im Gegensatz zu fast alien Rassen von Neuguinea und seinen Inseln. Fliigel 116-123 mm. NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 167 2. C. vanikorensis sleini subsp. nov. Verbreitiing : Niimfor. Typus : ? ad., Numfor 14. April 1931, G. Stein leg. Nr. 734. 732. 18. IV. ^1- Fl. 118; ,Sc hw. 43/55 Gew. 11,5 717. 20. IV. Jobi und Saruwagedgebirge. Weisser Fleck an der Wurzel der Innenfahne der ausseren Steuerfedern gross und rein weiss. Collocalia esculenta spilura Gray. Bauch nicht reinweiss wie bei viridinitens, sondern infolge der grossen schwarzen Federzentren schwarzgrau gesprenkelt. Weisser Fleck an der Basis der Innenfahne der ausseren Steuerfedern kleiner als bei viridinitens oder ganz fehlend (1 Exemplar). Kehl- und Brustfedern ohne den starken metallisch griinen Glanz von viridinitens. Von Halmahera-Exemplaren vermogen wir nach Farbung xnid Grosse nicht zu trennen die Serie von Numfor, walirend das einzige Exemplar von Waigeu auf Oberseite, Fliigel imd Schwanz durch intensiven violettblauen statt griinlichblauen Schiller hochst auffallig abweicht, aber es mag sich um erne individuelle Variation handeln. Collocalia esculenta subsp. Ein Stiick aus Japen, 3 vom Sepikgebiet und 4 vom Saruwagedgebirge unterscheiden sich scharf von der Serie aus Numfor durch den reinweissen 200 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. in:!2. Bauch. Sie gleichen ua dieser Hinsicht der Celebes -Rasse. Flugellange : 97,5-101-103-105-106-108-109 mm. Mit den Exemplaren aus Deutsch Neuguinea stimmen in Grosse und Farbimg ziemlich gut iiberein zwei Exemplare aus dem Weylandgebirge, sie unterscheiden sich aber von alien anderen von luis untersuchten Exemplaren aus Neuguinea dadurch, dass die weisse Zeichnung auf die Basalregion der Innenfahnen der "2. und 3. Steuerfedern beschrankt ist und auf den aussersten Steuerfedern voUig fehlt. Durcb dieses Merkmal nahern sie sich der Rasse C. e. nitens O. -Grant, welche nach einem Exemplar vom Utakwafluss (2900 Fuss) beschrieben worden ist und sich ausser durch geringe Grosse (Fl. 92 mm.) durch volUgen Mangel der weissen Zeichnung an den Schwanzfedern auszeichnen soli. Wahrscheinlich gibt es auf Neuguinea viel mehr unterscheidbare Rassen als wir bisher wissen, die ausgepragteste darunter ist wohl C. e. maxima Og. -Grant, die nach einem Stiick vom Utakwafluss (8000 Fuss) beschrieben worden ist. tjber die geographi- sche Variation auf den Salomon -Inseln vgl. Mayr, Amer. Mns. Nov. 486, 1931, pp. 15-17. Collocalia vanikorensis steini Stres. & Pal. Gesammelt von : Stem. Siehe unter Waigeu. Podargus papuensis papuensis Quoy & Gaim. Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, Beccari, Stein. 954. 11. IV. $1. FI. 275 ; Schw. 253 ; Gew. 335 936. 25. IV. $1. „ 252 ; „ 231 ; „ 225 950. 14. IV. $1. „ 282; „ 273; „ 300 In der Grosse gut iibereinstimmend mit einer Serie von Jobi ; dagegen ist em altes ? von Manokwari (Stein leg. Nr. 603) mit FI. 304, Schw. 292, Gew. 375 grosser. Die Oberseite der drei Numforweibchen erscheint auffallig dunkel, und der Oberkopf hat deutlichere gelbUchweisse Fleckung, als das bei imserer Jobiserie der Fall ist, doch mochten wir auf diese Tatsache angesichts der grossen individu- ellen VariabUitat von Podargus papuensis kein Gewicht legen. Merops ornatus Latham. Gesammelt von : Doherty (Mai 1897). Eurystomus orientalis pacificus (Latham). Gesammelt von : Doherty (Mai 1897). Alcyone azurea lessonii Cassin. Gresammelt von : Beccari. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 201 Tanysiptera carolinae Schlegel. Tanysiptera carolinae Schlegel, Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk. vol. iv, p. 13 (1871 — Nurafor). Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, A. B. Meyer, Beccari, Doherty, Stein. (J (J ad. (29. III.-24. IV.) Fl. 105..5-106-107=-108-109,5-I102-110,.5-111. Schw. 170-174-184-187-197-202. Gew. 63-63.5-64-65,5-692. ?? ad. (29. III.-22. IV.) Fl. 106.5-107,5-108-109-109,5-110,5-112-113. Schw. 152-161-162-174. Gew. 64,5-65,2-68,5-71,7-742-75. ; 9,2 415. 450 „ 6. III. 2„. .. 52; — ., 16 9.2 592. 850 ,. 15. III. $0- .. 51 ; 34; 14, 5; .. S.l Da die Fliigellangen der Vogel von Jobi, Rubi, Manokwari, Sattelberg imd Aruinseln alle innerhalb der Variationsgrenzen der Sepikvogel liegen, muss man wohl alle diese Populationen M. n. nigrita nennen und M. n. meyeri Salvad. (Sepik, Manokwari) sowie M. n. pluto Forbes (Jobi, Miosnom) als Synonyme betrachten. Mageninhalt : kleine Insekten (390). NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 221 Oew. 12 „ 13,5 „ - (? !). ,. 11 Toxorhamphus iliolophus iliolophus (Salvad.). Mdilestes iliolophus Salvador!, Ann. Miis. Civ. Gen. vol. vii, p. 951 (1876 — Miosnom). Gesammelt von : Beccari, Doherty, Stein. 532. 850 m. 12. III. cJi- M. 68 ; 525. 850 „ 12. VI. Jo- .. 65,5; 506. 850 ., 12. III. " , 47: ~ 483. 450 m. 9. III. ?»• „ 50; 7,7 Serui. 26. II. ?o. „ 45,5; 6,6 Die Rasse ist auf Japen beschrankt. tJber die Rassengliederung siehe Stresemann, Arch, filr Naiurgesch. 1923, A. 7, p. 66. No. 221 : " Juv. von No. 220, wurde gefiittert. Nur kleine Insekten im Magen." Melanocharis nigra unicolor Salvad. .Uelanocharis unicolor Salvadori, Ann. JIiis. Civ. Gen. vol. xii, p. 333 (1878 — Jobi). Melanocharis bicolor Ramsay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N,S.W. vol. iii, p. 277 (1879 — Goldie River, SO- Neuguinea). Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, Beccari, Stein. 498. 600 m. 10. III. . 54; 10,5 Jobi ist die terra typica dieser Rasse, die man jetzt auch vom Cyclopen- gebirge und vom Sepikgebiet kennt. Unsere drei Sepikstiicke stimmen ganz mit denen von Japen Iiberein. Cracticus cassicus (Bodd.) Gesammelt von : Doherty, Stem. Serui. 26. II. J^. 3,. 335. 302. 178. 26. II. 25. II. 17. II. $1- Fl. 179 ; „ 175; ,. 171 ; Gew. 165,2 „ 163 ; „ 152 Fliigelmauser. Cracticus quoyi quoyi (Lesson). Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Stein. 177. Serui. 17. II. $2. Fl. 184 ; Gew. 200 295. „ 25. 11. $j. „ 176 ; „ 187 Mageninhalt : Insekten ; grosse Zweifliigler (295) ; Insekten, hauptsachlich Kafer (177). Pitohui kirhocephalus jobiensis (A. B. Meyer). Rhecles joMensis Meyer, Sitziiiigshtr. K. Ahiil. Wiss. Ilicii. vol. Ixix, p. 205 (1874 — Jobi). Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Beccari, Bruijn, Guillemard, Doherty, Stein. '. 82 ; Grossgefiedermauser. 81 83 84,2 87 82 87 ; 1. Ja. Kl. (Kehle dunkler, Sclmabel kiirzer). Dies Lst wohl die ausgepragteste endemische Rasse unter den Vogeln von Japen ; sie bewohnt auch die nahe gelegene Insel Kurudu. Auf dem gegeniiber- 15 339. Serui. 26. II. <3i. Fl. 121 ; 176. ,, 17. II. o„. „ 120; 171. ,, 17. II. c3o. „ 119; 4.55. 4i50 ra. 7.111. "cJ?" „ 117; 226. Serui. 20. II. ?.• „ 122; 399. ,, 2. III. $0- „ 115; 200. „ 19. II. ?o. „ 109; 226 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1 IKi^. liegenden Festland wird sie durch die ahnliche, aber viel blassere Rasse meyeri vertreten, welche das Stromgebiet des Maniberaiio mid die Nordkiiste ostwarts bis Takar bewoluit und weiter ostlich diircli die uiilangst beschriebeiie, etwas dunklere Form froteus Hartert [Nova Guinea, Bd. xv, Zoologie, p. 468) ersetzt wird. Letztere reicht ostwarts mindestens bis zuni Cyclopengebirge. Mageninhalt : Beeren, eiiiige ZweiHvigler (:{.'!!•). Fliigeldeckeii von Kiifern, Fruchtfleisch (176), Beeren (171), Insekten (226), Insekten, darunter Kafer (200). Pitohui ferrugineus holerythrus (Salvad.). Rectes holerylhra Salvad., Ann. Mu^. Civ. Gen. vol. xii, p. 474 (1878 — .Jobi). Gesammelt von : Beccari, Bruijn, Doherty. Nach Rothschild & Hartert, Nov. Zool. Bd. x, 1903, p. 97, von P. f. ferru- gineus dadurch unterschieden, dass die rostliche Farbe ober- iind unterseits lebhafter und dunkler ist. Pitohui dichrous dichrous (Bonap.). Gesammelt von : Stein. 362. 4.50 m. 4. III. Ol- Fl. 1(14 ; Gew. 69 516. 450 „ 12. III. 2- Fl. 78 ; Gew. 12,5 510. 850 „ 12. 111. |J2- „ 82,5; ,. 12 571. 850 „ 14. III. (i2- „ 80.5; „ — 505. 8.50 „ J -> J J J „ 80,5 ; „ 12,8 520. 850 „ J '7 jjj o'l- „ 77; „ 11.5 543. 850 „ 12. III. T2- ,. 76; „ 11,5 Ganz wie Sepikvogel. NOVITATES ZoOLOGlfAE XXXVIIt. l')32. 229 Rhipidura rufldorsa A. B. Meyer. Rhipidum rufidorsa Meyer, Sitzungsher. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. Ixx, p. 20(1 (1874 — Rubi. .Tobi). Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Bruijn, Doherty, Stein. 364. 450 m. 4. III. ,3".,. Fl. 65 ; Gew. 9,5 425. 450 „ 6. III. cJi. „ 64 ; „ 10 507. 850 „ 12. III. ?„. „ 64 ; „ 9 Mageninhalt : Chitin von Insekten (364, 425). Muscicapa griseosticta (Swinh.). Gesammelt von : Stein. 340. 26. II. ?„. Fl. 83 ; Gew. 16,1 Zugvogel alls Siidost-Sibirien. Mageninhalt : Cliitin, Fliigeldecken von Kafern (340), Chitinteile von Insekten (Manokwari 144). Poecilodi'yas brachyura albotaeniata (A. B. Meyer). Amaurodrt/as alhotaeniata Meyer, Silziini/s'ier. K. Akad. Whs. Wien, vol. Ixix. p. 498 (1874 — Jobil. Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Beccari, Stein. 439. 450 m. 7. III. 1 ? ; Simbang, 1 (5, 1 $ ; Constantin-Hafen, 1 $, 1 ? ; Fried. Wilhelms-Hafen, 1 $ ; Stephansort, 3 (?(?, 1 ? ; Upper Setekwa River, 1 ^ ; Snow Mts., 4 ^S, 2 ?? ; Mt. Goliath, 7 (J(^, 2 ?? ; British New Guinea (Anthony), 1 (^, 1 § ; Nicura, British New Guinea, 1 ? ; Mt. Cameron, Queen Stanley Range, 4 (J(J, 2 $$ ; Owgarra, Anga- bunga River, 1 don MALAYAN LTMANTRIIDAE. I LEPIDOPTERA COLLECTID BY THE British Ornithologrists' Union and Wollaston Expedition* in the Snow IVIountains, Southern Dutch New Guinea WITH TWO COLOURED PLATES By the Hon. WALTER ROTHSCHILD, Ph.D. (LORD ROTHSCHILD) PRICE : £1 5s. (less 20% to Booksellers). A REVISION OF THE LEPIDOPTEROUS FAMILY SPHINGIDAE By the Hon. WALTER ROTHSCHILD, Ph.D., AND KARL JORDAN, M.A.L., Ph.D. PRICE: £10 (less 20% to Booksellers). cxxxT and 972 pages, with 67 Plates. Annual Subscription lo " NomtaUt Zoologicae," £1 5s. Price of completed Volumes, £1 10a. Volume XXV and following issues, £1 16s. (Commianen for Booksellers on completed volumes only.) CoiMmufitcationa, etc., may be addreeeed to THE EDITORS Op " NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE," ZOOLOGICAL MUSEUM, TRIN& Subscribers should give notice of the non-arrival of any numbers immediately upon receipt of the succeeding part, otherwise the missing numbers cannot be replaced free. PRirmu, ev BAzeix. watson and mmkv, ltd., London and atleslurv. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE, H Jounial of Zoology- EDITED BY LORD ROTHSCHILD, Ph.D., F.R.S., Db. ERNST HARTERT, and Dr. K. JORDAN, F.R.S. Vol. XXXVIIL No. 2. Pages 315-383. Issued June 15th, 1933, at the Zoolooical Museum, TBtNo. PRINTED BY HAZBLI>, WATSON & VINEY. LTD., LONDON AND AYLESBDRY. 1933. Vol. XXXVIII. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAR EDITED BY LORD ROTHSCHILD, ERNST HARTERT, and EARL JORDAN, F.R.S. CONTENTS OF NO. II. 1. ON A COLLECTION OF LEPIDOPTERA FROM SPANISH MOROCCO 2. JOURNEY TO ALGERIA AND MAROCCO IN 1929 3. CROSSING THE GREAT ATLAS IN MAROCCO IN 1930 4. TWO NEW SPECIES OF MAZUCA, AN AFRICAN GENUS OF AGARISTIDAE (LEPIDOPTERA) . 5. A NEW SPHIN6ID FROM MADAGASCAR (LEPI- DOPTERA) 6. FOUR NEW FLEAS COLLECTED BY PROFESSOR F. SPILLMANN IN ECUADOR .... 7. TWO NEW SPECIES OF CTENOPHTHALMUS FROM TROPICAL AFRICA (SIPHONAPTERA) . 8. FLEAS COLLECTED BY DR. MAX BARTELS IN JAVA 9. TWO NEW SOUTH AMERICAN BIRD-FLEAS 10. NEW ORIENTAL ANTHRIBIDAE (COLEOPTERA) Lord Rothschild 315—330 Ernst Hartert . 331—335 Ernst Hartert . 336—338 KarlJordan . 339—341 Karl Jordan . 342 KarlJordan . 343—348 KarlJordan . 349—351 KarlJordan . 352—357 KarlJordan . 358—361 KarlJordan . 362—383 dV.^ NOYITATES ZOOLOGICAE Vol. XXXVm. JUNE 1933. No. 2. ON A COLLECTION OF LEPIDOPTERA FROM SPANISH MOROCCO. By lord ROTHSCHILD, Ph.D., F.R.S. T HAVE lately received a small collection from Dr. E. Romei made during June and July 1932 in Spanish Morocco, and as no list of the Lepidoptera of this region appears to have been published, I think it will be of interest to give the list of the specimens received. By far the largest number were collected at Xauen, south-east of Tetuan, and Ketama, considerably farther south-east of Xauen. The other localities where a few of the specimens were captured are Tetuan, 200 m. = 656 ft. ; Cuernos de Xauen, 1,300 m. = 4,264 ft. ; Taghsut (south of Ketama), 1,800 m. = 5,904 ft. ; Assila, 1,800 m. = 5,904 ft. ; Tidiguin, 2,200 m. = 7,216 ft. ; Hauta Kasdir, 1,750 m. = 5,740 ft. The altitude of Xauen is 600 m. = 1,968 ft., and of Ketama 1,500 m. = 4,920 ft. 1. Papilio machaon maxima Verity. Papilio machaon maxima Verity. Bliop. Palaearct. p. 296, pi. lii, f. 2 (1911) (gen. vern.) (Tangier). Papilio machaon maxima gen. aest. angiilata Verity, I.e. p. 296. pi. Ix. f. 14 (1911) (Tangier). The specimen sent to Tring is slightly smaller than the (J taken by Hartert and Young near Azrou in the Middle Atlas, and the yellow is deeper and duller, but it appears certainly to be a typical example of P. m. maxima gen. aest. angulata. 1 cJ Ketama, 27 July. 2. Papilio podalirius lotteri Aust. Papilio podalirms ab. lotleri Austaut, Petit. Nouv. Entom. ii, p. 233 (1879) (Sidi-Bel-Abbe-s). Papilio feistliameli forma maiira Verity (gen. vern. ex Africa). Rhdf. Palaearct. p. 293, pi. i, ff. 7, 8 (1911) (Lambessa). 1 (^ and 2 $$ came to Tring. One $ (No. 3) has a slight wash of yellow on the white portions of the wings, but very much less than in the gen. vern. maura ex Morocco in the Tring Museum ; the (J and $ (No. 4) are typical lotteri, showing the narrow fulvous band above anal ocellus as opposed to the broader one in Jeisthameli and its spring brood yniegi from north of the western Mediterranean, as does also the $ No. 3. 1 (J, 2 ?? Ketama, 14, 27, 31 July. 21 315 316 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 3. Aporia crataegi manritanica Oberth. Aporia crataegi mauritanica Oberthiir, Stud. Lipid. Comp. iii, p. 120 (1909) (Algeria). Dr. Romei sent me only 1 ?, which agrees perfectly with the series at Tring from Algeria and the lliddle Atlas of Morocco. 1 $ Ketama, 1 July. 4. Ganoris rapae mauritanica (Verity). Pieris rapae mauritanica Verity. Rhop. PaJuearct. p. 155, pi. xxxiii, ff. 43, 44 ; pi. xxxiv, S. 15, 16 (1908) (Algeria text ; Algeria, Morocco, Tunisia, figs.) (figs. 15, 16, pi. xxxiv as leucotera Stef.). The specimens received are all very uniform and typical summer brood = rapae mauritanica, but 1 $ from Ketama (No. 11) has the dark apices of the forewing more strongly po^^■dered with white. 3 c?c?. 4 ?? Ketama, 29 June ; 1, 27 July. 1 ^ Tetuan, 26 June. 5. Leucochloe daplidice daplidice (Linn.). Papilio daplidice Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. ed. x, p. 468, no. 62 (1758) (Southern Europe and Africa). Dr. Romei sent 4 (J (J, 4 ?? to Tring. If these had been spring brood examples, I should have considered them rather aberrant examples of d. albidice Oberth., but being summer examples I cannot separate them from typical dapli- dice, though one or two exhibit a slight yellowish tinge to the green markings below. 4 cJcJ, 4 $9 Ketama, 29 June ; 9, 12 July. 6. Colias electo croceus (Geoff.). Papilio croceus Geoffroy, in Fourcroy, Enlom. Par. ii, p. 2.">0 (1785) (Paris). The Tring Museum received 4 ^J^J, 8 $$, 4 of which belong to the dimorphic white $ form helice. One helice (No. 30) is very small and has extra wide black outer margins with very small submarginal pale spots ; 2 other helice (Nos. 31. 32) have the white tinged with cream buff ; and also 1 orange $ (No. 29) has also very broad black outer margins and reduced pale submarginal spots. 4 (J(J, 7 $? (3 ?? helice) Ketama, 29 June ; 4 July ; 1 $ (helice) Tetuan, 26 June. 7. Gonepteryx Cleopatra (Linn.). Papilio Cleopatra Linnaeus, Syst. Xal. cd. xii. p. 765, no. 1(15 (1767) (ex Barbaria). One of the $$ has so little orange flush on the hindwings that it might be mistaken for a $ rhamni meridionalis, if it were not for the checkered fringe of its forewing. 3 (Jc?. 3 ?? Ketama, 4, 9, 12 July ; 1 (^ Taghsut, 3 August ; 1 $ Cuernos de Xauen, 21 July. 8. Gonepteryx rhamni meridionalis Rober. Gonepteryx rhamni meridionalis Ruber, in .Seitz, Grossschmett. Erde, i, p. 61 (1007) (Algeria and S. Asia Minor). The Tring Museum has received 4 cJ(^, 4 $9 of this southern race of O. rhamni fi'om Dr. Romei. Rober has united the North African rhamni with those of South Asia Minor ; unfortunately the Tring Museum only possesses 1 (J, 1 9 from NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 317 Asia Minor, so I feel unable to give an opinion ; but this pair has larger orange stigmata on the forewings than either Algerian or Moroccan examples, so that I think it would be wise to restrict the name meridionalis to the N.W. African examples and await further material from Asia Minor. This insect is by no means common in Algeria, and in the Middle and Great Atlas of Morocco is excessively scarce, Dr. Hartert having only caught 2 ^J^J on his four excursions. 4 (J,^, 4 9? Ketama, 29 June ; 4, 6, 18, 29 July. 9. Pyrameis cardui (Linn.). Papiho cardui Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. ed. x, p. 475, no. 107 (17.58) (Europe and Africa). One of the specimens received is normal in size and very bright coloured, the second a dwarf and paler in coloration. 1 (J Ketama, 18 July ; 1 (J Tetuan, 26 June. 10. Vanessa polychloros erythromelas Aust. Vanessa polychloros var. erylhroniehis Austaut, Le Xaliiriilisle. vii, p. 142 (1885) (Sebdou). 1 (5, 1 9 of rather small size are in the collection. This pair are of an exceptionally bright reddish chestnut ground colour, but it requues a much larger series before it would be safe to sef)arate the form from Spanish Morocco. 1 (J, 1 $ Ketama, 4, 31 July. 11. Argynnis maja seitzi Fruhst. Argynnis nuija seitzi Fruhstorfer, Intern. Entom. Zeitsrhr. Guben, ii, p. 6!) (1908) (Alger). Although the carmine underside of forewings is extremely bright and the green wash above is very strong in the specimens received, I do not think the Spanish Moroccan examples can be separated from the Algerian typical m. seitzi. 2 ^^, 3 $$ Ketama, 27 July ; 1 (J, 1 $ Assila, 10 July ; 1 S, Tidiguin, 29 July. 12. Argynnis elisa auresiana Fruhst. Argynnis adippe auresiana Fruhstorfer, Intern. Entom. Zeitschr. Guben, ii, p. 69 (19(J8) (Aures Mts.). In Nov. ZooL. xxxvi (1931), p. 194, I treated this insect as a separate species, as I had akeady done in vol. xxiv of the same journal (1917). This arose from my having overlooked Herr Reuss's article in the D. Entom. Zeitschr. 1922. I now hasten to correct this error and place this insect under its correct name as the mainland form of elisa Godart. It is nearer to the Corsican elisa stechei Vogt, but differs from both island forms of elisa by its very large size and rich green underside of the underwing. Dr. Romei sent 5 ^,^, 1 $ of this insect, which, though very red, agree very well with the deeper coloured Algerian examples. 1 J (No. 185) is very large. 3 cJcJ Ketama, 18, 27 July ; 1 cJ, 1 ? Taghsut, 3 July, 3 Aug. ; 1 <^ Tidiguin, 29 July. 13. Argynnis aglaia excelsior subsp. nov. Differs from .4. a. hjauteyi Oberth. in its larger size (So), and the intense fox-red of the upperside, not rufous cinnamon buff as in lyauteyi. Below the salmon rufous of the forewing is much more intense and the buffy yellow trans- 318 • NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. verse post median band on tlie hindwings is broader, and in cJ $ the green is more washed with olive. In the $ the buffy yellow patch above vein 5 of hind- wing below of lyauteyi is almost absent in excelsior. Tegulae bro-miish rose, not oUve brown. (J (Type) forewing 37 mm., expanse 81 mm. 6 ^(3 Ketama, 4, 18, 27, 31 July ; 1 ? Taghsut, 3 July. 14. Argynnis lathonia lathonia (Limi.). Papilio lalhoniti Linnaeus. Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 481. no. 141 (17.58) (Europe). All 8 examples are very large and highly coloured, but cannot be separated_ from the typical race. 4 c?c?. 4 ?? Ketama, 29 June ; 1, 4, 18, 27 July. 15. Melitaea phoebe occitanica Stdgr. Melitaea phoehe v. occitanica Staudinger, Cat. Lep. ed. ii (1871) (" It." ex errore pro lb.). The four specimens are rather small and dusky, being evidently the summer brood. Dr. Hartert's series from the Middle Atlas of Morocco are of a slightly mixed character, some being more like phoebe punica Oberth., others more like ph. occitanica, evidently an intermediate race, though in my articles on Dr. Hartert's collection I treated his whole series as ph. punica. 1 ^, 2 ?? Ketama, 12, 18, 27 July ; 1 $ Assila, 16 July. ic. Melitaea didyma mauretanica Oberth. Mditaea didijim forma mauretanira Obertluir. Etiirt. JJpid. Coinp. iii, p. 243 (1909) (Algeria, Spain). 4 (J (^, 1 $ are in the collection ; they are fine large examples of typical mauretanica, the $ being especially tyjDical. Oberthiir includes Spanish didyma under his name mauretanica, but they are not identical with North African examples. I have shown (Nov. Zool. xxiv, pp. 99, 100) that these Spanish examples must bear the name of d. occidentalis Stdgr. All 5 are very brilliant in colour. 2 (JcJ, 1 ? Ketama, 29 June, 1 July ; 2 ^^ Cuernos de Xauen, 21 July. 17. Satyrus (Nytha) alcyone caroli nom. nov. Satyrus alcyone maroccana Oberthiir, Eliid. Lipid. Coiiip. xvii. Planches, Expl. des Pis. PI. C, p. 48, PI. C. Phot. (1920) (Foret d'Azrou, Middle Atlas). I have hitherto through error kept this race of S. alcyone under Mr. Charles Uberthiir's name of S. alcyone maroccana (see Nov. ZooL. xxxvi, j). 195, no. 14 (1931)) ; but it has to be given a new name, as that of maroccana was given to S. atlantis by Mr. Meade-Waldo in 1905. The 3 (J(^, 3 $9 are very dark and dusky and agree with the description of Ml'. Oberthiir. 1 cJ, 1 $ Ketama, 29 June, 18 July ; 1 (J, 1 ? Assila, IG July ; 1 (J, 1 ? Tidiguin, 29 July. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 319 18. Satyrus (Chazara) briseis major Oberth. Salynts briseis var. major Obertliiir, l^tiul, Kntom. i, p. 27 (1870) (Boghari). There are at Tring 3 cJJ. 2 $$ of this species ; they are decidedly smaller than Dr. Hartert's Azrou examples, 1 $ (No. 79) being even small for typical briseis, but the other $ (No. 80) is as big as average b. major from Batna, so I think we can safely register these 5 examples under b. major. 1 (J Taghsut, 3 Aug. ; 3 ^JcJ. 1 ? Cuernos de Xauen, 21 July. 19. Satyras (Satyras) sylvicola sylvicola Aust. Satyrus sylvicola Austaut., Le Naturaliste, ii, p. 28-1 (1880) (Sebdou). 1 (J Ketama, 3 July ; 2 j^'c? Taghsut, 3 Aug. 20. Satyrus (Satyrus) fidia subsp. ? Until I treated oi fidia Linn, in Nov. Zool. xxiv, p. 106 (1917), most authors had treated the fidia from S. Euroj)e as being typical, whereas in Syst. Nat. ed. xii, p. 770, no. 138, Linnaeus gives Barbaria (= Algeria) as sole habitat. There are 3 ^^ m the collection, of which 1 (No. 69) has the veins on the underside of hindwing white as m fidia fidia (=/. albivenosa Aust.), while the other two show no signs of these white veins. Lentil we can compare a large series from Spanish Morocco, it is impossible to separate these from typical fidia, but those found in the neighbourhood of Gibraltar show no signs of these white veins and otherwise agree with these 3 from Spanish Morocco. 3 (^(J Cuernos de Xauen, 21 July. 21. Satyrus (Cercyonis) abdelkader romeii subsp. nov. (J. Differs from a. abdelkader in being larger and considerably darker. The ocelH on forewing larger and the white dots also larger, but not so dark as (J a. lambessann-s. Forewing 39 mm., expanse 83 mm. Unfortunately only 1 (J was sent, but it is too distinct to be overlooked. (S. a. nelvai occiu-s in the Middle Atlas, and S. a. lambessanvs in the Great Atlas of Morocco, thus reversing the state of distribution as found in Algeria. 1 (^ Cuernos de Xauen, 21 July. 22. Satyrus (Minois) actaea simillima Rothsch. Satijrit.s actaea similliiiia Rothschild, Nov. Zoul. xx.wi, p. 19.3, no. Hi (lO.'ll ) (El Hajeb, Middle Atlas). When I described this race from the specimens taken by Dr. Hartert and Mr. Meade-Waldo I overlooked Lucas's actaea maroccaiia {Bull. Soc. Entom. France, 1920), but the descriptions of both ^ $ are so different that I have no hesitation in upholding my simillima. I cannot separate these Spanish Moroccan examples from those from other parts of the Atlas, though the 9? on the hind- wings below are a little greyer, less blackish. They show no signs of the white central band of a. nevadensis . 3 (5' J, 2 $? Taghsut, 3 Aug. 320 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 23. Melanargia galathea meade-waldoi Rothsch. Melamirgia galathea meade-imldoi Rothschild, Xov. Zool. xxiv, p. 110, no. .54a (1917) (Tamarouth, Morocco). Dr. Romei's specimens agree very well with Central Atlas examples collected by Dr. Hartert and Mr. Meade-Waldo ; but the black areas, if anvthing, are more extensive, thus approaching Turkish g. procida as opposed to Hungarian g. procida. 5 cJcJ. 3 $$ Ketama, 29 June ; 1, -1 July. 24. Pararge maera adrasta (Hiibn.). Papilio maera adrasta Hiibner, Samml. Eur. Schnull. i, ff. 8,36-839 (1805) (South Europe ?). Three names have been applied to two of the Moroccan races of maera. In 1917 (Nov. Zool. xxiv, p. 112, no. 57) I described the race obtained by Mr. Meade-Waldo in the Great Atlas as maera meade-waldoi ; this is a large race, as big as the usual adrasta from Europe ; then in 1922 (Etitd. Lepid. Comp. xix, p. 81) Charles Oberthiir (ignoring my description, as there was no figure) renamed the Great Atlas form viaera alluamli ; on p. 82 of the same work he applies the name of Pararge maera var. nevadensis Oberth. to the Middle Atlas race of maera. The 2 (J^ sent by Dr. Romei do not agree with the ^J from the Middle Atlas figured in the above work, pi. dxxxii, f. 4423, by Oberthiir, but agree well with examples taken in Andalusia by Signor Zuerci which are the true maera nevadensis Oberth., but appear to me hardly if at all separable from maera adrasta. The Middle Atlas race called m. nevadensis by Oberthiir is distinguished from true nevadensis = adrasta by the (J being almost the same colour above as the $ ; but I refrain from naming it, as only 1 (J so far is known. 1 cj Ketama, 4 July ; 1 cJ Cuernos de Xauen, 21 July. 25. Pararge megera megera (Linn.). Papilio megera Llrmaeus, Syst. Nut. ed. xii, p. 771, no. 142 (1767) (Austria, Dania). 2 $$ Ketama, 4, 27 July ; 3 (J^J Cuernos de Xauen, 21 July. 26. Pararge aegeria meone (Stoll). Papilio meone Stoll, in Cramer, Pap. E.vot. iv. p. .")1, t. cccxiv, ff. E. F. (1780) (Alger). 4 cJcJi 3 9$ were sent to Tring of this insect, and though some are less heavily marked than most Algerian examples, they are not aegeria aegeria. 4 SS, 3 ?? Ketama, 29 June ; 12, 18, 27, 31 July. 27. Epinephele lycaon mauretanica (Oberth.). Salyrus eudora var. mauretanica Oberthiir, Stud. Etom. vi, p. 58 (1881) (Sebdou, Lambeze). 3 (?(?, 5 $9 Ketama, 29 June ; 1, 4, 18, 31 July. 28. Epinephele maroccana Blach. Epinephele lymon var. maroccana Blachier, Ann. Sac. Entom. France. Ixxvii. p. 216, pi. iv. {. 5 (1908) (Moroccan Atlas). Because the late Monsieur Ch. Blachier described this species as a race of lycaon instead of as a distinct species Oberthiir renamed it. This under the rules NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 321 is not admissible, and this insect must stand under the name rnaroccana as, Blachier's name has twelve years priority. • 2 (J(;J Cuernos de Xauen, 21 July. 29. Epinephele jurtina hispulla (Hiibn.). Papilio hispulla Hubner, Samml. Eur. Sdimelt. i. Taf. 116, ff. .593-596 (1805) (Portugal). There are in this collection 4 (^(^, 4 9? ; the i^,^ appear quite typical, but $ No. 115 has the orange in cell and on disc reduced, $ No. 116 is a dwarf. 4 (JcJ, 4 ?$ Ketama, 29 June ; 1, 18 July. 30. Epinephele ida ida (Esp.). Papilio ida Esper, Eiirop. Schmeit. i, pt. 2. p. 184, no. 176, pi. xcii, f. 2 (cont. xlii) (1777) (Pyrenees). 4 (^(J, 4 $9 Cuernos de Xauen, 21 July. 31. Epinephele tithonus distincta subsp. nov. Differs from tithonii.^ decolorata Fruhst. in the brighter deeper yellow on the underside of the hind wings, with the ocelli and other portions of the pattern picked out in deeper browns. Above the orange fulvous is deejaer. Similar specimens collected by Signor Querci in Portugal are in the Tring Museum. 3 <^ (5', 3 99 Ketama, 9, 12, 27 July ; 6 Aug. 32. Coenonympha fettigi inframaculata Oberth. Coenonympha fettigi inframaculata Oberthiir, t:uid. Lepid. Comp. xi.t, p. 87 (1922) (Fort Toumliline, Morocco). Dr. Romei sent a very fine series of this rare insect. They all show the large patch of white on the hindwing below, and most of them have the white line running from it along the transverse band much broader than in fettigi or /. iiolli. Above they vary much in the ^^J, some having the forewing uniform fuscous, thence running through all stages to a broad rufous postmedian band. 12 ^S, 5 99 Ketama, 4, 9, 12, 14, 18, 21, 31 July; 6 Aug. 33. Coenonympha pamphilus lyllus (Esp.). Papilio lyllus Esper, Europ. Schmell. i, pt. ii. Forts, pi. cxxii (cont. 77), ff. 1, 2 (1777) (?). Three of the 99 (Nos. 163, 154, 156) have very broad, almost black, borders to both pairs of wings, as also has 1 (J (No. 149) ; this is ab. marginata Stdgr. 3 (J (J, 4 99 Ketama, 1, 4, 8, 9, 18 July, 6 Aug. ; 1 ^J Taghsut, 3 July. 34. Thecia Uicis mauretanica Stdgr. Theda iliris var. mauretanica Staudinger, Iris, v. p. 279, no. 11 (1S92) (Tunis). There are in the collection 7 cJ^J, 4 9? of this butterfly. The 7 ^^ above are very dark, because they are very fresh ; 3 9? show an approach to ab. cerri Hiibn. ; and 1 9 (No. 209) is ab. auronitens Seitz ; this latter also is conspicuous by the absence of all markings on the underside of both fore- and hindwings, except a single red dot at tornus of hindwing and a shadowy indication of the white line on the hindwings. Some of both Algerian and Moroccan examples show the traces of and even complete narrow white hnes on forewings. 7 (J (J, 4 99 Ketama, 26 June ; 9, 12, 18, 27 July. Q22 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIIT. 1933. 35. Chrysophanus phloeas phloeas (Linn.). Papilio phloeas Linnaeus, Faun. Suec. ed. ii, p. 285 (1761) (Swfdi-n). Dr. Romei sent 6 ^^, 4 ??. 1 (J (No. 215) and 1 ? (No. 218) show a few blue spots behind the submarginal fiery bands of the hindwings above. 4 cJ(J, 4 ?? Ketama, 6 June, 1, 9, 27 July, 6 Aug. ; 2 (^ ^ Tetuan, 26 June. 30. Lampides boeticus (Linn.). Papilio boeticus Linnaeus, Si/st. Nat. ed. xii, i, p. 789, no. 226 (1767) (Barbaria, = Algeria). One of the $? is gigantic ; the following are the measurements of the 4 examples : ^ (No. 220) Forewing 17 mm., expanse 38 mm. $ (No. 223) ,, 16 mm., ,, 35 mm. $ (No. 222) „ 17 mm., „ 38 mm. $ (No. 221) ., 20 mm., ,, 45 mm. 1 (^, 3 ?? Ketama, 1, 4, 9 July. 37. Tarucus telecanus (Lang). Papilio lelecanm Lang, Verz. Schimlt. ed. ii, p. 47 (1789) (Augsburg). One of the specimens (No. 227) is very large. 4 ^S, 4 ?? Ketama, 1, 4, 9, 18, 31 July. 38. Lycaena astrarche calida Bell. Lycaena agestis var. calida Bellier de la Chavignerie, Ann. Soc. Enl. France (ser. iv), ii, p. 61.5, no. 2 (1862) (Corsica). The name calida applies to the Mediterranean race as a whole and ornata Stdgr. is to be used only for the spring brood. One of Dr. Romei's $$ (No. 235) is similar to the (J,^. 3 iJcJ, 9 ?$ Ketama, 1, 3, 12, 18, 27 July ; 6 Aug. 39. Lycaena icaras celina Aust. Lycaena celina Austaut. Pel. Nouv. Enlom. ii, p. 293. no. 212 (1879) (Sidi-Bel-Abbes). The chief difference between icarus celina and icarws icarus is the marginal row of black dots on the hindwings. In Moroccan examples both from the Middle and Northern Atlas these dots are smaller and less strongly marked than in Algerian specimens, but they must be treated as celina all the same, as the spots are certainly quite apparent. The 3 $? sent are decidedly small, but 2 (J (J (Nos. 246 and 251) are veritable dwarfs ; the cj (No. 241) measures forewing 12 mm., expanse 27 mm. 5 cJcJ. 2 ?? Ketama, 9, 18, 27 July ; 1 ^, 1 9 Cuernos de Xauen, 21 July. 40. Lycaena amanda abdelazis Oberth. Lycaena amanda abdelazis Oberthiir, Elud. Lipid. Cmnp. .xix, pt. 1, p. 108 (1922) (Sebbab Valley. Middle Atlas). 1 cannot find any trace of a description by Blachier, so I enter this subspecies under Oberthiir's reference, as Mr. Meade-Waldo only quotes it under amanda. 2 (^cj, 1 ? Ketama, 1, 4, 9 July. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 323 41. Lycaena argiolus algirica Oberth. Lycrtena argiolus var. alfjirica Oberthur, f^tnd. Lepid. f'omji. x, p. 401 (1915) (Algeria). The greater extent of black in the outer half of the wings on the upperside of the 9 distinguishes this race. 4 (J (J, 4 $$ Ketama, 9, 12, 18 July. 42. Adopaea thaumas thaumas (Hufn.). Papilio Ihainnas Hufnagel, Berl. Mug. ii. p. 62 (IVfiG) (Berlin). One of the $$ (No. 271) is very large (forewing 17 mm., expanse 39 mm.). 4 cJcJ, 4 ?? Ketama, 29 June ; 4, 6, 9 July. 43. Adopaea acteon acteon (Rott.). Papilio acteon Rottemburg, Nalurf. vi. p. 31), no. 18 (1775) (Landsberg a.d. Warthe). 1 c?, 2 ?$ Ketama, 29 June ; 12, 18 July. 44. Adopaea hamza (Oberth.). Hesperia haviza Oberthiir, Slnd. Enloiii. i, p. 28, pi. iii, ff. 2a, b (1876) (Oran). 1 $ Ketama, 29 June. 45. Carcharodus marrubii marrubii (Ramb.). Pamphila marrubii Rambur. Fuune Enloin. Anihd. ii. p. 323, no. 3 (on pi. 12, ff. 3, 4, as Syrichtus baeticus). Only 3 specimens were sent. 2 (JcJ, 1 ? Ketama, 29 June, 18 July. 46. Carcharodus lavatherae lavatherae (Esp.). Papilio lavatherae Esper, Europ. SchmeU. i, pt. 2, p. 148. no. 149, pi. ixxxii (cont. xxxii), f. 4 (1777- 1780) (France and Switzerland). Dr. Romei sent only 2 examples, so he found it apparently rare. This is, I consider, typical lavatherae, as neither specimen shows any sign of the red found in I. mternirufu.s Rothsch. from West Algeria. 2 (J(^ Cuernos de Xauen, 21 July. 47. Carcharodus stauderi romeii subsp. nov. Differs from stauderi stauderi gen. aest. fulvissima Verity by the blackish, not rich brown, ground colour, the greyish markings similar to gen. aest. stauderi, and the deep red smear above vein 1 of forewing. 3 cJcJ Ketama, 29 June, 9 July. 48. Hesperia numida (Oberth.). Syrichthus alpeus-niiynida Oberthiir, Stud. Lepid. Coinp. 4, p. 404, pi. Iv, ff. 484-486 (1910) (Lambtee). 1 (^ Assila, 16 July. 49. Hesperia onopordi Ramb. Hesperia onopordi Rambur, Faune Andal. p. 319, no. 4. pi. viii, f. 13 (1842) (Granada). 6 ^^, 3 ?? Ketama, 9, 12, 31 July, 6 Aug. ; 1 J Assila, 16 July. 324 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 50. Hesperia all (Oberth.). Si/richthm ali Oberthiir, £tiid. Enlom. vi. pt. iii. p. 61. pi. ii, f. 3 (1881) (Provinces Oran and Con- stantine). The 5 specimens in the collection show sUght variation towards Spanish examples of sao [giiadarramevsis Warr.) below, but are certainly true ali ; all 5 are tj'pical ali gen. aest. therapnoides Oberthr. The only difference from Algerian ali is that the spots on the upperside are more whitish, less yellow. 2 cJcJ, 2 $$ Ketama, 29 June, 12 July ; 1 jj Tetuan, 26 June. 51. Zygaena trifolii seriziati Oberth. Zygaena seriziali Oberthiir. £tu(l. Enlom. i, p. 33 (ISTti) (C'ollo). Dr. Romei sent 8 examples ; they are not quite typical in so far that some of the five (^(J have the red of the hindwings reduced almost as much as in trifolii nigra Dz. (I have found that all seriziati from the higher " Kabylie " are nigra, therefore 7iigra is not a simple aberration, but what Staudinger calls " var. et ab.," and therefore it must stand as a subspecies), and one $ has the red on hindwings reduced to as little as in normal ^ seriziati. 5 cJcJ, 3 9? Ketama, 29 June ; 6, 9, 12, 18 July. 52. Zygaena trifolii difhisemarginata subsp. nov. (J$. Differs from /. syracusiae in the dark border of the hindwings being very much wider. 3 JcJ. 3 ?? Hauta Kasdir, 15, 19 July (ex coll. Ferrer). 53. Thaumatopoea pityocampa pityocampa (Schiff. & Den.). Phalaena pityocampa SchifferuiiilkT & Denis, Aiikiiiul. Syst. ferz. SchmeU. Wien, p. 58 (1775) (Vienna). In Nov. ZooL. xxiv, p. 349, no. 54, I unfortunately referred the Algerian specimens of this species to typical pityocampa, whereas they should have been referred to the subspecies pityocampa orana Stdgr. & Rbl. (Cat. Lep. p. 113, no. 875a). The 2 specimens from Ketama are not orana and agree perfectly with examples from Spain and Portugal. 2 <^(^ Ketama, 1 July. 54. Notolophus splendida (Ramb.). Orgya splendida Rambur, Faune Eiitom. And. ii, pi. ITi, If. 3, 4, 5, 6. and d. (1842) (Andalusia). In Nov. ZooL. xxiv, pp. 350, 351, I discussed Notolophus dubia Tausch, N. splendida (Ramb.), and N. algirica (Luc.) {= josephina Aust.) very carefully, and I then came to the conclusion that Dr. Strand (in Seitz) was wrong in placing all the forms of this group as subspecies of dubia Tausch, and I treated them as 3 species with a number of subspecies of didiia and .7. Verz. Schmett. Wien, p. 72 (1775) (Vienna). I cannot understand why the late William Warren in Seitz uses Vieweg's name which was published thirteen years later than Schiffermiiller's, 1 c? Xauen, 22 July. 65. Chloridea peltigera (Schiff, & Den.). Phalaena peltigera Schiffermiiller & Denis, I.e. p. 89 (1775) (Vienna). The two examples are very sharply marked. 1 (J, 1 ? Xauen, 22 July. 66. Acoutia luctuosa (Schiff. & Den.). Phalaena luctuosa Schiffermiiller & Uenis, I.e. p. 90 (1775) (Vienna). 1 (J Xauen, 22 July. 67. Eublenima parva (Hiibn.). Noctua. parva Hiibner, Samnd. Europ. Schmett. Noct. f. 356 (1808) (Europe). The 5 examples show unusually little individual differences. 1 (J, 3 ?$ Xauen, 22 July ; 1 ^ Ketama, 6 Aug. 68. Eublemma ostrina (Hiibn.). Noctua ostrirui Hiibner, Samml. Eurup. .Schmett. Noct. ff. 309, 648 (1808) (Europe). All 3 examples are t3rpical gen, aest, aestivalis. 1 <^, 2 ?? Xauen, 22 July. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 327 69. Eublemma suava blandula (Ramb.). Nochm blandula Rambiir. (''al. Lepid. And. pi. x, f. 2 (1858) (Andalusia). 1 have only very few tvpical blandula for comparison, so although the 4 examples differ strongly in colour from Rambur's figure, I do not yet venture to separate the Moroccan examples from the Spanish ones. These 4 specimens are very strongly suffused with purple (for further notes see Nov. Zool. xxvii, p. 85, 1920). 2 (^(^, 2 ?? Ketama, 4, 6 July. 70. Synthymia fixa australis (Oberth.). Meloplnia monogramma australis Obcrthiir, tilxJ. Lepid. Comp. xvi, p. 199, pi. xdvii, f. 4137 (1919) (Geryville). The single example agrees well with Oberthiir's figure. 1 ? Xauen, 22 July. 71. Phytometra ganuna (Linn.). Phalaena gamma Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. ed. x, p. 513, no. 91 (1758) (Sweden). The 2 examples are quite typical. 2 (J(J Xauen, 22 July. 72. Autophila ligaminosa (Eversm.). Spintherops ligaminosa Eversmann, Bull. Soc. Imp. Xat. Mosc. 1851, p. 630 (Georgia and Armenia). 1 c?> 2 ?? Ketama, 4, 14, 27 July. 73. Catocala (Ephesia) nymphaea (Esp.). Nochm nymphaea Esper, Schmelt. iv, pt. 1, p. 158, no. 52, pi. cv, f. 4 (1787) (Lyons). 1 $ Ketama, 29 June. 74. Catocala (Ephesia) conversa (Esp.). Noclua conversa Esper, Schmelt. iv, pt. 1. pi. ovB, ft. 1, 2, 3 (1787) (Europe). Three specimens, two of which have a slight olive tint to the yellow on the hindwings. 1 ? Xauen, 22 July ; 1 ^ Cuernos de Xauen, 21 July ; 1 ^J Taghsut, 3 Aug. 75. Parallelia algira (Limi.). Phalaena algira Linnaeus, Sysl. Nat. ed. xii, p. 830, no. 98 (1767) (Algeria). 1 ? Ketama, 14 July ; 3 (JcJ Xauen, 22 July. 76. Chlorissa pulnientaria (Guen.). lee, I, no 1 $ Xauen, 22 July. Nenwria pulmentaria Guenee. in Boisduval & Gucnee. Hi.sl. Nat. Ins. Spec. Gen. Lepid. Uran. et Phal. ix (vol. i), p. 349. no. 541 (1857) (S. France, Dalmatia, Italy). 328 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 77. Rhodostrophia vibicaria strigata Stdgr. Bhodostrophia vibicaria var. (et ab.?) strigata Staudinger. Cat. Lep. ed. ii, p. 1,54, no. 2227a (1871) (Andalusia, N. Persia). The single example is large and agrees with Sicilian specimens. The figure in Seitz is too small. 1 (^ Ketama, 1 July. 78. Scopula marginipunctata (Goeze). PhaUiena Geoiiwtra marginipunctata Goeze, Entovi. Bei/tr. iii. pt. iii, no. 8.5 (1781) (Europe). Of the 3 examples Mr. Prout considers the 2 Xauen specimens are his form argillacea (the Mauretanian race) and the Ketama $ somewhat intermediate ; but I think argillacea can hardly be treated as more than an ab. loc. 1 cj, 1 ? Xauen, 22 July ; 1 $ Ketama, 9 July. 79. Sterrha lambessata (Oberth.). Acidalia lambessata Oberthiir, Bitll. Soc. Ent. France, 1887, p. Ixvii, no. 8 (Lambessa, Algeria). One example, quite typical. 1 $ Ketama, 1 July. 80. Sterrha aUardiata (Mab.). Acidalia aUardiata Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. France (4), ix. p. 59, pi. 2, f. 7 (1869) (Lambessa, Bi.skra) Differs from Mabille's figure in the base of forewings not being white and in the ante- and postmedian bands being more widely separated, as in sericeata Hiibn. ; but more Moroccan material is required before we can separate the Moroccan and Algerian forms. 1 $ Ketama, 1 July. 81. Sterrha lutulentaria terminolineata subsp. nov. Differs from lutulentaria lutulentaria above in being paler yellow, with greyish, less yellowish, markings and with terminal dashes between the nervures, thus approaching fuscovenosa Goeze. 1 $ Ketama, 9 July. 82. Sterrha ostrinaria (Hiibn.). Phahtena ostrinaria Hiibner, Samml. Europ. Schmett. Geomet. i. 430 (180,'")) (Europe). 1 $ Ketama, 9 July. 83. Sterrha fathmaria (Oberth.). Eupithecia fathtnaria Oberthiir, £lud. Entom. i, p. 63 (1876) (Oued-Hounet, Prov. Oran). This is the first record of this very distinct species from Morocco, though it is well known from all over Western Algeria. 1 cJ, 8 $9 Ketama, 29 June ; 1, 4 July. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. • 329 84. Rhodometra sacraria (Linn.). Phalaena (Geometra) sacraria Linnaeus, tSynt. Nat. ed. xii, p. 863, no. 220 (1766) (" Habitat in Bar- baria "). All 3 belong to ab. labda Cram. One $ is strongly marked, the oblique dark line reaching the hindmargin as in the ^. A small well-defined cell spot is also developed in this $. 1 cJ, 2 ?$ Xauen, 22 July. 85. Coenotephria kalischata (Stdgr.). Cidaria kaliscluita Staudinger, Berl. Entom. Zeitschr. xiv, p. 127, no. 2r> (1870) (Malaga, Oran). The single specimen, though a $, shows no sign of the rosy suffusion given by the author for that sex, but has the ground more olivaceous gi'ey. This is new for Morocco. 1 $ Ketama, 1 July. 86. Euphyia bilineata numidica Rothsch. Euphyia hiluieata nmnidica Rothschild, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), xvi, p. 206, no. 37 (1925) (Algeria, Cyrenaica). The (J (J show the usual wide range of variation ; 1 <^ has the median area distaUy very dark, this is from Taghsut ; while one from Ketama is extremely vivid yellow with all transverse markings very yellow. 3 (J (J Taghsut, 3 July ; 2 (J (J, 5 ?$ Ketama, 1, 9, 12 July. 87. Anaitis efformata Guen. Anaitis efformata Guenee, Hist. Nat. his. Spec. Gen. Lepid. Phalen. ii, p. 500, no. 17.30 (1858) (Syria). This species up to the year 1923 had been treated by almost every lepidop- terist as a synonym of A. plagiata (Linn.), and it was Dr. Jordan who first drew attention to the specific differences. A. efformata had, in the third edition of Staudinger and Rebel's Catalogue, been placed with a doubt mark (?) under his var. et ab. pallidata described in the Horae, vii, p. 171 (1870). As there is no CERTAIN difference in colour, pattern, and size between plagiata and efformata, and the striking differences are confined to the secondary sexual organs of both cj and 9, it is hardly surprising that the two species were considered as one for so long. For further particulars see Jordan, Nov. Zool. xxx, pp. 243-246 (1923). 1 $ Xauen, 22 July ; 1 cj, 1 $ Ketama, 29 June, 9 July. 88. Gymnoscelis pumilata (Hiibn.). Phalaena {Geometra) piitnil/ila Hiibner, Saiiiinl. Eiimji. Srhiiutt., (leom. lig. 388 (1805) (Europe). A curious error has apparently crept into the plate (No. 75) of Hiibner's Sammlung, displaying the insects numbered 386 to 390 of the Geometrae. The species of " Pugmoth " dealt with here is deisicted by fig. 388 and aversaria Hiibn. = aversata Linn, by fig. 389 ; and these figures have been quoted as applying to those species without comment. But on the same plate (75) in the explanation at the foot of the plate the numbers are reversed, aversaria being numbered 388 and pumilata 389. 330 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. UI33. Jacob Hiibner, in his Systematisch-alphabetisches Verzeichniss zur Saimnlung europdischer Schmetferlinge, p. 48, 1892, quotes pumilata under 389, as does also Herrich Schaffer in his Syst. Bearb. Schmett. Europ. 3, 141, under No. 72 (1847), and Dupouchel, in Godart, Hist. Nat. Lepid. France, Siippl. iv, p. 105, no. ceciii, pi. 59, f. 3 (1842). None of these three authors explain why they have quoted 389 instead of 388, and mo.st other authors have used No. 388 without scruple. The only reason I can imagine for so many authors (including Staudinger) quoting 388 without any comment is that 388 of the explanation = 389 figure on plate called in explanation averseria is the so well-known aversata Linn, that every author thought his readers would see that the explanation was the erroneous factor and the figure with the number 388 could be the only possible puviilafa. 2 (JcJ, 4 $$ Xauen, 22 July ; 2 ?? Ketama, 1, 4 July. 89. Rhoptria asperaria (Hiibn.). Phalaena (Geomelra) asperaria Hiibner, Samnd. Europ. Schmett. fig. 484 (1805) (Europe). Both examples belong to the typical banded form hardly known from N.W. Africa, where it is almost entirely replaced by the faintly marked, nearly unicolorous form pilyata Ramb. 1 (J Ketama, 4 July ; 1 $ Xauen, 22 July. 90. Mannia oranaria (Stdgr.). Tephronia oranaria Staudinger. Iris, .O, p. 179 (1.S92) (.Sebdou, Oranais). This species is new for Morocco. 1 cJ Ketama, 9 July ; 1 $ Xauen, 22 July. I NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 331 JOURNEY TO ALGERIA AND MAROCCO IN 1929. By ERNST HARTERT. r\N February 10th, 1929, I left England with Mrs. Hartert for Algeiia to ^^ collect bird skins for our friend Dr. L. C. Sanford of Comiecticut, U.S.A., as well as to fill certain gaps in Lord Rothschild's collection if opportunity offered itself, and to collect lepidoptera for the Tring Museum. We were looking forward to the sun and warmth of N. Africa and rejoiced to escape the cold Eittopean winter. France looked very different from what we knew of it, though we often had traversed it about this same time of the year. Some snow was on the ground — all the rivers and water supplies were frozen along the route from Calais to Marseilles. The train arrived at Marseilles over six hours late on account of the difficulty in obtainmg water for the engine. The next day we crossed over to Algiers, and after spending a week there, took train for Biski'a, where we arrived on February 27th. I had arranged with the Swiss taxidermist, Ernst Fliikiger, of Iiiterlaken, to assist me on this trip in collecting bird skins. Biskra was somewhat changed — instead of the former small garrison of French soldiers and Spahis in their picturesque uniforms, before the war, it swarmed now with Senegalese negro soldiers which make up the after-war garrison ; also the number of automobiles had greatly increased and cars of all descrijjtions went over the roads in the desert in various directions. Bird life was more or less about the same as before, but already on our first outing I made a suiprising discovery. On March the 1st a cold strong wind was blowing and light was bad, the air being full of sand and dust. Nevertheless, we went on, just to the httle range of rocks extending from near the gardens of Beni Mora to the neigh- bourhood of the hot wells. There we fomid the usual poor bird population, but there were also flying some Rock-Martins, Riparia rwpestris, and as I had only my walking-stick gun with me, with which shooting m strong wind and thick air is rather dilKcult, I asked Fliikiger to do the shooting. When we returned to the Hotel du Sahara to unpack the birds he had shot I was surprised to see that one of the Martins was much smaller and paler than the others. Fliikiger assured me he had noticed that ah'eady when he shot it. I was quite excited, and it struck me at once that it looked somewhat like the form discovered by Dr. Geyr von Schweppenburg in the Hoggar Mountains. Next day we were both again in the same place, but no Rock-Martins were to be seen. Several days afterwards we came across them in the river bed of the Oued Biskra, south of Biskra. Here again they were flying together with Riparia rupestris riipestris, and, of course, we got several specimens, however not many of them. That was all we saw of them in that neighbouihood. We saw the little pale Rock-Martin at the end of March near Beni-Ounif de Figuig, in westernmost Algeria, close to the Maroccan boundary. Some were flying on the eastern slope of the Djebel Grouz, in a place where there was a steep chff, on which they jirobably nested, though it was too early for eggs. Here, too, we got some siJecimens, and the next day I saw one flying in the street of Beni- Ounif during a gale. They were alone, not in company with the other species, 22 332 NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1933. which is a winter bird in South Algeria. I certainly imagmed I had discovered a new Riparia, but when back at Tring I compared them with our Riparia obsoleta spatzi GejT, and others lent (among them the type) from the Museum Koenig in Bonn, as well as with five skins collected by Buchanan in the Hoggar Mountains, during his crossing of the Sahara — I found them indistinguishable ! The coloration is the same and the measurements agree. The wings are as follows : ^ ad. Geyr coll. Hoggar Mountains : 118, 119, 123 (type), 123-5 mm. ? 121-5 mm. cJ ad. Buchanan coll. Hoggar Mountains: 118, 119 mm. $ 118, 119, 120 mm. ^ ad. near Biskra and Djebel-Groxiz near Beni-Ounif : 118, 118-5, 122, 122-5, 123 mm. ? 117, 122 mm. This bird occurs also in Marocco, near the eastern border of that land, for Monsieur Heim de Balsac observed it west of Figuig, and noticed the pale coloration as compared with Riparia rupestris rupestris, but was imable to get a specimen. Also when travelling throughout a long day, over sixteen hours in an automobile oimiibus, from Figuig to Oujda, we clearly saw a few of these birds at the rocks near Berguent, but there was no time to mipack the guns to get them. It is strange that this bird, the same as the one which is common in the Hoggar Mountains, was never observed by anyone before Heim de Balsac and myself came across it in Algeria and Marocco. I believe it must occiu- in other places, sterile rocky ranges in the Sahara, but so far there is nothing known about it. Near Biskra Gahrida crisiata arenicola was common in the plains, but on all rocky hill ground Galerida thekiae hilgerti took its place. Oeruinthe lugens was very common. Anthus campestris was common near Biskra, but stOl on migration. A specimen of Oeruinthe oenanthe oenanthe was shot at Biskra on March 17th, but the migration of it was only just beginning. Lanius excubitor elegans was much rarer than formerly. I only saw one specimen near Biskra, and that was so shy that I could not shoot it. Also Oenanthe moesta was much rarer than formerly, but it occiu-red farther away than we went, as we made n\ost of oiu- trips on foot. After three weeks we left Biskra and went by train to Algeria, and from there to Beni-Ounif near Figuig, in westernmost Algeria, near the Maroccan boundary. The surroundings of Beni-Ounif were very dry, the river had no water, the vegetation in the desert was jioor, but along old dry water-courses were small Zizyphus bushes, and in the open desert numerous specimens of the peculiar plant Anabasis aretioides in all sizes. The rocky range of the Djebel-Grouz was almost bare of vegetation. Only in one place, at a steep bare cliff, we came across the Riparia obsoleta spatzi. The Grey Shrike here is Laniiis excubitor elegans, but I only observed a single specimen on a date palm in the forsaken, dying portion of the oasis, which I was able to procure. An Anthus trivialis was met on migration close to Beni-Oimif, March 28th. Oenanthe leucopyga aegra was surprisingly common. It was evidently breeding on the Djebel-Grouz, and descended to the plain to feed in the morning. We collected a series of this lovely bird. All white-headed specimens had the wings black, all black-headed ones had dark-brown quills, only one NOVITATES ZOOLOGKAE XXXVIII. 1933. 333 female, shot on Djebel-Grouz 20.iii. 1029 had brown quills, but they were fresh, not worn. Adult females had also white heads ! For eggs it was evidently too early, as could easily be seen by the condition of the sexual organs. The measurements of the wings were as follows : cj ad., all black quills and white heads : Wing 102, 102, 104, 104, 105-5, and 108 mm. $ ad., black quills, white heads : Wing 97, 97-5, 99, 99, 100 mm. (J of last year, brown quills, black heads : Wing 101, 102, 102, 103, 103 mm. $ of last year, brown quills, black heads : Wing 95 {with one white feather on crown), 96-5, 97 mm. From Beni-Ounif we went by automobile omnibus to Oujda. The bus left Figuig at half-past two in the morning, and arrived at Oujda about six o'clock at night. The journey across the open desert was very beautiful, the moon shining, and the air being quiet. We saw Gazelles and Bustards (Chlamydotis undulata undidata), and a number of Burhinus oedicnemus, in the morning, at sunrise. We drove through the interesting desert triangle, an absolute piece of Sahara, with desert vegetation and desert fauna, which I have described before (Nov. ZooL., xxxiv, p. 46, 1927). The road was often rather rough, but the chauffeur was an expert driver. We went on without stopping to Tendiara, on the plateau, where it was bleak and very cold. Later on we arrived at Berguent, 918 m. high, where we got some hot coffee and ate what remained of our provisions. There we clearly observed once more the interesting Martin, Clivicola obsoleta sjjatzi. Going farther north towards Oujda, we saw to our surprise that a heavy thmiderstorm had gone down there in the morning and had torn away great pieces of the high road. We were therefore obliged to take a roundabout way over the fields, without any roads at all. The omnibus rocked terribly, but here again the driver was perfectly able to overcome the difficulties, only we arrived rather late at Oujda. From Oujda we went by autobus over good roads to the picturesque town of Fez, and from there via Meknes to Rabat. At Rabat I noticed no great change m bird life ; the fascinating Lesser Kestrel (Falco iviumanni) seemed as common as before, and the white-rumped Swiftlet [ApiLS affinis galilejensis) nested on the one great building, where it nested before, and two nests of Martins in another street were taken by force by some of them, but were later disturbed and partially destroyed, apparently by the inhabitants of the house. On the last day at Rabat we made a long walk in the direction of Meknes. There were still large ponds on the plam, and on one of them a flock of over twenty Larus melanocephalus, a species never before noticed in Marocco, was closely observed ; but as I had only a walking-stick gun, it was quite impossible to obtain a specimen. From Rabat we proceeded to El-Hajeb, where we got comfortable rooms in the newly built hotel. Oeruinthe hispanica hispanica was nesting commonly above El-Hajeb, on April 23rd eggs in a female were already half size. We of course paiil attention to the rocks where the Bald-headed Ibis, Coma- tibis eremita, was breeding. In the stomachs of some specimens we fomid : 1. Masses of beetles, caterpillars, and beetle-larvae. 2. Beetles, larvae of coleoptera and lepidoptera, 1 Helix, 1 scolopender. 33-1 NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 3. Beetles, larvae, caterpillars. 4. Masses of beetles, the stomach almost full of them. We never heard any caU, but that these birds have some notes, very seldom heard and not loud, I have observed in the Berlin Zoological Gardens, last spring. From El-Hajeb we visited again dear old Azrou. Again we were forced to take an armed escort with us on all our excursions. Unfortunately bad weather set in and it rained and became very cold at Azrou. We therefore did not remain very long, but nevertheless collected the more important birds of the neigh- bourhood. A Parus major lynesi ^ shot had a wing of 80 mm. Of Cerlhia brachydaclyla raisulii Bannerm. we shot a female, which was evidently laying, on April 29th. Wing ^ 69, $ 63 mm. From Azrou we took autobus down via Rabat and Casablanca to Marrakesh. At Casablanca I saw Apu^ affinis galilejensis under the roof of a house on one of the main roads. This species is extending its range. It now breeds at Oran, where formerly it did not occur. It is said to winter in Tunis, where it nests on the cathedral, where it was first seen by Blanchet and Lavauden, but did not ccciu' during Koenig's and Whitaker's visits. On a ? specimen shot near Marrakesh on May 7th I found the neck and sides of body moulting ! Diu-ing our stay at Marrakesh the French entomologist Dr. Ungemach was also there, and Fliikiger and I accompanied him on several of his trips. We went with him to the rocky range of Djebilet north of Marrakesh, and found there Lanius excubitor dodsoni quite common. While near Marrakesh the common Crested Lark is Galerida cristata riggenbachi (only once did I come across a O. theHae ruficolor !), on the Djebilet hiUs Galerida iheliae ruficolor is quite numerous, and no G. cristata is seen. We also stayed a night in a forester's hoiLse at Agaioiiar, 1,800 m. high in the Great Atlas, south of Marrakesh. We travelled in Dr. Ungemach's car, and it took quite a time to ascend to Agaiouar, the greater part over quite new roads, mostly built by legionnaires. Near that place it is all forest, but not of high trees, mostly bushes. Going up we saw flocks of Red-billed Choughs, and one of the White-billed species (Pyrrhocorax pyrrhocorax and graculus). Near Agaiouar Alectoris barbara barbara is not rare, and Cardaelis cannabina mediter- ranea occurred in large flocks on May 1 Ith. They had evidently already nested. A flock of Red-rumped Swallows, Hirmulo daurica rtifula appeared in the afternoon and were obviously looking for breeding-places ; they were, however, disappointed, and left again after a short stay of an hour or so, though the altitude, 1,800 metres, did not seem to disturb them. The days were wonderfid at Agaiouar ; the outlook was magnificent — one could see the tower of the Koutoubia, and at night the lights of the town of Marrakesh. The night became, however, cold, and in the morning there was hoar frost on the grass all roimd the forestry buildings. In the evening not a single moth came to the lamp Dr. Ungemach liad put out in a suitable place — it was evidently too cold. Except a species of Zygaena, no interesting lepidoptera were caught. When we were down again at Marrakesh bad weather set in. Nearly three days and nights a number of thunderstorms came down, and all along the Atlas very bad weather raged, so that the roads became dangerous for automobUes, NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 335 and we were unable to go to Telouet, in the Glaoui country, as the chauffeurs declared it to be impossible. We made a trial trip and could only agree with them. Such weather is extremely rare late in May. We left then Marrakesh and returned to Rabat. On the last of May we went homewards again, by road to Tangiers in an automobile omnibu-s, a trip which is now accomplished in about five hours. Unfortunately rain set in at the moment we left Rabat, and we had by no means a pleasant journey, while at Tangiers it was very fine again. The next day we crossed over to Gibraltar and retm'ned from there to London. The chief ornithological results of this journey were two new species for Algeria and Marocco : Riparia obsoleta spaizi on the rocks of the northern edge of the Sahara, and Larus melanocephalus, observed for the first time in Marocco. Where do these nest ? There must be breeding-places farther westwards than hitherto known in the Mediterranean. The flat ponds on which I observed them near Rabat dried up in about a fortnight. 336 XOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. CROSSING THE GREAT ATLAS IN MAROCCO IN 1930. By ERNST HARTERT. TN 1930 I went once more to Marocco, on a short trip, in the month of July, and con.sequently particularly intere.sting for me. I left London on a P. & O. boat, the Moidtan, with my trusted companion, Frederick Young, from the Tring Museum, on June 27th, and arrived at Gibraltar July 1st, 1930. On July 2nd we reached Casablanca, and went to Marrakesh the foUomng day. Three days later we left for Telouet. My chief object was to observe the bird life on the southern slopes of the Great Atlas, and, if possible, to get a specimen of the rare Rhodopechys sanguinea aliena Whit., of which the only known three specimens were got not far from Telouet ("at Glaoui in the Atlas "). Telouet is the residence of the pacha El- Hadj-Tsehami-El-GIaoui, the greatest and richest of the Atlas chiefs, who is a friend and admirer of the French ; he now only resides temporarily in Telouet, and lives principally in his very fine house in Marrakesh. The French have now built two fine automobile roads across the Atlas, one by Telouet. The chief road makers of these roads were the men of the Foreign Legion. For the greater part the Telouet road follows the Oued R'dat, and it is very beautiful, giving fine views in many places. The native villages are mostly hard on the river, and often deep below the road. Very good irrigations often go from the river for miles to fields and plantations. Enormous old chestnut trees adorn most of the inhabited places. It is to me very peculiar, and I have no good explanation that the Oued R'dat is not inhabited by any of the rare alpine birds found elsewhere in the Atlas : there are no Cindus, no white Wagtails (Motacilla alba subpersonaia), no Maroccan Sand-Martins (Riparia pahulicola mauritanica). One passes no real forests, only one open bush-wood, in which there seem to be not many of the Maroccan forest birds. The vegetation however, gets very much more interesting and alpine, and it is very different from that of the Middle Atlas. Alpine butterflies appear also in the higher regions, and up on pass Tizi-n-Tichkan the Zygaena aurata blachieri Rothsch. (Nov. ZooL. 1931, p. 199) was discovered, and as well a single Z. orana harterti Rothsch. was obtained. Immediately below the pass, on the southern slopes, at about 2,000 metres, open forest begins and stretches a good way. I saw no remarkable birds in these woods, but the interesting rock-squirrel, Atlantoxeru-s getnhi-s, was observed at an open space. Lower do^ni the forest disappears again, and one descends con- siderably, mitil the peculiar old castle of the pacha of the Glaoui comes in sight. It is strongly fortified and of great extent, and several stories high. Nearly two miles from Telouet is the French fort of the same name, during our visit occupied by a company of the Foreign Legion. We were granted two becb'ooms and had to take luncheon and dinner with the officer of the " Bureau Arabe " and one or two others in a building outside the fort, near the house in which we slept. The weather during our visit was wonderful. While it was hot in the day, the temperature fell considerably dming the night. Every day a NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 337 strong west wind came up about midday and blew for several hours, sometimes unpleasantly strong. The bird life was about the same as on the northern slopes of the Great Atlas. On the open hammada. on which we lived, Oalerida theklae ruficolor was common, Oenanihe deserti homochroa, Oenanthe hispanica hispanica, Anthus campestris campestris were not rare. On and near the Kasbah Passer domesticus tingitanus, Eviberiza striolata sahari, and a few Hirundo ntstica were always seen. The fine Comaiibis eremita which nests in the Sous valley comes up sometimes, and a flock spent an hour here feeding on a field about a fortnight before our visit. Storks were seen nearly every day. Along the river are trees and gardens. In these Serinus canaria serinus, Hippolais pallida opaca (only twice seen), Emberiza striolata sahari, Carduelis cannabina, Muscicapa striata, Carduelis carduelis, Tardus mertda mavritanictcs, Falco tinnuncuhis and some pairs of Streptopelia turtur arenicola ; of the last thousands passed through on migration in April ! There can be no doubt about this, as I heard detailed accounts of it. Where did they come from ? ! Quails were met with twice in the native gardens by the river. On steep rocks near by Columba livia nested, but I did not obtain one. Once I saw an Aquila bonellii, once a pair of Circaetus gallicus, twice Buleo rufinus cirtensis, several times Corvus corax tingitanus were observed. Lieutenant Amilakrari, a Eurasian who was officer in the Foreign Legion, took us to a place where he knew Alectoris barbara barbara to exist. It was a two hours' journey over an awful stony region with very little vegetation. For a long time we searched in vain for the Alectoris, but at last Amilakrari came across a covey and shot four, of which Young skinned three. They were in full moult, but did not seem to differ from specimens from north of the Atlas. At a small village we passed we saw Oenanthe lencura syeniticu and shot one of them. In vain did we search for Rhodopechys sanguinea aliena which must have been obtained near Telouet. Neither on the castle nor anjrwhere else could we see a trace of them, and neither the officers nor the natives knew anything about them. The occurrence of the above-named species is interesting, as most of them had not been observed at such a high altitude, for the pass of Tizi-n-Tichkan is quite 2,000 m. high, and the castle of Telouet is 1,960 m. Of butterflies the commonest was the Melanargia galathea meade-waldoi, but none of the rare Satyri and Zygaenae were met with. Enormous numbers of a medium-sized grasshopper and a number of other species of Orthoptera inhabited the more fertile places, and I collected a number of them, but they miraculously disappeared from the Tring Museum before they were taken up to the British Museum. We stayed a week at Telouet and then returned to Marrakesh, where it was very hot, while when we were there a little over a week before it had hardly been warmer than on a hot summer day in England. The surroundings were very dry, but the rare " Copper " Chrysophanu.s phoehus was almost as common as it had been in other years in May and beginning of June. As soon as we could get away we returned to Rabat, and from there to El- Hajeb under the slopes of the Middle Atlas. It had become too dry there for man}' butterflies, ancl the bare-necked Ibis, Comatibis eremita, had left their nesting-place, though a small flock flew round in silence. We spent a day at Ifran, and another at dear old Azrou. We made a long trip from there over the mountains and for the first time saw and caught 8 specimens of Argynnis lyauteyi, 338 NOVITATES ZoOLOGirAE XXXVIII. 1933. some already worn, but others quite fresh, as if just emerged. At Ifran we caught Argtjnnis lathonia, which resembles the rare lyauteyi at a distance. Out- side the forests, in the open, Satyrus briseis major was common. On July 25th we left Rabat by the very small boat of the Bland Line and on the 2Sth we sailed from Gibraltar on the s.s. Malwa, arriving at London on the 1st of August. LTndoubtedly July is too late for bird collecting in Marocco, all birds being in moult and badly worn. But for butterflies the higher ranges of the Atlas, where there are forests, and the bare peaks, are most interesting localities, and well worth visiting for longer periods. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 339 TWO NEW SPECIES OF MAZUCA, AN AFEICAN C4ENUS OF AGAR! STI DAE (LEPIDOPTERA). By KARL JORDAN, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.R.E.S., F.Z.S. (With 8 text-figures.) 'TiHE difference between Noctiiidae and Agari.sHdae being one of degree, the position of Maziica Walk. 1866 depends on the view one takes as to the extent of the Agaristidae. Aurivillius, Strand, and I liave regarded Mazuca as being an Agaristid, whereas Hampson placed it with the Noctuids (Lej). Phal. ix. p. 347 (1910)). Two species are known : 31. Jmemagrapha Hamps. 1910, and M. strigicincta Walk. 1866. The former is represented at Tring by the type, the only specimen recorded. The second species has been described under four different names in four genera, the synonym}^ given by Hampson, I.e., being quite correct. I add here two new species. One of them is near M. strigicincta and the other resembles in some points M. haemagraplia. 1. Mazuca dulcis sp. nov. $. Markings of body as in M . strigicincta ; on foretibia three blue-black spots, on midtibia two, on hindtibia a vestigial subapical one, segment I of fore- and midtarsi with a conspicuous blue-black spot (absent from M. strigicincta), this spot vestigial on hindtarsus. Upperside of forewing sulphur-yellow, black markings at costal margin and termen as in M. strigicincta, but the seventh and eighth bars counted from base red near their discal ends, the basal double spot in front of the submedian vein and the subbasal cell-spot red, with a few blue-black scales, at hindmargin five red bars, proximal pair at basal third less anguliform than in M . strigicincta, interrupted on submedian, the posterior half of the outer bar with some blue- black scales at both ends ; of the three postmedian bars the proximal one straight and oblique as in M. strigicincta, the other two rectanguliform, the discal arm of proximal one of the two anguliforms joined to oblique bar and forming a right angle with it, the three red bars with minute blue-black dots at hindmargin, on submedian vein and on submedian fold ; the marking in apex of cell as in M. strigicincta, but the proximal ring or double bar for the greater part red ; the two red discal spots rather larger than in M. strigicincta, blue-black at each end. Length of forewing : 20 mm. West Africa : Ibadan, Lagos, xii.1905, 1 $. 2. Mazuca amoena sp. nov. (text-figs. 54, 55, 56). (^. Easily recognized by the large orange-scarlet elliptical discal ring on the forewing. Markings on body nearly as in M. haemagrapha, but the transverse bars on the thorax thinner, the patagia not edged with blue-black, the tarsi with a spot on upperside of segments III and IV. Scaling of antenna white in basal foittth and at apex. 340 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. I!l33. Forewing as in 31. haemagrapha . narrower than in M. strigicincta, more strongly rounded distally, tornal angle effaced ; black bars at costal and distal margins as in 31. haemagrapJm, but thinner and therefore less liable to coalesce, the two before tornus quite separate ; from hindmargin costad to central mark- ings six thin orange-scarlet lines, nearly evenly spaced, first and second parallel, thii'd and fourth curved and, at submedian fold, coalescing and then separating, encircling below cell a small space of the ground-colour, posteriorly these two lines a little wider apart than the others, fifth slightly elbowed on submedian fold, leaning a little distad like the sixth, all except first blue-black at hindmargin, seventh line black, on lower angle of cell a small black ring with black pupil as in 31. haemagrapha, proximally of this eye-sjjot an orange-scarlet spot, upon which follow in the direction towards base three black rings, and an indication of a fourth, behind these rings and down to base an orange-scarlet irregular stripe which the red hindmarginal lines join ; beyond lower cell-angle an elliptical orange-scarlet ring (instead of the orange-scarlet patch of M. haemagrapha), the line itself a little over i mm. thick, broken at lower cell-angle by the eye-spot, from which a thin blue-black line runs a short distance along the inside of the ring, inner longitudinal diameter of ring nearly 3 mm., transverse 2 mm., the marginal bars join the ring ; in front of eye-spot an ovate ring in 31. haemagrapha, this ring larger in 31. amoena, but mcomplete, being interrupted costally. As in 31. haemagrapha, the areola short, very little projecting beyond lower cell-angle, stalk of SC'* short. Genitalia. — Anal tergite with a spiniform uncus, which is much shorter in both M. amoena and 31. haemagrapha than in 31. strigicincta. Clasper much longer and broader in 31. haemagrapha than in two other species (,j' of 31. dnlc.is not known to me), and shortest in 31. amoena ; for comparison we figure the claspers of these three species, their aspects from outside and inside. In M. strigicincta (text-figs. 50, 51) the clasper is nearly straight, rounded-narrowed at apex ; on inside (fig. 51) the basal half of the ventral portion is much swollen and enlarged dorsad ; from the narrow distal portion of this swelling a narrow, subventral, rod-like, transversely more or less convex ridge (H) extends halfway to apex, the ridge not separated from inner surface of clasper, not being a free process. In 31. haemagrapha (text-figs. 52, 53, 57) the clasper is about one-fourth longer than in 31. strigicincta, its ventral margin almost gradually curved dorsad ; the tip of the harpe (H) visible in externo-lateral aspect (fig. 52) ; on inside (fig. 53) the basal half of the ventral area swollen and enlarged dorsad, this swelUng widest distally ; it narrows into the harpe, which is narrow for a short distance and then is widened dorsad into a process curved distad and mediad, the process appearing narrow in an aspect perpendicular on the inner surface of the clasper, and broader in a ventral aspect (fig. 57). In 31. amoena (text-figs. 54, 55, 56) the clasper about half as long as in 31. haemagrapha, rather strongly narrowed to apex ; a dorso-marginal area inclusive of apex sublinear, more strongly chitinized than the ventral area adjacent to it ; on inner side (fig. 55), the basal swollen area resembling that of 31. haemagrapha : the harpe very different, its free process narrow, almost pointed, directed dorsad-inward and. slightly curved frontad. Length of forewing 16 mm., width 8 mm. Congo Beige : Sashila R., 5.x. 1925, 1 ^. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 341 54- /\ 55. Fig. 50. Mazuca strigicincta, clasper from outside. 51. ,, ,, ,, „ inside ; H = harpe. 52. „ haemagrapJui, clasper from outside. 53. ,, „ „ ,, inside. 54. „ amoena, clasper from outside. 55. „ „ „ ,, inside. 56. „ „ ventral aspect of claspers. 57. „ haernagrapha, harpe, ventral aspect. 342 NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1U33. A NEW SPHINGID FROM MADAGASCAR (LEPIDOPTERA). By dr. KARL JORDAN, F.R.S., F.R.E.S., F.Z.S. (With 4 text-figures.) Teninora engis sp. nov. (text-figs. 58-61). (J. Near T. grandidieri Butl. 1S79. General colouring the same, except that the upperside of the hindwing is brick-red with a diffuse brown border, and the underside of body and wings more distinctly brick-red than in T. grandidieri. Antenna shorter. Apex of forewing less produced, the subtornal sinus of hindmargin less deep, the outer margin of hindwing less incurved before anal angle, and both wings broader. On forewing, no diffuse dark shade from tornus obliquely to costal margin, close on basal side of middle of costa a small isolated brown blotch, at hindmargin as in T. grandidieri the obsolete or obsolescent lines of outer half of wing represented by four distinct bars, these somewhat farther away from termen in the new species and the innermost, or first, Une more pro- minent and anteriorly slightly curved basad-costad, its general direction being towards basal half of costa, not towards outer half, the next Une closer to the first than to the third ; submarginal-subapical brown dot farther away from margin than in T. grandidieri. Underside with the lines and dots of T. grandidieri very feebly indicated ; on forewing a brown terminal border obscured by grey, the border projecting basad before middle, nearly 3 mm. broad before tornus ; brownish border of hind^\ ing narrower than the one on forewing and less distinct. Genitaha (text-figs. 9-12) : X.t. and X.st. (fig. 58) broader and considerably shorter than in T. grandidieri, apex of tergite (X.t.) convex above, subcarinate, concave below ; sternite (X.st.) shorter and much broader than tergite, somewhat rounded-narrowed towards apex, not at all pointed, very feebly curved upwards, with indication of an apical median sinus. Clasper with about 10 large friction scales ; harpe (figs. 59, 60) broader than in T. grandidieri, the free apical portion ventraUy convex, subdorsally concave, at extreme tip the concavity dorsal. Aedeagus (= penis-sheath) (fig. 61) with a dentate flap on tlie right side nearly as in T. grandidieri, and a very short dentate one on tlie left (instead of the long thin pointed left process of T. grandidieri). Length of forewmg 22 mm., width 11 mm. Madagascar : Foret d' Anamalazotra, Station Perinet 140 km. east of Tananarivo, 1 1 .xii. 1930 (Mme. d'Olsoufiefif), 1 cj. Fig. 58. Temnora engis, X.t. = tenth tergite, X.st. = tenth sternite, ventral aspect. ,, 59. Temnora engis, harpe, lateral aspect. ,, 60. ,, ,, ,, donsal aspect, ,, 61. „ „ aedeagus. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 343 FOUR NEW FLEAS COLLECTED BY PROFESSOR F. SPILLlVLiNN IN ECUADOR. By dr. KARL JORDAN, F.R.S., F.R.E.S., F.Z.S. (With 6 text-figiu-es.) 1. Hoplopsyllus andensis sp. nov. (text-fig. 02). $. Differs from H. glaciaUs Tascli. 1880 and H. exoticus J. & R. 1921 in the pronotal comb extending farther down the sides, consisting of 20 spines, which, moreover, are less pointed than in the alhed species. The bristles on abdominal segments VII and VIII as ui H. exoticus (cf. Ectoparasites, i, p. 312, text-fig. 314) ; Fig. 62. — Hoplopsyllus amlensis, spermatheca. Fig. 63. — Ceraiophyllus equatoris, (J-genitalia. the ventral excision of VII. st. as deep as in H. exoticus, but the specimen not flattened enough for comparing the width of the excision. Stylet as in H. glacialis (and its subspecies), i.e. shorter than in H. exoticus, with two lateral Isristles. The head of the spermatheca (text-fig. 62) smaller than m H. gl. glacialis and H. gl. lynx Baker 1904, whereas the tail is broader (the organ not preserved in the unique specimen of H. exoticus). Ecuador : Paramo de Guamani, on road to Baiza, Region Oriental, on Thomasomys sp., 29.vii.1931, 1 ?. This discovery extends the range of the Northern genus Hoplopsyllus into South America ; H. exoticus was obtamed at Panama. 344 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 2. Ceratophyllus equatoris sp. nov. (text-figs. C3, 64). (J$. Close to C. apollinaris J. &. R. 1921, of which only the $ is known ; the $ of the new species differs in the upper lobe of VII. st. being much broader and rounded. (J. The Vlll.t. strongly rounded, bearing 6 or 7 dorso-marginal bristles, of which the 2 or 3 distal ones are long, and in addition C long lateral bristles, of which one is ventral. VIII. st. long and narrow, about one-eighth shorter than first hindtarsal segment, convex beneath, nearly straight above, pointed, ven- trally with a pair of short bristles each in middle and at apical fourth, and a longer pair before apex. Bay above manubrium of clasper (text-fig. 63) evenly rounded, parabolical, not semicircular ; manubrium (M) measured on upperside from deepest point of bay as long as clasper measured from the same point to the posterior margin above the acetabular bristles. Dorsal margin of clasper (Cl) incurved, this bay flatter than a semicircle ; process P irregularly triangular, being somewhat convex on the posterior side ; upper acetabular bristle on a level with the lowest point of the anterior margin of the exopodite F. Angle of anterior margin of exopodite in middle of margin, the exopodite from this point upwards about twice as wide as in lower half ; opposite the angle of the anterior margin, at the beginning of the widened portion, a large spiniform, above this bristle the posterior margin about parallel with the anterior margin, slightly incurved, then strongly rounded and running obliquely upward- forward, forming with the anterior margin an acute apical angle, the tip of which is a httle bent frontad ; at the curve of the posterior margin 2 strong bristles about half the width of the large one below them, and farther upward a paler bristle, thinner and shorter. Apical portion of vertical arm of IX. st. but little dilated ; ventral sclerite narrow to point of division at one-third, then ventrally sUghtly rounded-dilated, this antemedian portion bearing about 10 bristles, of which tlie 2 ventral distal ones are long, but pale ; the apical lobe of the ventral arm dorsally as long as the rest of the sclerite, convex above, broadest about middle, at apex more rounded ventrally than dorsally. $. VII. St. (text-fig. 64) divided by a narrow triangular sinus into two rounded lobes, of which the lower one is much the broader. Head of spermatheca about half the length of the tail, somewhat abrupt at the juncture with the tail. Length : ^ 2-7 mm., $ 3-3 mm. ; hindferaur : S 0-43 mm., $ 0-53 mm. Ecuador : Quebrada of Pichan, west side of Pichincha, on Sigmodon sp., 4.ii.l932, 1 (J, type ; Paramo de Guamani, on road to Baiza, Region Oriental, on Oryzomys sp., 27 . vii . 1 931 , 1 $. Fig. 64. — Ceratophyllus equatoris VII. St. and spermatheca. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 345 3. Plocopsylla heros sp. nov. (text-figs. 65, 66). (J$. Near Ploc. achilles Roths. 1911 ; genal comb with 4 spines only, the upper spine of Ploc. achilles being absent in the new species ; the hindcoxa nar- rower, the stylet longer, and the spermatheca and the Q-organs different. Dis- tinguished from Ploc. phobos Jord. 1931, which also has 4 genal spines, by the genal and pronotal combs as well as the stylet and the pair of antepygidial bristles being much longer, the head of the spermatheca shorter and the (^- genitalia different. (J9. Genal spines three to four times as long as broad. Pronotal comb with IX.st. Fig. 65. — Plocopsylla heros, ^J-genitalia. „ 66. — ,, ,, spermatheca. 14 spines, in one $ with 16 ; the dorsal spines one-sixth shorter than their distance from the dorsal anterior corner of pronotum. Bristles on abdominal tergites : in (J III 7 or 8, 12 to 15, IV 7 to 10, 14, V 6 to 12, 14, VI 3 to 6, 14, VII 2 to 4, 13 or 14 ; in ? Ill 13 to 16, 17 or 18, IV 13 to 15, 14 to 16, V 7 to 11, 13 or 14, VI 6 to 11, 11 or 12, VII 9 to 16, 8 to 11. On sternites : in ^ III 5 or 6, IV 5 or 6, V 0 or I, 5 or 6, VI 0 to 2, 5 ; in ? Ill 4 to 8, 6, IV 2 to 10, 6, V 5 to 7, 6, VI 6 to 11, 6. Some of the dorsal bristles of the anterior tergites of (^ long. One antepygidial bristle in rj, not longer than the anterior bristles of VII. t., but thicker than the ventral bristle of tlie posterior row of that segment. On forecoxa more than 30 bristles in addition to tiie short basal ones. (J. VIII. t. (text-fig. 65) long, triangular, tapering. VIII. st. on each side 346 NOTITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1933. with two lobes, the upper triangular, the lower very slender, almost linear. Inner portion of IX. t. and manubrium of clasper longer than in Ploc. achilles, the angle formed by them acute. P of clasper longer and narrower than in Ploc. achilles, with a marginal row of 12 or 13 long bristle.s. of which the fourth or fifth to seventh or eighth are a httle shorter than tlie others ; distally at ventral margin 3 or 4 small bristles and on the side 4 to 7 shortish slender ones. Process Pr narrow, at apex dilated and ribbed, recalling by its shape (lateral aspect) a wading boot. Exopodite F ventrally about one-half longer than apically broad, distally tapering upwards, the posterior margin somewhat convex, ventral angle rounded, near this angle a heavy spiniform, which is different in shape from the correspond- ing spiniform of the other species of Plocopsylla, its short narrow basal portion being vertical, whereas the rest of the spiniform is more or less at a right angle to the basal portion, and broad, dorsally and ventrally convex, narrowing to a point, the tip being curved down. Ventral arm of IX. st. with long proximal heel, in middle of ventral margin a broad shallow bay and beyond it a long pointed spiniform which is directed distad and lies along the segment ; a short distance beyond this spiniform a short, cylindrical, obtuse, elbowed and twisted spiniform, its apex directed distad, the segment somewhat narrowed from the long spiniform to apex, this portion bearing 2 small hairs, one apical, the other a httle more proximal. $. Two antepygidial bristles each side, stout, twice as long as hindtarsal segment IV. Stylet longer than in Ploc. achilles, as long as hmdtarsal segment III. On each side of VIII. t. from 18 to 25 bristles. Body of spermatheca (text- fig. 66) almost bean-shaped, dorsally evenly rounded, \\idest in or behind middle, not near tail as in Ploc. achilles. Ecuador : Bermeji, on way to Baiza, Region Oriental, off Blarina thomasi ; Quebrada of Pichan, west side of Pichincha, 2,950 m., 19. iv. 1932, on Blarina thomasi and Bl. equatoris; Pichincha, on Bl. eqiuiloris, 28. ix. 1931 ; Chimborazo, iv.l931, on Sigmodon; 5 ^JJ, 5 $$. 4. Sphinctopsylla spillmanni sp. nov. (text-fig. 67). 1^. Considerably different from the other known species oi Sphinctopsylla quite apart from the genitalia : segment I of maxillary palpus shorter, proboscis longer, none of the spines of the pronotal comb di'awn out into a fine point, apex of hindtibia with but 4 stout bristles instead of a complete comb of 7 or 8, and forecoxa with a smaller number of bristles. These distinctions will probably also hold good in the as yet unknown $. 1^. Helmet narrow, widest at spines 6 and 7, here one-fourth wider than these spines are long ; 13 spines each side. The anterior long bristle on tlie genal area nearer to the ventral margin than is the posterior one. Five genal spines ; in between the upper two the genal process, which is pale and narrow and reaches beyond the apex of tiie spines. On each side of occiput a subapical row of 8 bristles and between this row and base of occiput altogether about 18 bristles (inclusive of basal ones), 5 on side being long, the others snuill and very small. None of the bristles of antennal segment II reach beyond middle of club. Labial palpus extending well beyond maxillary palpus. Pronotum short, with two rows of 10 bristles each on the two sides together ; comb \\ith 18 spines, the dorsal ones as long as the pronotum. Bristles on meso- notum 10, 10, on me.sopleura 7, on metanotum 3, 10, 10, on metepimerum 3, 3. N■oV^TATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 347 Number of apical spines on abdominal tergites (the two sides together) : 4, 0, 4, 4, 4, 2 ; bristles on I 9, 10, II 8, 15, III 9, 15, IV 6, 15, V 3, 13, VI 5, 12, VII 5, 10 ; bristles on sternites : II 2, III 6, IV 5, V 4, VI 4, VII 8, the bristles on VII almost spiniform, 4 in a close-set row on each side. Forecoxa with 22 long bristles and a small number of marginal and basal short ones. On outside of liindfemur a row of 3 bri.stles in posterior third and at iipj)er margin 12 short ones. In the notches of hindtibia from base around apex -VII. St. Fig. 67. — Spfiinctupsylla spillnuinni, {^-genitalia. to anterior apical corner 13 bristles, which are much less stout than in the allied species, there being in dorsal notches I, II, and III 1 long and 1 short bristle, in IV, V, and VI 2 short and 1 long ; on the outer surface 14 lateral bristles on the one tibia and Iti on the other (inclusive of 2 apical bristles). Modified Segments. — VIII. t. large, with the posterior and ventral margins rounded ; below stigma 1 bristle. Basal portion of VIII. st. vertical, naii'ow, sublinear, curved distad. the frontal side being convex, upper third triangular, the lower portion of this triangle drawn out ventrad-distad on the posterior side into a long narrow process which distally widens into a leaf-like ellipse with the 23 348 NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1933. apex pointed, at base of this ellipse a small bristle. Manubrium M of clasper a little over half as broad as dorsally long ; angle between manubriinn and IX. t. obtuse, rounded. Clasper (Cl) longer than broad, broadest in middle, dorsal margin enlarged medianly into a triangular up\\ard projection and at apex into a broad, transparent lobe ; ventral margin nearly straight, slightly concave ; at and near dorsal margin 5 or 6 bristles, on inner surface a subcyUndrical, strongly chitinized projection (Pr) which is longer tlian broad and serves as a catch for the end of the exopodite, the projection longer than in the allied species. Exopodite F sublinear, about 5 times as long as broad, basally curved almost in a semi- circle from base downwards and then upwards-frontad, at apical foiu-th (about) of hindmargin a long bristle, gently curved downwards, from this point to apex the sclerite narrowed, witli the tip rounded off, the exopodite recalling an antelope with an exaggeratedly long neck ; from tlie long bristle to the most ventral point of the hindmargin 14 or 15 thin bristles, about half of them shorter and tlie others longer than the exopodite is broad ; above the long bristle a short lateral one, at the anterior margin 5 thin bristles, and on the inner surface about 10 to 12 very small ones. Vertical arm of IX.st. apically slightly bent posticad, the posterior margm of the vertical arm and the upper margin of the ventral one forming an even semicircle ; ventral arm tapering, the point of bifurcation proximal to middle, the apical process quite narrow, distally linear, with a small apical bristle and a minute ventral subapioal one. Length : 2-7 mm. (extended), hindfemur : 0-33 mm. Ecuador: Pichincha, off Caenolestes fuHginosns, 27 IX. 1931, 1 ^J. I have much pleasure in associating the name of the discoverer with this remarkable species. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 349 TWO NEW SPECIES OF CTENOPHTHALMUS FROM TROPICAL AFRICA (SIPHONAPTERA). By dr. KARL JORDAN, F.R.S. (With 4 text-figures.) AMONG a small number of fleas collected in Kenya and Uganda and submitted to me for examination and description by Mr. G. H. E. Hopkins, of the Department of Agriculture, Kampala, Uganda, there are some specimens of Ctenophfhalmus which are different from all our examples of that genus and, according to the male genitalia, represent two new species. I am much indebted to Mr. Hopkins for this addition to our knowledge of the African flea-fauna. Types at Tring ; some paratypes returned to Mr. Hopkins. 1. Ctenophthalnius modicus sp. nov. (te.xt-figs. 68, 70). (^$. Nearest to Ct. evidens Jord. 1929, described from Congo Beige ; differs in the tail-ends. ^. On each side of VIII. st. 6 to 10 bristles, of which the 3 posterior ones are the longest. Clasper (CI, text-fig. 68) dorsally about as long as the distance of the dorsal margin from the long subventral acetabular bristle (acb) ; apex of clasper incurved instead of being rounded as in Ct. evidens, two sliort pro- jections being formed ; at the dorsal margin of the upper lobe (P') and on its side a sUghtly variable number of bristles, of which 3 lateral ones are long. Exopodite F as in Ct. evidens, but shorter, its apical portion from the transverse ridge (against which plays the tip of P^ of clasper) to the apical margin only half as long as it is broad ; below the posterior apical angle 3 or 4 long bristles ; along the dorso-apical margin the usual pale spiniforms, 7 to 9 in this species. Manubrium of clasper some- what shorter and basally broader tlian in Ct. evidens. IX. st. with the ventral arm long, as in Ct. evidens, but less curved upwards. $. The specimens of this sex whicli I place with the above males may possibly not be the true females of Ct. modicus. They resemble that sex of Ct. atomus J. & R. 1913, from Angola, but are distinguished by the apical lateral margin C teimphthahnus viodicus, (J-genitalia. 350 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. genitalia. of VII. St. being medianly more strongly produced and ventrally more slanting (text-fig. 70) ; at the apical margin of VIII. t. a long bristle and above this a short one (some- times 2) ; above the stigma of VIII. t, from 0 to 2 bristles each side. The body of the spermatheca about as long as its tail. Kenya : Nakuru, off Lophuro7nys sp. and L. aquila, x.1928, t3rpe, and off Raltua rattus ; Kisii, off Rattus rattus and Otomys angoniensis ; S^JcJ, 4??. 2. Ctenophthalmus bacopus .sp. nov. (text-figs. Uy, 71). cJ$. Near Ct. cabirus J. & R. 1913 and Ct. ansorgei Roths. 1907, the former a common species in East Africa and the latter only known from Angola. «/\ (J. On each side of Vlll.st. from 10 ' to 16 bristles, of "~ which the 5 pos- terior ones (or 6) are longest and form an oblique row. Clas- per (CI, text-fig. 69) divided by a small sinus into two pro- cesses as in the allied species, but the up- per process P', which bears 3 long bristles, narrower than the 1 o w e r o n e , not broader as in the case of Ct. cabirus and Ct. ansorgei ; acetabular bristle (acb) inserted on a level with the upper margin of the aceta- bulum, whereas in Fia. 70. — Ctenophthalmus niodicus, $. ,, 71. — „ bacopus, $. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 351 the allied species mentioned the bristle is placed much farttier down. Exopodite F nearly as in Ct. ansorgei, longer and its apical half more triangular than in both Ct. ansorgei and Ct. cabirus ; along the upper margin 13 or 14 short pale spiniforms ; posterior margin gently incurved from near apex and ventrally gradually becoming convex ; below apex .5 or 6 slender bristles, of which the 2 upper ones are longest, being a little over half as long as their distance from process P^ of clasper. IX. st. as in Ct. ansorgei, but sUghtly broader at apex. 9. To these males probably belong the females which differ from the allied species as follows : Apex of Vll.st. of abdomen (text-fig. 71) divided by a broad and shallow sinus into a broad upper lobe and a much smaller subventral one, the long bristles of the segment being much farther away from the bottom of the sinus than in Ct. cabirus and Ct. amorgei. At the apical margin of VIII. t. two bristles, one long and one short as in the preceding new species, whereas in Ct. cabirus and Ct. ansorgei both bristles are longish, slender, and equal in size. Above stigma of VIII. t. no bristles. Body of sperraatheca much longer than its tail. Uganda: Lira, ix.l932, ^, type, also viii.1932 (R. E. Barrett), 3 ^^, host not mentioned. Kenya : Kisii and Nakuru, off Otoniys angoniensis and Lojihuromys aqiiila, 6 $$. There is the possibility that the females placed above under Ct. modicus really belong to Ct. bacopus, and that the true female of Ct. modicus has the VII. St. similar to that of Ct. evidens Jord. (Nov. ZooL. xxxv, 1929, p. 167, text-fig. 3). 352 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. HISH. FLEAS COLLECTED BY DR. MAX BARTEL.S IN JAVA. By dr. KARL JORDAN, F.R.S. (With 7 text-figures.) T^HE collection of fleas sent by Dr. Max Bartels consists of 30 specimens belonging to 10 species, of which no less than 3 are new, one of them repre- senting a new genus allied to Cfenophyllus, which occurs in Eastern Siberia and North America. The collection, moreover, contains a male oi Paraceras javanicus, of which species we had only the female, the single known male being at Washing- ton. The small series of Ceratophylhis calceatus is likewise most welcome, as but 6 specimens of this species are known. The pair of StivaUu-^ Idus.si obtained by Dr. Bartels renders it certain that St. synetus is the female of .S7. Mossi, and the discovery of a Palaeopsylla extends the range of that genus very considerably. The collection, therefore, is of particular interest, and we thank Dr. Max Bartels sincerely for this contribution to oiu- knowledge of the fauna of Java. The specimens were collected at Tijboeni, Bandong. West Java, by Dr. Max Bartels with the exception of No. 1, which he received from Mr. E. Bartels. 1. Ctenocephalides felis felis Bouche 1835. On Paradoxuruji hermaphrodytus javanicus, 30. vi. 1931, 1 5, an accidental occurrence. 2. Ceratophyllus calceatus Roths. U)o.5. On Rail lis bukit lemmincki, 5.x. 1932, 2 cjc? I Callosciurus nigrovitlatus nigrovittalus, 9.x. 1932, 1 q, 1 $ ; Rattus leplnrus Upturns, 12.x. 1932, 1 $. The specimens from the Malay I'eninsula, Sumatra, and Java do not seem to differ. Cratynius gen. nov. $. Near Ctenophylhis Wagner 1927 (in Konowia, vi, p. 108), but differs from all genera more or less nearly related to Ceratophylhis Curtis 1832 in the mesoster- nite being divided into three sclerites instead of two in consec|uence of the strong development of the internal ridge representing the suture between the sternum (St) and episternum (Est) ; cf. text-fig. 72. Frons and occiput with three rows of bristles, the 4 lower bristles of the anterior row of frons spiniform. sharply pointed ; eye small, above it the internal curved genal rod present in all Ceratophyllids in which the upper eye-bristle is placed near the antennal groove. Bristles of antennal segment II short. Pronotal comb with more than 20 spines, which are narrow and longer than the pronotuni. Surface ridges of thoracic and abdominal tergites and legs some- what coar.se, with minute teeth here and there, apical margins of abdominal tergites I to VII minutely denticulate. Basal abdominal sternite with subbasal lateral bristles. Tibiae with 3 long dorsal bristles (subbasal, median, and apical), the other bristles short (text-fig. 73). Tail of spermatheca very long (text- fig. 74) ; duct of spermatheca Ukewise long, the blind duct on the contrary a mere remnant (D,o.). Genotype : sp. nov. here described. NOVITATES ZOOLOC.ICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 353 3. Cratynius bartelsi .sp. nov. (text-figs. 72, 73, 74). $. Frontal tutjercle external, sharp, ventrally almost liorizontal, dorsally very little raised above the surface of the head. Three rows of bristles on frons : 6, 2, 2 ; the three rows on occiput contain (each side) 5, 5, 7 bristles. Eye longer than broad, sinuate, convex and dark below sinus. Segment I of maxillary palpus longer than II, proportions of the four segments : 11, 9, 6, 10-5. Pro- boscis reaching beyond two-thirds of forecoxa. Pronotal comb with 23 spines, the lateral spines one-third longer than the pronotum ; a row of 10 bristles. On mesonotum a posterior row of 10 (on the Est ) Fig. 72. — Cratynius bartelsi, mesothorax. „ 73. — ,, ,, , hindtibia. two sides together), between this row and basal margin (inclusive of small basal bristles) 40 odd ; on mesopleurae 10 or 11 each side of body. On metanotum a posterior row of 8 and between the row and base 19, at apical margin 2 short spines ; on metepimerum 6 or 7 bristles : 3, 3, 1, and 2, 3, 1. Apical spines on abdominal tergites : 3, 2, 2 ; bristles : on III, 9, 12, IV 10, 12, V 5, 10, VI 4, 10, VII 0, 10 ; on sternites : III 0, 8, IV 3, 8, V 2, 8, VI 2, 8. Three antepygidial bristles, dorsal one less than half the length of the others. Hindcoxa one-third longer than broad, without bristles on inner surface. Forefemm-, on outside, with about 6 lateral and subdorsal bristles, and close to apex a vertical row of 4 or 5, this row also present on mid- and hindfemora, all femora on outside with a minute lateral bristle in anterior half, and on inside a single bristle, which is subapical and ventral ; outer apical dorsal bristle of femora 354 NovaTATES ZooLOGiCAE XXX\aiI. 1933. short, especially stumpy on hindfemur. On dorsal margin of tibiae 3 pairs of strong bristles, the outer ones short ; on hindtibia between first and second pair two shorter and less strong dorsal bristles, and between second and apical pairs 2 smallish bristles, a stronger one and a subapical moderately strong pair ; 15 lateral bristles on hindtibia in two irregular rows (text-fig. 73). Proportions of tarsal segments : in midtarsus 23, 16, 12, 8, 16, hindtarsus 42, 25, 15, 9, 17. In all tarsi segment V with five pairs of lateral ventral bristles. Modified Segments. — Sternite VII (text-fig. 74) with a deep, narrow sinus, around which the ciiitin is somewhat thickened ; the lobe above the sinus rounded, much narrower than the lower lobe ; the apical margin of the latter Fig. 74. — Cratynius bartehi, posterior segments and genital organs. slanting in upper half and irregularly and very moderately rounded in lower half ; on the two sides together 3, 10 bristles. On Vlll.t. 4 minute .subapical hairs above the stigma, which is long, extending nearly to the dorsal middle line ; below stigma 1 long bristle and a minute hair, and on the widened lower area 7 or 8 bristles, of which 2 are long and 2 or 3 small ; on inside 2. Stylet almost exactly three times as long as broad. Spermatlieca with short round head which almost gradually merges into the long tail, head and apex of tail strongly striated, the whole organ nearly as long as hindtarsal segment II. Length : 2-6 mm. ; hindfemur : 0-43 mm. On Hylomys suiUvs suillus, 8.x. 1932, 1 $. -As com- 4. Paraceras javanicus Ewng 1924 (text-fig. 75). On Parndoxurus hermaphrodyius javanicus, 18.xii.1932, 1 ^. pared with P. pendlelmryi, from Borneo, described in Nov. Zool. xxxviii, p. 267, no. 2, text-figs. 23, 24 (1932), the process P of the clasper (text-fig. 75) is much NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 355 shorter and broader and tlie dor.so-apical flap of F longer, and the row of bristles on the inner surface of F is placed much nearer the posterior margin, the dorsal margin of F i.s less convex and the posterior margin concave, not convex. 5. Stivalius jacobsoni J. & R. 1922. On Petaiirwta elegans, 18.ix.l932, 1 $ ; Rattn.s bartehi, 24.viii.1932, 1 $. Only a few specimens are known, from Sumatra and Java. 6. Stivalius cognatus J. & R. 1922. On Eatlus bukit lemmincki, 10. ix and 5.x. 1932, 3 ?$ ; RatUi.s leptiini.s Upturns, 12.x. 1932, 1 cJ, 2 ?9 ; Rattits concolor ejihijipium, 18.ix.l932, 1 ^, 2 $$ ; Ratufa bkolor bicolor, 1 $. The commonest of the Javan Stivalius. 7. Stivalius klossi J. On Raft us maxi, 21 Ratufa bicolor bicolor, 1 & R. 1922. viii.1932, 1 ^^ ; $. We described a -Paraceras javanicus, clasper and exopodite. Sumatran $ as St. synetus in Ectoparasites, i, p. 229 (1922). The present $ differs in the lower angle of the upper lobe of VII. st. being produced as a short sharp projection. It is, however, very unlikely that this distinction will hold good when more $$ are at hand. I no longer hesitate to place St. syiietus as a synonym of St. klossi. sp. s. stivalius javanus nov. (text-figs. 70, 77). cJ?. Nearest to St. rhaebus Jordan 1926, from Borneo, and probably re- presenting that species on Java. Both these insects belong to Group B (cf. Ecto- parasites, i, p. 256 (1922)), in which there are only two heavy bristles in the dorsal notches of the tibiae. In the i$ of the new species the exopodite F is narrower VIII. St Fig. 76. — Stivalius javanus, ,^ -genitalia. 356 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1033. and less curved than in St. rhaebus, the apex of the vertical arm of IX.st. is much less dilated, the semicircular portion of the segment longer, and VIII. st. bears fewer lateral Ijristles : in the ? the spermatheca is strongly humped. J. On each side of Vlll.st. 14 or 15 lateral and dorso-marginal bristles, and on the ventral median projection about 12, of which some are very small and 2 stout. Width of exopodite F (text-fig. 76) measured at margin of clasper above long thin ventral bristle of clasper a very little more than one-fifth the length of the exopodite measured from extreme base (4: 19) I proximally to apex a ventral row of 4 long bristles, the distance of the most distal bristle from the apex of F the same as from the most dorsal point of the dome which bears 3 short pale spiniforms. Apical dilated portion of vertical arm of IX.st. as broad as Vlll.t. Vll.st. Fig. 77. — Stivalius javanus, $, VII. st. and VIII. t. „ 78. — Palaeopsylla Inxata, $, VII. st. midtarsal segment II is long ; the apical portion of the ventral arm with similar spiniforms as in St. rhaebm, the apex of the segment acuminate, but very little recurved. $. The two sickle-shaped incrassations of Vlll.t. (text-fig. 77) larger than in St. rhaebus, and centrally more intimately fused together. The hump of the spermatheca very prominent in all 3 specimens, though individually variable. Length : ^ 3-0 mm., $ 5-0-5-6 mm. ; hindfemur : ^ 0-48 mm., $ 0-67- 0-75 mm. On Tupaia javanica ocddentalis, 18.ix.l932. 1 ^, type; Rattus bukit tem- minck-i, 5. and 30.x. 1932, 2 $$ ; Callosciurus nigroviltatus nigrovittatits, ll.viii. 1932, 1 ?. 9. Neopsylla kopsteini .Jordan 1931. On Rattus lepturii.'< teplurus, 12.x. 1932, 1 S, 1 ?.— Discovered on this rat by Dr. F. Kopstein, and described in Nov. Zool. xxxvii, p. 145, no. 3, text-figs, 3,4, 5 (1931). NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 357 10. Palaeopsylla laxata .sp. nov. (text-fig. 78). $. Very close to P. incurva Jord. 1932 (1 $, N.E. Burma, on " Sorex "), with the same peculiar pronotal comb. Differs only in the tail-end. The upper lobe of Vll.st. (text-fig. 78) almost effaced, projecting much less than the ventral lobe, and the sinus very large, l)ut no deeper tlian in P. incurva ; in one specimen 25 bristles, in the other 35. On VIII. t. a subventral vertical row of 3 bristles, the lowest very small, in P. incurva all 3 bristles moderately long and strong ; at apex of VIII. st. 4 or 5 bristles instead of 3. On Crocidura brevicauda, 22.viii.1932 and 10. i. 1933, 2 $$. ggg NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. TWO NEW SOUTH AMERICAN BIRD-FLEAS. By dr. KARL JORDAN, F.R.S. (With 3 text-figures.) THE two species here described were collected by Mr. W. P. Reynolds on the Estancia Viamonte, Tierra del Fuego, and communicated to me by Dr. F. W. Edwards (Brit. Mus., Nat. Hist.). They belong to that group of Cerato- phylli which are more or less closely related to the European CeratophyUus gallinuhie Dale 1878, and constitute Baker's genus DasypsyUus, which I here adopt, following Dr. Julius Wagner. 1. Dasypsyllus coniatus sp. nov. (text-figs. 79, 80). (J?. A deeply coloured species allied to D. araumnus J. & R. 1920 from Chile. Frons with two and occiput with three rows of bristles. Eye large. Pro- boscis reaching to two-thirds ( o ) or three-fourths (?) of forecoxa. On pronotum a posterior row of 14-16 bristles and anotlier row of 6 or 7 smaller ones ; in comb 36 (S) or 33 ($) spines. Mesonotum densely liairy from postmedian row of long bristles to base ; on mesopleurae about 20 bristles, of which 13 or 14 are small. On metanotum numerous small bristles from the row of long ones to basal third, the setiferous area gradually narrowing down the side ; on metepi- sternum 4 to 6 bristles ; on metepimerum 9 to 12. Basal margin of abdommal tergites somewhat mcurved subdorsally in ^, on I and II three rows of bristles, on III to VII two, and on all segments additional dorsal bristles ; number of apical spines : in (^ 4, 6, 4, 4, in $ 4, 8, 6, 4, 1 ; number of bristles : in S on II about 45, 20, III 30, 20, VI 17, 19, VII 16. 19, in ? on II about 50, 20, III 34, 20, VI 22, 19, VII 17, 16. Bristles of sternites : m